Platinum Building Chemicals xml-google-shopping-feed-all https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk Wykamol Group Wykamol Water Stop - Fast Set Plugging Mortar https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/water-stop-mortar-plug?variant=7653634113566 Water Stop is a fast setting, expanding water stop plugging and repair mortar which is used the rapid patching and plugging of active water leaks and seepage in concrete and masonry.Supplied in 5Kg Buckets (2 x 2.5Kg Packs in each Bucket).DescriptionWater Stop - Fast Set Plugging MortarWater Stop is a fast setting, expanding water stop plugging and repair mortar.When mixed with clean water and applied correctly it is formulated for the rapid patching and plugging of active water leaks and seepage in concrete and masonry.Water Stop is designed to expand as it sets to ensure a permanent water tight seal is achieved and in a cured formed displays similar properties to concrete.Water Stop is use to stop active water leaks or seepage under pressure through holes, joints and cracks in concrete or masonry walls, swimming pools, water storage facilities, tunnels, fountains, cisterns, water channels, ponds, pipes, basements, foundations and retaining walls.Water Stop is also ideal for used for rapid anchoring of bolts, conduits, pipes, sanitary equipment, etc.Product Benefits:Instantly Stops Leaks in Concrete & MasonryProvides a Permanent Watertight SealFast Setting and Rapid CuringResists Positive & Negative Water PressureSuitable for use Above & Below GroundSuitable for Internal and External useSafe to use in contact with Potable WaterApplicationSubstrate Preparation:All areas to be repaired and plugged should be free from mildew, dirt, dust and any loose material.Clean the hole, crack or joint thoroughly by wire brushing, chiselling or scraping loose materials until a clean, sound substrate remains.Areas to be patched should be cut back and given a good mechanical key. Feather edges are not allowed.For dry repair applications, wet the repair area with water leaving it surface saturated dry (SSD) during the repair.To seal leaks and cracks openings must be chased out to approx 20 mm square. The edges must be square or under cut, avoiding V-shaped cuts. All loose material and debris should be removed.Mixing:Due to the fast setting nature of Water Stop, it is important to organise the work space before mixing commences. Ensure the person undertaking the repair is situated close to the repair area and required equipment to carry out the repair is present.To achieve a 'stiff' mortar, the recommended water addition is 200ml - 220ml of clean water per 1Kg of Water Stop.For best results the temperature of the mixing water should be between 15°C and 25°C.Wearing suitable gloves, mixing is ideally done by hand.Add the recommended water addition into the bucket.Add the powder to the water and mix quickly and thoroughly.Roll the mixture between your hands until the material starts become warm and a pliable, putty like consistency is developed.Immediately use Water Stop.Important: Mix only enough material for immediate use as Water Stop sets in 2 - 4 minutes and cannot be reworked once it has set.No priming is required but for dry repair applications, make sure the surface is Surface Saturated Dry (SSD).Application Method:To stop surface leaks or seepage not under pressure:Starting at the top of the hole or crack, work your way down. Trowel apply or hand kneed the mixed mortar firmly into place, ensuring maximum contact with the substrate before the material sets.Remove any excess material to form a uniform surface.To stop leaks under pressure or under water:Starting at the top of the hole or crack, work your way down. Trowel apply or hand kneed the mixed mortar firmly into place, ensuring maximum contact with the substrate before the material sets.Maintain constant pressure on the applied material until final set has been achieved.Remove any excess material to form a uniform surface.Conditions & Limitations:Water Stop can be used in cold conditions down to 1°C.It is advised to use warm water, 20°C to accelerate strength development.The material should not be applied when substrate and / or ambient air temperature is less than 1°C.Set and cure times will be increased at low temperatures.When using Water Stop in temperatures above 35°C, the material should be stored in the shade and it is advised to use cooler water, around 20°C.Set and cure times will be reduced in hot temperatures.Curing:Final setting time is less than 5 minutes. Once the placed Water Stop has stiffened sufficiently, dampen with clean water and maintain in a damp condition for a minimum of 15 minutes.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552125497374 shopify_GB_552125497374_7653634113566 new 17.40 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WATER_STOP_grande.jpg?v=1525971794 5060207860406 Wykamol Group WYBW05 Tanking Slurry 5Kg Bucket US 5.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol Universal Mortar https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-universal-mortar?variant=12615730856035 Universal Mortar is a Thixotropic, Fibre-reinforced, multi-purpose cementitious mortar which cures rapidly to produce a high performance, fair faced levelling coat, render and profile mortar with enhanced waterproofing propertiesSupplied in 25kg Bags inside a Bucket which can be used for mixing, available in Grey colour only.DescriptionUniversal MortarUniversal Mortar is a single component, thixotropic, fibre reinforced, polymer and micro silica modified cementitious mortar which cures rapidly to produce a high performance, fair faced levelling coat, render and profile mortar with enhanced waterproofing properties. Universal Mortar can be used as a mortar for waterpoofing, levelling and re-profiling. It can also be used as a Fillet Seal at wall to floor, wall to wall and wall to ceiling junctions.Typical Applications:As a Mortar for waterpoofing, levelling and re-profilingAs a Fillet at wall to floor, wall to wall and wall to ceiling junctionsFoundations, slabs, retaining walls etc.Drinking water structuresAs a High build repair mortarProduct Benefits:Factory batched mortar which provides consistent quality.Wide range of applications from a single product.Ideal for use with specialist waterproofing systems such as our Tanking Slurry Products.High bond strength which ensures monolithic performance.Fibre reinforced to give improved tensile and impact strength.Dense matrix provides excellent protection from ingress of acid gases, moisture and chlorides.Suitable for horizontal, vertical and overhead applications.Economic mortar which generally requires no substrate inter-layer priming.PreparationSubstrate Suitability:Universal Mortar can be applied to Concrete, Brick and Structural BlockworkSurface Preparation:Active water leaks must be stopped using Water Stop Plugging Compound prior to application of Universal Mortar.Areas to be levelled, filled or repaired must be clean and free from all unsound materials.For localised repair, saw cut or cut back the extremities of the repair locations to a depth of at least 10mm to avoid feather-edging and to provide a square edge.Break out the complete repair area to a minimum depth of 10mm up to the sawn edge.Brickwork and Blockwork:Remove by suitable means all loose pointing, any remaining render or plaster, wood, dust, grease, oil, organic growth or other foreign materials that may cause contamination or adversely affect adhesion properties.Concrete:If there is any exposed steel present, apply two coats of suitable corrosion inhibitor to the exposed steel by brush.Remove all loose material and surface latencies, i.e. dust, oil, grease, corrosion by products and organic growth, preferably by using wet grit or water blasting techniques or equivalent approved methods. The strength of the concrete sub-base must be a minimum of 20 N/mm².Priming:On all prepared substrates thoroughly dampen the surface with clean water prior to application.If the substrates are of a highly porous nature it is recommended to apply 1 coat application of SBR at a 1:1 dilution with water, allow approximately 1 - 2 hours drying time prior to application of Universal Mortar.Mixing:Place between 3.00 - 3.75 litres of clean water into suitable mixing bucket.Using a slow speed electric paddle mixer (400 - 600rpm), gradually start to add the powder whilst mixing.Ensure all the powder is added.Mix for approx. 3 minutes to achieve a creamy lump free consistency.If required, add a small amount of water to obtain the correct consistency depending on application.ApplicationApplication Methods:Universal Mortar is applied by gloved hand, trowel or suitable spray equipment.As a Fillet Seal Application:Using bricklaying or pointing trowel, apply a minimum 25mm Fillet at wall / floor, wall / wall and if necessary wall / ceiling junctions.Ensure Universal Mortar is pressed firmly into the chase at the wall / floor and joints at wall / wall, whilst still green form a “bottle” cove and feather for 50mm - 100mm along the adjacent surfaces. Achieve a smooth finish to the fillet.Where excessive stress concentrations can be expected at the wall / floor joints it is recommended a dilution of SBR at 1:2 with water used as the gauging solution.By Spray Application:Use traditional wet mortar spraying equipment and processes.On Vertical Surfaces:Universal Mortar is to be applied at a minimum of 5mm up to a maximum of 15mm layer thickness in one working operation.Apply the product by trowel using a standard rendering technique or spray technique ensuring to remove any trapped air. If more than one coat is required to obtain the desired build, ensure that previous layers are well keyed and stable but not fully set prior to application of the subsequent layers.Final profiling to a high quality can easily be achieved using a steel float after allowing the surface to stabilise.Wooden or plastic floats and damp sponges may also be used to achieve the desired surface texture.On Horizontal Surfaces:Place Universal Mortar onto the horizontal surface, compact and strike off to a maximum layer thickness of 50mm.After initial hardening, final profiling can be achieved to a high quality using a steel float or a brushed finish using a broom to increase skid resistant properties.Soffits and Overhead Applications:When using Universal Mortar as a levelling coat, apply at a minimum of 5mm up to a maximum of 10mm layer thickness in one working operation.Apply the product by trowel using standard rendering technique or spray technique ensuring to remove any entrapped air.If more than one coat is required to obtain the desired build, ensure that previous layers are well keyed and stable but not fully set prior to application of subsequent layers.If sagging occurs during application, Universal Mortar should be completely removed and reapplied at a reduced thickness on to a correctly prepared substrate.Localised Repair Applications:Apply Universal Mortar to the prepared substrate by gloved hand or trowel. Care must be taken to ensure that an initial 5mm - 10mm thickness of mortar is well placed and adhered prior to building up to larger depths.Thoroughly compact the mortar on to the prepared substrate and around any exposed reinforcement if present. If necessary, support with shuttering to allow for compaction when working to reveals, etc.The application thickness achievable is dependent upon the substrate.For repairs which require multi-layer application, it is important to esnure that previous layers are well keyed and stable but not fully set prior to the application of subsequent layers. No inter layer priming is required.Final profiling of a high quality can easily be achieved using a steel float after allowing the surface to stabilise.Application Conditions:Do not apply Universal Mortar in temperatures below 5°C and rising or above 35°C (ambient and substrate).Curing:Curing procedures should be strictly adhered to. It is important that the surface of the mortar is protected from strong sunlight and drying winds with either a suitable curing compound, polythene sheeting, damp hessian or similar.Coverage:A 25kg bag of Universal Mortar covers approximately 1.40m² at 10mm thickness.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_1441359069283 shopify_GB_1441359069283_12615730856035 new 37.50 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Universal_Mortar_25Kg_grande.jpg?v=1539359921 5060207863339 Wykamol Group WYBW03 Tanking Slurry 25Kg Bag in a Bucket US 25.0 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Wykamol ThermalDry Anti Condensation Paint https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-thermaldry-anti-condensation-paint?variant=30877241835619 Wykamol ThermalDry Anti Condensation Paint is a Thermally Insulating Water-Based Coating which incorporates hollow glass beads that act like a miniature ‘Thermos Flask’, reflecting thermal energy away from the walls, preventing the water from condensing for increased condensation control.This Anti Condensation Paint is supplied in 2.5 Litre and 5 Litre Buckets, available in White colour only. Platinum Building Chemicals supply a wide variety of condensation control and mould control products to aid with mould eradication and treatment.DescriptionWykamol ThermalDry Anti Condensation PaintWykamol ThermalDry Anti Condensation Paint is a styrene acrylic co-polymer dispersion water based coating which is thermally insulating and water repelling.Wykamol ThermalDry Anti Condensation Paint incorporates Micro-technology in the form of hollow glass beads, with a size of 50um and a crush strength of 500 psi.The micro, hollow glass beads act like a miniature ‘Thermos Flask’, reflecting thermal energy away from the walls, preventing the water from condensing.The prevention of moisture forming on walls therefore inhibits mould growth.This Anti Condensation Paint also increases the wall temperature, thus reducing the ‘dew point’ or the temperature at which condensation occurs.Product Uses:BathroomsUtility roomsKitchensLintels over Windows and Doors which produce cold spotsCold Walls and CeilingsIndustrial ApplicationsProduct Advantages:Coating is Waterproof When Dry and Walls are Warm to the TouchPrevents Formation of Black Mould and Other Harmful FungiSuitable for Any Interior Wall - Particularly Exterior Facing Walls, Bathrooms and KitchensTakes Up to 60% Longer for Condensation to Occur on WallsIncrease the Life of Your Chosen Paint or Wallpaper FinishCan Be Over Painted or Wall Papered Over With Any Finish, Without Reducing Its EffectivenessAntibacterial PropertiesWarm Air is Reflected Back Into the Room, Rather Than Being Absorbed by Cold Walls, Increasing Its Overall TemperatureApplicationSubstrate Preparation:Ensure surface is free from mould and fungus using MCS1 Mould Clear Solution.Remove any loose paint or wallpaper, grease and oil stains. Any cracks must be filled using a crack filler and left to set before application can commence.For coating over plastic or metal, it is advisable to complete a test on the substrate first.Mixing:Upon opening the tin, gently stir the medium in order to ensure glass bubbles are evenly spread throughout.DO NOT USE mechanical stirrer as this could damage the glass beads.Application Method:Wykamol ThermalDry is designed for easy application with either a brush or roller.Allow 2-4 hours between application of coats. A two-coat application is necessary to achieve maximum effectiveness.Do not apply Wykamol ThermalDry below 5°C or above 30°C.Curing:Allow for 2-4 hours between application of second coat of Wykamol ThermalDry and before applying chosen finish.Coverage:Approximately 4m² - 5m² per Litre, based on a two-coat application.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_4285098295395 shopify_GB_4285098295395_30877241835619 new 35.40 GBP33.00 GBPout of stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/THERMALDRY_2.5L_grande.jpg?v=1573830832 5060207863346 Wykamol Group WYTHDRYW25 Anti-Condensation Paint 2.5 Litres US 2.5 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Wykamol ThermalDry Anti Condensation Paint https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-thermaldry-anti-condensation-paint?variant=30877241868387 Wykamol ThermalDry Anti Condensation Paint is a Thermally Insulating Water-Based Coating which incorporates hollow glass beads that act like a miniature ‘Thermos Flask’, reflecting thermal energy away from the walls, preventing the water from condensing for increased condensation control.This Anti Condensation Paint is supplied in 2.5 Litre and 5 Litre Buckets, available in White colour only. Platinum Building Chemicals supply a wide variety of condensation control and mould control products to aid with mould eradication and treatment.DescriptionWykamol ThermalDry Anti Condensation PaintWykamol ThermalDry Anti Condensation Paint is a styrene acrylic co-polymer dispersion water based coating which is thermally insulating and water repelling.Wykamol ThermalDry Anti Condensation Paint incorporates Micro-technology in the form of hollow glass beads, with a size of 50um and a crush strength of 500 psi.The micro, hollow glass beads act like a miniature ‘Thermos Flask’, reflecting thermal energy away from the walls, preventing the water from condensing.The prevention of moisture forming on walls therefore inhibits mould growth.This Anti Condensation Paint also increases the wall temperature, thus reducing the ‘dew point’ or the temperature at which condensation occurs.Product Uses:BathroomsUtility roomsKitchensLintels over Windows and Doors which produce cold spotsCold Walls and CeilingsIndustrial ApplicationsProduct Advantages:Coating is Waterproof When Dry and Walls are Warm to the TouchPrevents Formation of Black Mould and Other Harmful FungiSuitable for Any Interior Wall - Particularly Exterior Facing Walls, Bathrooms and KitchensTakes Up to 60% Longer for Condensation to Occur on WallsIncrease the Life of Your Chosen Paint or Wallpaper FinishCan Be Over Painted or Wall Papered Over With Any Finish, Without Reducing Its EffectivenessAntibacterial PropertiesWarm Air is Reflected Back Into the Room, Rather Than Being Absorbed by Cold Walls, Increasing Its Overall TemperatureApplicationSubstrate Preparation:Ensure surface is free from mould and fungus using MCS1 Mould Clear Solution.Remove any loose paint or wallpaper, grease and oil stains. Any cracks must be filled using a crack filler and left to set before application can commence.For coating over plastic or metal, it is advisable to complete a test on the substrate first.Mixing:Upon opening the tin, gently stir the medium in order to ensure glass bubbles are evenly spread throughout.DO NOT USE mechanical stirrer as this could damage the glass beads.Application Method:Wykamol ThermalDry is designed for easy application with either a brush or roller.Allow 2-4 hours between application of coats. A two-coat application is necessary to achieve maximum effectiveness.Do not apply Wykamol ThermalDry below 5°C or above 30°C.Curing:Allow for 2-4 hours between application of second coat of Wykamol ThermalDry and before applying chosen finish.Coverage:Approximately 4m² - 5m² per Litre, based on a two-coat application.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_4285098295395 shopify_GB_4285098295395_30877241868387 new 57.00 GBP53.16 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/THERMALDRY_5L_2517c9fd-c30e-4fbc-a14f-8d6893e0c0d9_grande.jpg?v=1573830842 5060207863346 Wykamol Group WYTHDRYW50 Anti-Condensation Paint 5 Litres US 2.5 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Wykamol Technoseal DPM - Damp Proof Paint https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/technoseal-damp-proof-paint?variant=13072584769635 Technoseal Damp Proof Paint is a ready to use, SBR based, liquid damp proof membrane (DPM) which provides a seamless barrier against water penetration, radon, gas methane and carbon dioxide.This damp proof paint is supplied in 5 Litre containers, available in White or Black.DescriptionTechnoseal DPM Damp Proof PaintTechnoseal Damp Proof Paint is a ready to use, SBR based, liquid damp-proofing membrane which provides a seamless barrier against water penetration, radon, gas methane and carbon dioxide.Technoseal Damp Proof Paint is a viscous liquid of similar consistency to emulsion paint and dries to form a tough, semi gloss finish.Product Benefits:Non-Toxic, Non-Hazardous and Solvent-FreeIdeal in very wet areas - Floors and Walls in Wet Rooms and KitchensEasy application by Brush, Roller or High Pressure SprayCan be applied to Damp Walls and FloorsApply to Blockwork, Stone, Brick, Timber and ConcreteCan be Plastered and Boarded on topFor Internal use only unless Rendered / Protected on topTypical Applications:Floors: Under/ above screeds to provide a damp-proof membraneBasements: As part of a waterproofing system below ground levelWalls: Can be used under render or plaster as a water barrier or vapour barrierPonds: Should be used as a finish over one of our Tanking Slurry Products in ponds which hold aquatic life etc. ApplicationPreparation:The substrate should be smooth or have a light, even texture. Any masonry should be flush pointed and defects in existing surfaces made good.Ensure surface is clean, sound and free of dust, loose materials or surface water, but damp substrates are acceptable. It is sometimes advantageous to pre-wet concrete or masonry substrates before application.Test adhesion to substrate using a sample area before commencing application.Mixing:If necessary, the compound can be diluted with up to 10% water, however, care should be taken to ensure the correct dry coat thickness is achieved.Application Method:Technoseal Damp Proof Paint can be applied using brush, roller or airless spray.Single Coat ApplicationsIf a single dry coat thickness of more than 0.3mm is required, it is recommended that Technoseal be applied using airless spray. A single coat thickness of up to 1mm is possible using this application method.Two Coat ApplicationsIf two coats are being applied it is recommended that the coats be applied at right angles to each other. Before applying the second coat it is necessary to let the first coat become touch dry. The time scale for this will vary according to site conditions, but will typically be after 1 hour.The second coat should be applied within 24 hours. After all coats have been applied, the membrane should be left foor at least 4 days before attempting any bond tests.Roof ApplicationsBlistering can sometimes occur during this application process. This occurs when the heat from the sun causes a vapour pressure build up below the membrane.The problem is exacerbated if the background concrete is wet. To minimise this risk and ensure a good bond to the substrate, the following should be undertaken.Vigorously brush the first coat into the background concrete using a stiff bristled brush.ORPrime the roof with a slurry of SBR Bonding Agent, if using roller, or an airless spray application method. Allow the slurry to harden for 2 days before applying Technoseal.Wall / Floor JunctionsIn some situations, e.g. at high stress points such as wall / floor junctions, it is beneficial to use polypropylene fabric (scrim) reinforcement. By choosing a suitable reinforcement it is possible to achieve good control of the coating thickness.Choose a fabric with an approximate thickness of 0.5mm.Roll the fabric into the base coat while wet.Allow the first coat to dry to a tacky conditionCompletely fill and cover the mesh with the second coat of Technoseal and a minimum thickness of 0.6mm will automatically be achieved.Limitations:Technoseal should not be applied when the temperature of the substrate, or the air temperature is below 7°C and falling.The dried film, like most organic coatings, is combustible and hence will not be suitable in all situations e.g. it should not be used to coat flammable materials (expanded polystyrene).A minimum dried coat thickness of 0.6 mm is needed to provide a vapour barrier.This should be applied in a minimum of two coats.The incorporation of polypropylene fabric increases the tensile strength but decreases the extensibility.Coverage:Up to 5m² based on a two coat applicationData SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet - Technoseal WHITESafety Data Sheet - Technoseal BLACK shopify_GB_1529707298915 shopify_GB_1529707298915_13072584769635 new 31.20 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/TECHNOSEAL_WHITE_5L_grande.jpg?v=1580722800 5060207860109 Wykamol Group WYTECHW5 Damp Proof Paint 5 Litres US 5.0 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Wykamol Technoseal DPM - Damp Proof Paint https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/technoseal-damp-proof-paint?variant=13072598237283 Technoseal Damp Proof Paint is a ready to use, SBR based, liquid damp proof membrane (DPM) which provides a seamless barrier against water penetration, radon, gas methane and carbon dioxide.This damp proof paint is supplied in 5 Litre containers, available in White or Black.DescriptionTechnoseal DPM Damp Proof PaintTechnoseal Damp Proof Paint is a ready to use, SBR based, liquid damp-proofing membrane which provides a seamless barrier against water penetration, radon, gas methane and carbon dioxide.Technoseal Damp Proof Paint is a viscous liquid of similar consistency to emulsion paint and dries to form a tough, semi gloss finish.Product Benefits:Non-Toxic, Non-Hazardous and Solvent-FreeIdeal in very wet areas - Floors and Walls in Wet Rooms and KitchensEasy application by Brush, Roller or High Pressure SprayCan be applied to Damp Walls and FloorsApply to Blockwork, Stone, Brick, Timber and ConcreteCan be Plastered and Boarded on topFor Internal use only unless Rendered / Protected on topTypical Applications:Floors: Under/ above screeds to provide a damp-proof membraneBasements: As part of a waterproofing system below ground levelWalls: Can be used under render or plaster as a water barrier or vapour barrierPonds: Should be used as a finish over one of our Tanking Slurry Products in ponds which hold aquatic life etc. ApplicationPreparation:The substrate should be smooth or have a light, even texture. Any masonry should be flush pointed and defects in existing surfaces made good.Ensure surface is clean, sound and free of dust, loose materials or surface water, but damp substrates are acceptable. It is sometimes advantageous to pre-wet concrete or masonry substrates before application.Test adhesion to substrate using a sample area before commencing application.Mixing:If necessary, the compound can be diluted with up to 10% water, however, care should be taken to ensure the correct dry coat thickness is achieved.Application Method:Technoseal Damp Proof Paint can be applied using brush, roller or airless spray.Single Coat ApplicationsIf a single dry coat thickness of more than 0.3mm is required, it is recommended that Technoseal be applied using airless spray. A single coat thickness of up to 1mm is possible using this application method.Two Coat ApplicationsIf two coats are being applied it is recommended that the coats be applied at right angles to each other. Before applying the second coat it is necessary to let the first coat become touch dry. The time scale for this will vary according to site conditions, but will typically be after 1 hour.The second coat should be applied within 24 hours. After all coats have been applied, the membrane should be left foor at least 4 days before attempting any bond tests.Roof ApplicationsBlistering can sometimes occur during this application process. This occurs when the heat from the sun causes a vapour pressure build up below the membrane.The problem is exacerbated if the background concrete is wet. To minimise this risk and ensure a good bond to the substrate, the following should be undertaken.Vigorously brush the first coat into the background concrete using a stiff bristled brush.ORPrime the roof with a slurry of SBR Bonding Agent, if using roller, or an airless spray application method. Allow the slurry to harden for 2 days before applying Technoseal.Wall / Floor JunctionsIn some situations, e.g. at high stress points such as wall / floor junctions, it is beneficial to use polypropylene fabric (scrim) reinforcement. By choosing a suitable reinforcement it is possible to achieve good control of the coating thickness.Choose a fabric with an approximate thickness of 0.5mm.Roll the fabric into the base coat while wet.Allow the first coat to dry to a tacky conditionCompletely fill and cover the mesh with the second coat of Technoseal and a minimum thickness of 0.6mm will automatically be achieved.Limitations:Technoseal should not be applied when the temperature of the substrate, or the air temperature is below 7°C and falling.The dried film, like most organic coatings, is combustible and hence will not be suitable in all situations e.g. it should not be used to coat flammable materials (expanded polystyrene).A minimum dried coat thickness of 0.6 mm is needed to provide a vapour barrier.This should be applied in a minimum of two coats.The incorporation of polypropylene fabric increases the tensile strength but decreases the extensibility.Coverage:Up to 5m² based on a two coat applicationData SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet - Technoseal WHITESafety Data Sheet - Technoseal BLACK shopify_GB_1529707298915 shopify_GB_1529707298915_13072598237283 new 31.20 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/TECHNOSEAL_BLACK_grande.jpg?v=1580722810 5060207860000 Wykamol Group WYTECHB5 Damp Proof Paint 5 Litres US 5.0 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Wykamol Siliconate K Damp Proofing Fluid https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/aqueous-dpc-fluid-siliconate-k?variant=7653625102366 Siliconate K Damp Proofing Fluid is a BBA Approved, Concentrated Aqueous DPC Fluid which, once diluted with water, is injected into brick walls above ground level to create a Chemical Damp Proof Course (DPC). This may be necessary where an existing DPC has broken down or an orthodox DPC is missing.Siliconate K Damp Proofing Fluid dilutes 1:6 with water to make 25 Litres of ready-to-use product.Supplied in 3.6 Litre Containers, Concentrated Solution. Siliconate K is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionSiliconate K Damp Proofing FluidSiliconate K is a clear, odourless concentrate of Potassium Methyl Siliconate.Once diluted with water the liquid is introduced into pre-drilled holes by either transfusion or low pressure injection to form a continuous chemical damp proof course.Siliconate K is designed to be used in accordance with BS6576:2005 for installation of chemical damp-proof courses.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedOdourless SolutionEffective for at least 20 YearsConcentrated Solution - Easy Storage and TransportationLow Hazard and Environmentally SafeCan be used in all types of MasonryCan be used in conjunction with our range of Damp Proof Membranes.PreparationMixing:Siliconate K a concentrated solution and should be diluted at a rate of 1:6 parts water.A 3.6 Litre bottle makes 25 Litres of diluted, ready-to-use solution.Substrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depths allow). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts..Remove skirtings, fixings and render/plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed).Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts must be removed from the area to be treated, to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of rising damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and repair/ replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern.DPC height should always be at least 150 mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPC's should be provided to connect horizontal DPC's where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.). In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115 mm thick wall (see coverage rates below).Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 100 mm and inject in one continuous process. Always ensure that the cavity is clear of debris before treatment.In random stone and rubble filled walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type (mortar/stone), it may be possible to vary the drilling locations as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350 mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height.In the case of drill holes becoming blocked, these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Siliconate K is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill holes, 10 mm to 16 mm in diameter, in to the mortar bed at intervals between 150mm and 170mm. The hole depths required for various wall thicknesses are shown in the table below.For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Where possible, thicker walls (230 mm or more) should be treated from both sides, or if access is restricted, injection can be carried out from one side by sequential drilling (75mm, 190mm etc.).Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth75mm190mm320mm430mm ApplicationInjection:Insert injection nozzle with an expanding rubber sealing washer into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole.Fill each hole fully with Siliconate K at a pressure of 300kPa. In saturated walls, lower pressures (c. 100kPa) delivered over longer periods of time are likely to be more successful.When using a gravity feed technique (transfusion), extra care must be taken to ensure the recommended dose levels are achieved.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water.If Siliconate K penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice.Coverage:This will vary according to the nature and porosity of the substrate. A general guide for 9” (230mm) brickwork would be 3 litres of diluted product per linear metre run.In other words, a 3.6L Container (once diluted to 25L) will cover around 7 - 10 linear metres based on a standard 9" thick brick, depending on porosity of substrate.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours, suitable for 10mm - 12mm wide Drill Holes).Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Siliconate K to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 15 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_552124973086 shopify_GB_552124973086_7653625102366 new 19.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/SILICONATE_K_grande.jpg?v=1572364285 5060207861236 Wykamol Group WYKD21 Damp Proofing Fluid 3.6 Litre (Concentrate) US 3.6 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol RenderProof Render Additive & Waterproofer https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/waterproofer-render-additive-renderproof?variant=7653628182558 RenderProof is a Render Additive & Waterproofer based on an alkaline soap mixed with fatty acids, designed for use in sand / cement, external render coats following the insertion of a chemical DPC.Available in 5 Litre and 25 Litre Containers, Concentrated Solution. Renderproof is part of the Wykamol Re-Plastering Specification which is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionRenderproof Render Additive & WaterprooferRenderProof is an additive based on an alkaline soap mixed with fatty acids, designed for use in sand / cement, external render coats following the insertion of a chemical DPC.Efflorescent salts are often left behind in the wall after a chemical DPC, which are harmful to the plaster finish, leaving the appearance of damp patches.A suitable re-plastering specification must therefore be used, including a salt inhibiting and waterproofing product such as RenderProof.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedReduces pore size in Render to prevent passage of waterCovers large areas in a single applicationHighly Concentrated: 1 part RenderProof to 24 parts waterPrevents passage of residual ground salts which are harmful to plaster finishesVapour permeable, allowing the walls to breatheApplicationSurface Preparation (Masonry):Masonry joints should be raked out and all surface thoroughly cleaned to remove dust or other friable material. All traces of previous plaster must be removed. Any organic matter (including timber fixings) must be removedWhere appropriate, fixing points which necessitate cutting into the background must be prepared.High suction surfaces should be thoroughly wetted or primed using an SBR Bonding Agent. SBR can also be used to provide a mechanical key on smooth, dense surfaces.Where very high levels of salt contamination are present, or suspected, further preparation with Salt Neutraliser may be necessary before application commences. Consult our Technical Department if the extent or nature of the salt contamination is unclearMixing - Backing Coat:A mix of 3 parts by volume of washed, sharp sand to 1 part of cement, gauged with potable water containing 1 part of RenderProof with 24 parts of water. The constituents of mixes should conform to the following descriptions:Ordinary portland Cement (OPC) to BS EN 197-1:2011Aggregate-clean, sharp, washed sand. The coarsest, sharpest sand, suitably graded for plastering, should conform to BS EN 13139:2002Water - Fit for drinking and free from organic matter.N.B. The amount of gauging water in the undercoats should bethe minimum consistent with reasonable application.Mixing - Float Coat:A mix of 4 parts volume of washed, sharp sand to 1 part by volume of Ordinary Portland Cement.Pack SizeGauging Water5 Litre120 Litres of gauging water in dry sand per 250Kg of cement25 Litre600 Litres of gauging water in dry sand per 1250Kg of cementApplication - Backing Coat:The plaster should be applied to a thickness of 10-12mm. The backing coat should finish at least 50mm above the solid floor and must not bridge the Damp-Proof Course.Care should be taken to avoid dropping plaster or other debris through the gap between the wall and the edge of any suspended floor.The surface should be scratched as it begins to set, to give a good key for subsequent coats.Application - Float Coat:The plaster should be applied to a thickness of 8-10mm in the same areas as the backing coat.Application - Subsequent Coats:No more than two plaster coats should be applied in one continuous working process. If a greater thickness is required:The first coats should be scratched and left to cure for 7-14 daysApply SBR Bonding Agent as a primer before proceedingThe sand/ cement undercoats should be scrape finished and mist sprayed for the first 48 hours to reduce the risk of shrinkage and cracking.Conditions & Limitations:Under no circumstances should Gypsum based plaster be used for the backing or float coat, nor should it be added to the mix of either coat.RenderProof is not suitable for use in lime-based mixes or mixes with a lower cement content than recommended.The recommended sand and cement mix can be used to to ‘dab’ any angle beads etc. to avoid salting.Curing:A minimum of 24 hours curing time must be allowed after application of the float coat, even under ideal curing conditions.Finishing:The finishing plaster should be applied at a thickness of 1.5mm - 3mm. Since polished surfaces are undesirable, excessive use of the trowel or brush should be avoided.Redecoration:Initial decoration should be delayed as long as possible and should not be applied within 14 days of the finish plaster coat.Temporary decoration should be limited to a vapour permeable finish such as a breathable paint. Final decorations which reduce permeability, such as papers and oil paints, should not be applied until the walls have dried out, with at least 12 months being allowed following temporary decoration (for typical 225mm brickwork walls).Drying times for thicker walls may extend to several years and will depend, in part, on the level of winter time heating etc. If impermeable decorative finishes are to be applied, in such situations an alternative approach to reinstatement may be considered, involving the use of vapour impermeable ‘air-gap’ membranesData SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate (Re-Plastering Specification) shopify_GB_552125071390 shopify_GB_552125071390_7653628182558 new 10.20 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/RENDERPROOF_5L_grande.jpg?v=1542974451 5060207861151 Wykamol Group WYBW16 Waterproofer Additive 5 Litres US 5.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol RenderProof Render Additive & Waterproofer https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/waterproofer-render-additive-renderproof?variant=7676272574494 RenderProof is a Render Additive & Waterproofer based on an alkaline soap mixed with fatty acids, designed for use in sand / cement, external render coats following the insertion of a chemical DPC.Available in 5 Litre and 25 Litre Containers, Concentrated Solution. Renderproof is part of the Wykamol Re-Plastering Specification which is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionRenderproof Render Additive & WaterprooferRenderProof is an additive based on an alkaline soap mixed with fatty acids, designed for use in sand / cement, external render coats following the insertion of a chemical DPC.Efflorescent salts are often left behind in the wall after a chemical DPC, which are harmful to the plaster finish, leaving the appearance of damp patches.A suitable re-plastering specification must therefore be used, including a salt inhibiting and waterproofing product such as RenderProof.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedReduces pore size in Render to prevent passage of waterCovers large areas in a single applicationHighly Concentrated: 1 part RenderProof to 24 parts waterPrevents passage of residual ground salts which are harmful to plaster finishesVapour permeable, allowing the walls to breatheApplicationSurface Preparation (Masonry):Masonry joints should be raked out and all surface thoroughly cleaned to remove dust or other friable material. All traces of previous plaster must be removed. Any organic matter (including timber fixings) must be removedWhere appropriate, fixing points which necessitate cutting into the background must be prepared.High suction surfaces should be thoroughly wetted or primed using an SBR Bonding Agent. SBR can also be used to provide a mechanical key on smooth, dense surfaces.Where very high levels of salt contamination are present, or suspected, further preparation with Salt Neutraliser may be necessary before application commences. Consult our Technical Department if the extent or nature of the salt contamination is unclearMixing - Backing Coat:A mix of 3 parts by volume of washed, sharp sand to 1 part of cement, gauged with potable water containing 1 part of RenderProof with 24 parts of water. The constituents of mixes should conform to the following descriptions:Ordinary portland Cement (OPC) to BS EN 197-1:2011Aggregate-clean, sharp, washed sand. The coarsest, sharpest sand, suitably graded for plastering, should conform to BS EN 13139:2002Water - Fit for drinking and free from organic matter.N.B. The amount of gauging water in the undercoats should bethe minimum consistent with reasonable application.Mixing - Float Coat:A mix of 4 parts volume of washed, sharp sand to 1 part by volume of Ordinary Portland Cement.Pack SizeGauging Water5 Litre120 Litres of gauging water in dry sand per 250Kg of cement25 Litre600 Litres of gauging water in dry sand per 1250Kg of cementApplication - Backing Coat:The plaster should be applied to a thickness of 10-12mm. The backing coat should finish at least 50mm above the solid floor and must not bridge the Damp-Proof Course.Care should be taken to avoid dropping plaster or other debris through the gap between the wall and the edge of any suspended floor.The surface should be scratched as it begins to set, to give a good key for subsequent coats.Application - Float Coat:The plaster should be applied to a thickness of 8-10mm in the same areas as the backing coat.Application - Subsequent Coats:No more than two plaster coats should be applied in one continuous working process. If a greater thickness is required:The first coats should be scratched and left to cure for 7-14 daysApply SBR Bonding Agent as a primer before proceedingThe sand/ cement undercoats should be scrape finished and mist sprayed for the first 48 hours to reduce the risk of shrinkage and cracking.Conditions & Limitations:Under no circumstances should Gypsum based plaster be used for the backing or float coat, nor should it be added to the mix of either coat.RenderProof is not suitable for use in lime-based mixes or mixes with a lower cement content than recommended.The recommended sand and cement mix can be used to to ‘dab’ any angle beads etc. to avoid salting.Curing:A minimum of 24 hours curing time must be allowed after application of the float coat, even under ideal curing conditions.Finishing:The finishing plaster should be applied at a thickness of 1.5mm - 3mm. Since polished surfaces are undesirable, excessive use of the trowel or brush should be avoided.Redecoration:Initial decoration should be delayed as long as possible and should not be applied within 14 days of the finish plaster coat.Temporary decoration should be limited to a vapour permeable finish such as a breathable paint. Final decorations which reduce permeability, such as papers and oil paints, should not be applied until the walls have dried out, with at least 12 months being allowed following temporary decoration (for typical 225mm brickwork walls).Drying times for thicker walls may extend to several years and will depend, in part, on the level of winter time heating etc. If impermeable decorative finishes are to be applied, in such situations an alternative approach to reinstatement may be considered, involving the use of vapour impermeable ‘air-gap’ membranesData SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate (Re-Plastering Specification) shopify_GB_552125071390 shopify_GB_552125071390_7676272574494 new 34.20 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/RENDERPROOF_25L_grande.jpg?v=1542974459 5060207861151 Wykamol Group WYBW17 Waterproofer Additive 25 Litres US 25.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol Microtech Masonry Biocide - Masonry Dry Rot Treatment https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/masonry-biocide-dry-rot-treatment-microtech?variant=7653398478878 Microtech Masonry Biocide is an Concentrated Biocide product which is used for the effective treatment of Dry Rot on Masonry Substrates and Brickwork. Microtech Masonry Biocide dilutes with water to make 25 Litres of Ready-to-use product.Microtech Masonry Biocide should only be used on Masonry substrates. For an effective Dry Rot Treatment for use on Timber, see Microtech Dual Purpose or Lignum Pro Gel.  Microtech Masonry Biocide carries the HSE Approval No 7361.Supplied in 1 Litre Containers, Concentrated Solution.DescriptionMicrotech Masonry BiocideMicrotech Masonry Biocide is a unique formulation containing ‘Polyphase’ (a Carbonate Fungicide) for the control of Dry Rot (Serpula Lacrymans) in walls and the removal and prevention of moulds, algae, mosses and lichens from interior / exterior surfaces.The special properties of this unique micro emulsion system give fast action and excellent absorption rates in walls when sprayed or injected.Approved under the Control of Pesticides Regulations 1986.For use only by Professional Operators.For use only as a Surface Biocide.Product Benefits:Dilutes to make 25 litres of Ready-to-use ProductUnique micro emulsion system.Deep penetration in masonry.Non-flammable.Active Ingredients:IPBC (3-Iodo-2-Propynyl Butyl Carbamate)IPBC (3-Iodo-2-Propynyl Butyl Carbamate) 2.85% w/w: A biocide that provides the maximum spectrum of biological activity against the dry rot fungus (Serpula Lacrymans).PreparationPreparation - For Dry Rot Treatment:Rectify the defects contributing to the damp conditions which caused the outbreak (e.g. repair rain water drainage systems, roof leaks, etc. Improve sub-floor ventilation, install DPC).Expose the full extent of the outbreak, including a margin of clearance beyond the last visible signs of growth in all directions, remove all mycelium, built-in timber lintels, wall plates, bonding timbers and plugs from the affected walls and clearance areas and dispose of by burning.N.B. If it is considered impractical to remove all timber from infected walls etc., it may be possible to protect the in-situ depending on the precise conditions prevailing etc.In a clean plastic drum add one litre of concentrate to 24 litres of clean water (makes 25 litres of final solution; rinse container prior to disposal).Once diluted, the Microtech Masonry Biocide solution remains stable for at least 7 days but should be agitated before use after lengthy storage. Drums of diluted material must be clearly labelled with the HSE number etc.Before starting work ensure the following statutory precautions are observed.Wear suitable protective clothing (coveralls) and synthetic rubber / PVC gloves plus eye protection when diluting or spraying overhead. Avoid excessive contamination of overalls and launder regularly.Cover water storage tanks before application. Do not breathe spray mist. When using, do not eat, drink or smoke.Do not contaminate watercourses or ground. Prevent any surface run-off from entering drains.Dispose of waste material or container safely.Preparation - For External Treatments (Algae, Moss, Lichens etc.):In cases of severe moss build up on surfaces, remove as much as possible by physical means or break up the surface before proceeding as below. Observe the general precautions listed above (Preparation - For Dry Rot Treatment).Some species of lichens are resistant to treatment due to their impervious surface.To optimize the effect of the biocide solution it is advisable to abrade the face of such growths prior to treatment (e.g. by wire brush).Preparation - For Treatments Prior to Painting / Mould Control:Removal of all organic growth from plaster and masonry surface is an essential pre-requisite for the successful performance of decorative coatings.For interior work, most races of mould, algae, etc. should be removed initially by normal cleaning methods, followed by an application of Microtech Masonry Biocide solution (see Application - For Treatments Prior to Painting / Mould Control).ApplicationApplication - For Dry Rot Treatment:On Walls: Walls should be treated in depth with diluted Microtech Masonry Biocide at the rate of 10 litres per m³ of brickwork masonry. 4.5” (115mm) brick walls can normally be treated by generous low pressure spray application (at 1 litre per 2m²) to both sides of the wall.Thicker walls will need to be drilled at approximately 230mm staggered intervals over the area to be treated (12-16mm drill bit). Holes should be angles downward between 30° and 45° to facilitate filling them with the treatment solution.When the walls are drilled from both sides, the depth of the hole should reach the centre of the wall. If the walls are drilled from one side only, the depth of the holes should extend to within approximately 50mm of the reverse face of the wall.Such treatments should be completed by surface application to both faces of the walls, although external walls need not be sprayed from the outside. 11” (280mm) cavity walls can be treated as two separate 4.5” (115mm) walls providing sufficient access at suitable intervals to the cavity has been made to ensure proper application of the Biocide to the faces of the brickwork exposed within the cavity.It should be ensured that the cavity is clear and where possible, ventilated.Local conditions, wall materials and type of construction would determine any variations which may be necessary to the suggested method of treatment to ensure the correct quantity of fluid (10 litres per m³) is evenly distributed within the mass of brickwork or masonry being treated.On Floors: Where the fungal growth has extended into the subfloor area below a timber ground floor structure, the base of the structural walls, sleeper walls and oversite of the affected area must also be treated with Microtech Masonry Biocide.Where the growth has penetrated a concrete oversite or subsoil it should be excavated and the exposed surface treated with Microtech Masonry Biocide solution.Note: Areas below ground level (where sources of moisture cannot be isolated) may not be suitable for treatment using the above procedures.Application - For External Treatments (Algae, Moss, Lichens etc.):Following dilution (1:24 with clean water), application can be either with a low pressure pneumatic sprayer (course spray) or by a watering can with a fine rose attachment.For small items such as headstones, etc., Microtech Masonry Biocide solution may be applied by brush provided the solution is flooded generously into inscriptions and other cavities. Always direct the spray away from the body; do not spray directly overhead.For maximum effectiveness Microtech Masonry Biocide should be applied when surfaces are reasonably dry and when rain is not imminent. Treatment should take place in win free conditions to minimise spray drift.Once existing organic growth has been killed by initial application (1-7 days) this should be removed by brushing or power hosing followed by a second application of Microtech Masonry Biocide.In the case of roof treatments temporary wire netting guards should be provided over down pipes and the gutters cleared of dead moss, etc. once all the debris has been removed.Re-treatment will be necessary at intervals to prevent growth becoming re-established. The life of treatments may be considerably shortened on:Surfaces subject to excessive mechanical wearVery dense substrates which do not absorb much fluidSurfaces where dirt etc. is allowed to accumulatePersistently damp surfaces.Note: We do not recommend the use of this product on asbestos cement surface due to the risk of fibre release and dispersal during cleaning.Application - For Treatments Prior to Painting / Mould Control:After Preparation work is complete, apply Microtech Masonry Biocide solution to the surface. On relatively non-porous surfaces such as painted plaster or ceramic tiles the application rate can be reduced and the treating solution applied by fine mist spray.N.B. Mould etc. colonies can cause damage to underlying substrates (paint, wallpaper). Care should be taken to ensure damaged decorations are removed prior to treatments and /or new coatings being applied. As soon as the surface is dry the decorative finish can be applied.FinishingFinishing - For Dry Rot Treatment:N.B. UNPROTECTED PERSONS AND ANIMALS SHOULD BE KEPT AWAY FROM TREATED AREAS FOR 48 HOURS OR UNTIL SURFACES ARE DRY.Ideally, any area affected by dry rot should be left exposed as long as possible after treatment to facilitate rapid drying out of the masonry / oversite.Nevertheless, re-instatement including re-plastering can proceed without delay after the application of Microtech Masonry Biocide if required.All replacement timbers should be treated with a Lignum Wood Preservative or Boron Wood Preservative (see Timber Treatments) and isolated from direct contact with masonry (e.g. use DPC material behind studwork for dry lining plasterboard or galvanised steel hangers to support joist ends).In cases where damp conditions are likely to persist, timbers should be treated by industrial pre-treatment as detailed in BS 5589:1989.If an adequate sub-floor ventilation system was a contributory factor to the Dry Rot outbreak, steps must be taken to improve the system. This can normally be achieved by inserting additional or larger air bricks, strategically placed and free from obstruction (see BRE DAS 73, 1986).Any obstructions within the subfloor areas which would impede the cross flow movement of air must be dealt with. A satisfactory sub-floor ventilation system is one which will maintain the moisture content of the under side of the floor structure below 20%.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552087519262 shopify_GB_552087519262_7653398478878 new 15.30 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/MICROTECH_BIOCIDE_1L_grande.jpg?v=1526026610 5060207860581 Wykamol Group WYDR01 Masonry Biocide 1 Litre (Concentrate) US 1.0 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Wykamol Microtech Insecticide - Woodworm Treatment https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-woodworm-treatment-microtech-insecticide?variant=31245916962915 Wykamol Microtech Insecticide is a highly effective Super Concentrated Woodworm Treatment used for the eradication and prevention of Woodworm and other wood boring insects. Wykamol Microtech Insecticide Woodworm Treatment dilutes with water to make up to 25 Litres of Ready-to-use product.Supplied in 150ml Containers, Concentrated Solution.  Wykamol Microtech Insecticide carries the HSE Approval No 10607.  Read our Guide on 'How to Treat Woodworm & Wood Boring Insects'DescriptionWykamol Microtech Insecticide - Woodworm TreatmentWykamol Microtech Insecticide is a Woodworm Treatment supplied as a 150g Concentrate which requires dilution with water to form a ready to use product.Wykamol Microtech Insecticide Concentrate is a highly concentrated treatment for the eradication and prevention of Woodworm and other Wood Boring Insects.Due to the microscopic size of the active ingredient, Microtech Insecticide is highly penetrating and therefore ultra-effective and long-lasting.Microtech Insecticide has virtually no odour and can be applied either by brush or low pressure spray to give long lasting protection.  Read our Guide on 'How to Treat Woodworm & Wood Boring Insects'Product Benefits:Dilutes to make up to 25 litres of Ready-to-use ProductEradicates and Prevents Infestation of Wood Boring InsectsHighly Penetrating Due to Microscopic Size of SolutionsSuitable for Interior and Exterior UseNon-flammableCan Be Applied Using Brush or Low Pressure SprayVirtually OdourlessApplication to Damp Timbers is Possible Without Reducing EffectivenessActive Ingredients:PermethrinPermethrin 31.06% w/w: The insecticide is effective against all life stages of wood boring insects whilst the surfactant system used in the formulation promotes rapid absorption and deep penetration into timber.ApplicationHealth & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.PPE should be worn during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Preparation:The active ingredients in this product have been accepted by the nature Conservancy bodies as suitable for the treatment of roof voids where bats roost.However, it is a legal requirement to notify the appropriate Nature Conservancy body prior to any treatment of roof spaces where bats have been identified. Treatment must not be carried out whilst bats are at roost.Ensure that all timbers to be treated are clean and free from wood dust and other contaminants.Any paint, varnish or other surface coatings should be removed prior to application.If decay is present, remove all decayed wood and replace with suitably treated timber.Application Method:Always consult the Safety Data Sheet before commencing application.Microtech Insecticide can be applied using a brush, low pressure spray or dipping.Agitate the solutions well before use.Perform a test on a small, inconspicuous area before commencing complete application to ensure product finish is as expected.For application with low pressure spray or brush.Where possible dip the end grains of timber for a maximum of 3 minutes, otherwise use a good quality brush to work the product into the grains.Coverage:Apply at a rate of 1 Litre per 3 - 4m², once diluted.Re-Entry Time:Wykamol Microtech Insecticide has a HSE statutory 1-hour re-entry time.Finish:Product does not have a finish and leaves the same effect as applying water or solvent. It is always advisable to try on a small inconspicuous area before application to ensure product finish is as expected. Over coating can occur 24 hours after application, depending on the substrate and ambient temperatures. Stability:Product is stable in original packaging for 2 years when stored under ambient conditions. After 2 years product should be re-tested every 6 months to ensure active ingredient levels are within specification.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_4343018324067 shopify_GB_4343018324067_31245916962915 new 16.20 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/MICROTECH_INSECTICIDE_150G_grande.jpg?v=1573663125 Wykamol Group WYRT01 Woodworm Treatment 150g (Concentrate) US 0.15 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol Microtech Dual Purpose - Woodworm & Dry Rot Treatment https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-dry-rot-treatment-microtech-dual-purpose?variant=31246524579939 Wykamol Microtech Dual Purpose is a highly effective Super Concentrated Woodworm & Timber Rot Treatment used for the eradication and prevention of Woodworm (and other wood boring insects) and Wood Rotting Fungi (Dry Rot and Wet Rot).Wykamol Microtech Dual Purpose should only be used on Timbers. For an effective Dry Rot Treatment on Masonry substrates, see Microtech Masonry Biocide.Wykamol Microtech Dual Purpose dilutes with water to make up to 25 Litres of Ready-to-use product.Supplied in 400ml Containers, Concentrated Solution.  Wykamol Microtech Dual Purpose carries the HSE Approval No 10608.  Read our Guides on 'How to Treat Woodworm & Wood Boring Insects' and 'How to Identify & Treat Dry Rot and Wet Rot on Timbers'DescriptionWykamol Microtech Dual Purpose - Woodworm & Timber Rot TreatmentWykamol Microtech Dual Purpose Concentrate is a Dual Woodworm & Dry Rot Timber Treatment supplied as a 400g concentrate which requires dilution with water to form a ready to use product.Wykamol Microtech Dual Purpose Concentrate offers a solution to a range of wood destroying issues.Containing both insecticide and fungicides, Microtech Dual Purpose Concentrate both protects against and eradicates wood boring insects, wood rotting fungi (both wet rot and dry rot) and blue stain.Due to the microscopic size of the active ingredient, Microtech Dual Purpose is highly penetrating and therefore ultra-effective and long-lasting.Wykamol Microtech Dual Purpose has virtually no odour and can be applied either by brush or low pressure spray to give long lasting protection.  Read our Guides on 'How to Treat Woodworm & Wood Boring Insects' and 'How to Identify & Treat Dry Rot and Wet Rot on Timbers'Product Benefits:Dilutes to make up to 25 litres of Ready-to-use ProductEradicates Wood Boring Insects and Wood Rotting FungiPrevents Fungal Decay and Blue StainSuitable for Interior and Exterior UseNon-flammableCan Be Applied Using Brush or Low Pressure SprayVirtually OdourlessSolvent Free and Helps Prevent Waste Pollution by Reducing Single Use Plastic ContainersActive Ingredients:PermethrinPermethrin 13.02% w/w: The insecticide is effective against all life stages of wood boring insects whilst the surfactant system used in the formulation promotes rapid absorption and deep penetration into timber.PropiconazolePropiconazole 18.584% w/w: A Triazole Fungicide which has excellent efficacy against a range of wood destroying fungi.IPBC (3-Iodo-2-Propynyl Butyl Carbamate)IPBC (3-Iodo-2-Propynyl Butyl Carbamate) 6.125% w/w: A Carbamate Fungicide which is added to improve the efficacy envelope even further providing excellent efficacy against a range of wood staining fungi.ApplicationHealth & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.PPE should be worn during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Preparation:The active ingredients in this product have been accepted by the nature Conservancy bodies as suitable for the treatment of roof voids where bats roost.However, it is a legal requirement to notify the appropriate Nature Conservancy body prior to any treatment of roof spaces where bats have been identified. Treatment must not be carried out whilst bats are at roost.Ensure that all timbers to be treated are clean and free from wood dust and other contaminants.Any paint, varnish or other surface coatings should be removed prior to application.If decay is present, remove all decayed wood and replace with suitably treated timber.Application Method:Always consult the Safety Data Sheet before commencing application.Microtech Insecticide can be applied using a brush, low pressure spray or dipping.Agitate the solutions well before use.Perform a test on a small, inconspicuous area before commencing complete application to ensure product finish is as expected.For application with low pressure spray or brush.Where possible dip the end grains of timber for a maximum of 3 minutes, otherwise use a good quality brush to work the product into the grains.Coverage:Apply at a rate of 1 Litre per 3 - 4m², once diluted.Re-Entry Time:Wykamol Dual Purpose has a HSE statutory 1-hour re-entry time.Finish:Product does not have a finish and leaves the same effect as applying water or solvent. It is always advisable to try on a small inconspicuous area before application to ensure product finish is as expected. Over coating can occur 24 hours after application, depending on the substrate and ambient temperatures.Stability:Product is stable in original packaging for 2 years when stored under ambient conditions. After 2 years product should be re-tested every 6 months to ensure active ingredient levels are within specification.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_4343055712355 shopify_GB_4343055712355_31246524579939 new 28.20 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/MICROTECH_DUAL_PURPOSE_400G_grande.jpg?v=1573663168 Wykamol Group WYRT02 Woodworm & Dry Rot Treatment 400g (Concentrate) US 0.4 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol MicroSealer - Concrete Sealer & Lime Inhibitor https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/microsealer-concrete-sealer-lime-inhibitor-25-litre?variant=7653634801694 MicroSealer is a highly penetrative Lime Inhibitor solution specially formulated to react with hydrated cement both at the surface and to a depth of up to 15mm.Additionally, a silicone resin component cures to form water repellent properties in the concrete thereby improving even further the resistance to surface water absorption and / or lime efflorescence.Supplied in 25 Litre Containers, Ready-to-use Solution.DescriptionMicroSealer - Concrete Sealer & Lime InhibitorThe Silicate active ingredients in MicroSealer form monolithic structures within the concrete which are long-lasting and durable and will improve surface wear characteristics.Additionally, a silicone resin component cures to form water repellent properties in the concrete thereby improving even further the resistance to surface water absorption and / or lime efflorescence.New concrete floors may be treated after a period of curing (approx. 14 days). However, power-floated floors are not suitable for treatment.Please note that MicroSealer will not prevent excessive laitance from delaminating.Surface preparation to remove excessively weak material by mechanical abrasion is essential.It is also advised that surface weakness in floors with a deficiency in cement content may not be successfully treated by chemical hardening nor is MicroSealer suitable as a surface preparation prior to painting.Product Benefits:Water-based / odourlessReduces dusting of old and new concreteInhibits lime efflorescenceExtends floor lifeReduces penetration of oil/waterEasy to useApplicationPreparation:Remove surface dirt, grease, oil and other contaminants.Open pores by scraping the floor vigorously with a hard broom or wire brush, followed by soft brooming (or vacuum) to remove dust.If the floor is wet washed at this stage, leave to dry before treatment.Application Method:Stir MicroSealer thoroughly and pour evenly over the floor surface – a plastic or galvanized metal watering can with a fine rose is suitable.Covering capacity will depend on porosity but an average target is 4-6m²/litre per application. Sweep the dressing backwards and forwards to ensure even saturation and satisfy the absorption of the floor. AVOID FORMING PUDDLES.Allow to stand for 24 hours between coats. The floor can be used during treatment. The number of coats required will depend on porosity of the floor.Applications should continue at 24 hour intervals until the surface is no longer dusting after rubbing (2 -3 coats is normally sufficient). Do not use at temperatures below 5°C.NB. It is very important to remove excess MicroSealer from the surface with a sponge or mop ten minutes after application in order to remove any unreacted material from the surface. 24 hours after the final application swill the floor down with clean water and brush well.MICROSEALER IS NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE WITH FLOOR PAINTS.Coverage:First Coat: 1 litre per 4m² - 6m²Subsequent Coats: 1 litre per 6m² - 8m².Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552125595678 shopify_GB_552125595678_7653634801694 new 82.80 GBPout of stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/MICROSEALER_25L_grande.jpg?v=1524843892 Wykamol Group WYBW07 Lime Inhibitor 25 Litres US 25.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol MCS3 Fungicidal Paint Additive https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-mcs3-fungicidal-paint-additive?variant=7653547114526 MCS3 Fungicidal Paint Additive is specially formulated to protect decorative finishes from future mould attack. MCS3 Fungicidal Paint Additive should be mixed into emulsion paint, primer, undercoat, varnish, gloss, wallpaper paste, textured paint or tile adhesive.Platinum Building Chemicals supply a wide variety of condensation control and mould control products to aid with mould eradication and treatment.  MCS3 Paint Additive carries the HSE Approval No 7656.Supplied in 100ml Bottles. Each bottle will mix with up to 5 Litres of Water Based Paints.DescriptionMCS3 Fungicidal Paint AdditiveThe Mould Control System (MCS) is a two stage treatment for walls, ceilings etc. affected by condensation mould. When both stages are completed, surfaces will exhibit excellent resistance to mould growth even under severe condensation conditions.Typically, full control can be achieved for up to 5 years but this can be extended considerably where moisture control measures are implemented.MCS3 Paint Additive is specially formulated to protect decorative finishes from future mould attack.This should be mixed into emulsion paint, primer, undercoat, varnish, gloss, wallpaper paste, textured paint or tile adhesive.MCS3 Paint Additive prevents the return of mould and mould spores after an area has been adequately treated by MCS1 Mould Clear Solution.Product Benefits:Can be used on walls, ceilings, window reveals, frames, doors etc.Add to paints, wallpaper pastes and groutsPrevents further growth of mould sporesActive Ingredient:MCS Paint Additive contains 3-Iodo-2-Propynyl-n-Butyl Carbamate 14.97% w/w.ApplicationHealth & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.PPE should be worn during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Mixing:Add 100ml of MCS3 Paint Additive to 5L of water based paint (emulsion, vinyl, silk or matt).Add 50ml of MCS3 Paint Additive to 5L of solvent based paint (primer, undercoat or gloss).Blend the Paint Additive for at least 1 minute or until fully dispersed.Application Method:Apply the paint in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.Important - Condensation is usually increasingly the main cause of mould. To reduce this underlying problem, ensure adequate ventilation throughout the property. In very extreme cases of mould other remedial measures may be required.Data SheetsThere is no individual Data Sheet for this product however the Mould Eradication Kit Data Sheet can be viewed below.Technical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552112193566 shopify_GB_552112193566_7653547114526 new 7.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/MCS3_PAINT_ADDITIVE_grande.jpg?v=1573831993 5060207860901 Wykamol Group WYAC73 Mould Control 100ml Bottle US 0.1 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol MCS1 Mould Clear Solution https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-mcs1-mould-clear-solution?variant=7653546262558 MCS1 Mould Clear Solution is an initial wash and sterilisation treatment to remove and kill mould spores and surface growths on painted or papered surfaces. MCS1 Mould Clear Solution is ready-to-use, supplied in a trigger spray bottle. Platinum Building Chemicals supply a wide variety of condensation control and mould control products to aid with mould eradication and treatment.  MCS1 Mould Clear Solution carries the HSE Approval No 9453.Supplied in 1 Litre Trigger Spray Bottles, ready-to-use solution.DescriptionMCS1 Mould Clear SolutionThe Mould Control System (MCS) is a two stage treatment for walls, ceilings etc. affected by condensation mould. When both stages are completed, surfaces will exhibit excellent resistance to mould growth even under severe condensation conditions.Typically, full control can be achieved for up to 5 years but this can be extended considerably where moisture control measures are implemented.MCS1 Mould Clear Solution is an initial wash and sterilisation treatment to remove and kill mould spores and surface growths on painted or papered surfaces.MCS1 Mould Clear Solution is the cleaning supplied in our Mould Eradication Kit (Stage 1).Product Benefits:Can be used on walls, ceilings, window reveals, frames, doors etc.Removes and kills mould for up to 5 years when used in conjunction with MCS3 Paint Additive.Cleans and sterilises surfaces.Solution comes in ready-to-use spray bottle.Active Ingredients:MCS1 Mould Clear Solution contains Acticide 50x 4.76% w/w.ApplicationHealth & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.PPE should be worn during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Application Method:Spray MCS1 Mould Clear Solution onto the affected surface from a distance of 3-5cm.Treat visible mould PLUS 1 metre beyond. Repeat the treatment on badly affected areas after 10-15 minutes.Areas to be treatedPainted & Timber Areas - Spray the area thoroughly with the MCS1 Mould Clear Solution.Papered Areas - Spray the paper. The MCS1 Mould Clear Solution acts as a biocide and stripping agent. Bag the mould contaminated paper and remove from the property. Treat the exposed plaster with a thorough spraying of MCS1 Mould Clear Solution.General Preparation - Once the surface is dry, scrape off any loose flaking paint and rub down. Previously painted surfaces must be etched using sandpaper.Coverage:1 Litre Solution should cover approximately 12.5m².Data SheetsThere is no individual Data Sheet for this product however the Mould Eradication Kit Data Sheet can be viewed below.Technical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552111931422 shopify_GB_552111931422_7653546262558 new 8.70 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/MCS1_SPRAY_grande.jpg?v=1573831323 5060207861199 Wykamol Group WYAC71 Mould Control 1 Litre Spray US 1.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol MCS1 Mould Clear Concentrate 5X https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-mcs1-mould-killer-concentrate?variant=8732500754531 MCS1 Mould Clear 5X is a concentrated solution designed to remove and kill mould spores and surface growths on painted or papered surfaces. MCS1 Mould Clear 5X dilutes with water to make 25 Litres of Ready-to-use product. Platinum Building Chemicals supply a wide variety of condensation control and mould control products to aid with mould eradication and treatment.  MCS1 Mould Clear Solution carries the HSE Approval No 7667.Supplied in 5 Litre Containers, Concentrated Solution.DescriptionMCS1 Mould Clear 5XThe Mould Control System (MCS) is a two stage treatment for walls, ceilings etc. affected by condensation mould. When both stages are completed, surfaces will exhibit excellent resistance to mould growth even under severe condensation conditions.Typically, full control can be achieved for up to 5 years but this can be extended considerably where moisture control measures are implemented.Supplied as a concentrate, MCS1 Mould Clear 5X is designed to provide an initial wash / sterilisation treatment to remove and kill mould spores and surface growths on painted or papered surfaces.We recommend the wash is applied before removing mould-damaged paint or paper (to minimize spread of viable spores). When applied liberally to papered surfaces it can be an effective stripping agent.After the first wash, and once damaged paper or plaster has been removed, it is necessary to apply a second wash with Mould Clear solution to leave the surface clean and remove any residues of dead spores etc. It is recommended that mould affected woodchip and Anaglypta papers are always removed and arenot recommended for re-instatement.Based on established active ingredients, the Mould Clear solution both cleans and sterilises the surface as the first stage towards redecoration.Alternatively, it can be used singly, as required, to control spore development where other measures are to be completed at a later time.Product Benefits:Can be used on walls, ceilings, window reveals, frames, doors etc.Removes and kills mould for up to 5 years when used in conjunction with MCS3 Paint Additive.Cleans and sterilises surfaces.Active Ingredients:MCS1 Mould Clear Concentrate 5X contains Benzalkonium Chloride & Ortho Phenol Solution 11.9% w/w; Quaternary Ammonium Compounds; Benzyl-C8-18-alkyldimethyl Chlorides.ApplicationHealth & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.PPE should be worn during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Application Method:Dilute one part of concentrate with 4 parts of warm water.Once diluted, spray MCS1 Mould Clear Solution onto the affected surface from a distance of 3-5cm.Treat visible mould PLUS 1 metre beyond. Repeat the treatment on badly affected areas after 10-15 minutes.Areas to be treatedPainted & Timber Areas - Spray the area thoroughly with the MCS1 Mould Clear Solution.Papered Areas - Spray the paper. The MCS1 Mould Clear Solution acts as a biocide and stripping agent. Bag the mould contaminated paper and remove from the property. Treat the exposed plaster with a thorough spraying of MCS1 Mould Clear Solution.General Preparation - Once the surface is dry, scrape off any loose flaking paint and rub down. Previously painted surfaces must be etched using sandpaper.Coverage:Once diluted, the solution should cover approximately 12.5m² per litre.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_780958957667 shopify_GB_780958957667_8732500754531 new 29.94 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/MCS1_CONCENTRATE_grande.jpg?v=1573831619 Wykamol Group WYMCS15 Mould Control 5 Litre (Concentrate) US 5.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol HydraDry Tanking Slurry https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/hydradry-tanking-slurry?variant=7653633785886 HydraDry Tanking Slurry is a cementitious waterproof slurry which creates a monolithic bond of the crystalline chemicals when applied to concrete structures. HydraDry Tanking Slurry waterproofs against positive and negative hydrostatic heads of water and can be used in applications such as Basements, Cellars, Foundations and Swimming Pools to name a few. HydraDry Tanking Slurry is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.Supplied in 20kg Bags inside a Bucket which can be used for mixing, available in Grey colour only.DescriptionHydraDry Tanking SlurryWhen HydraDry Tanking Slurry is mixed with clean water and applied correctly, it forms a permanent waterproof coating to the concrete and masonry and is easily applied by brush, roller or spray.HydraDry Tanking Slurry waterproofs against positive and negative hydrostatic heads of water and is suitable for use, internally, externally, above and below ground.HydraDry Tanking slurry is also ideal for use for in damp-proofing applications.Typical Applications:HydraDry Tanking Slurry is used for the waterproofing of:BasementsCellarsFoundationsSwimming PoolsConcreteRendersBrickworkBlock Work StructuresLining Water Tanks, Pools and Planters etc.Internal & External Applications, Above and Below GroundProduct Benefits:BBA ApprovedPermanent Waterproofing for Concrete & MasonryResists Positive & Negative Water PressureSuperior Bond StrengthResists Salt Contamination in MasonrySuitable for Internal & External UseSuitable for use Above & Below Ground LevelSafe to use in contact with Potable WaterEasy to use, Brush, Roller or Spray AppliedPreparationHealth & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.PPE should be worn during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Surface Preparation:All surfaces must be free from existing coatings or contamination i.e. paint, laitance, dirt etc.All joints must be flush pointed, defects made good and irregular surfaces must be given a trowelled or floated finish with Universal Mortar.If the surface is dry, thoroughly dampen the surface with water prior to application to aid adhesion.If the surface is of a highly porous nature it is recommended to apply a 1 coat application of SBR at a 1:3 dilution with water, allow approximately. 2 hours drying time prior to application of HydraDry Tanking Slurry.Remove all free standing water before application.Cracks and bolt holes must be cut out and filled solid with Water Stop Plugging Compount prior to the application of HydraDry Tanking Slurry.Substrates contaminated with high levels of soil or ground water sulphates may require attention.Mixing:The consistency of HydraDry Tanking Slurry can be varied to suit the application method.Recommended Water AdditionsPack SizeBrush AppliedTrowel AppliedSpray Applied20Kg Bucket4.8 - 5.6 Litres3.7 - 4.5 Litres4.2 - 5 Litres ApplicationApplication Methods:Brush Applied or Trowel Application:Place the recommended amount of clean water into suitable mixing bucket.Using a slow speed electric paddle mixer (400-600 rpm), gradually start to add the powder whilst mixing.Ensure all the powder is added.Mix for approximately 3 minutes to achieve a creamy lump free consistency.If required, add small amount of water to obtain the correct consistency depending on application.Spray Application:Use traditional wet mortar spraying equipment and processes.HydraDry Tanking Slurry is a minimum 2 coat application system.Once mixed, HydraDry Tanking Slurry has a 30 minute pot life at 20°C.Minimum Layer Thickness1st Coat2nd CoatTotal Thickness (After 2 Coats)1.0mm1.0mm2.0mmBrush Applied Slurry: HydraDry Tanking Slurry in even layers using a stiff bristled brush or broom on vertical surfaces and a rubber squeegee or stiff bristled brush / broom for horizontal surfaces.It is essential the first coat is brushed well into the surface to ensure a good bond with the substrate. Allow the first coat to set firm (2-16 hours).Apply a second coat of HydraDry Tanking Slurry as soon as the first coat has hardened. Apply the second coat at 90° angle to the first coat.Floors: Special precautions may be necessary to ensure a continuous waterproof barrier at the wall to floor joints and corner joints to avoid sharp changes of angle in the tanking membrane. The joints should be thoroughly raked out, cleaned and wetted prior to application of Universal Mortar.Ground Level: Where basement walls finished above the external ground level, the tanking should link up with an effective damp proof course. If basement ceilings are below ground level, the ceiling should also be coated with HydraDry Tanking Slurry.Coverage:A 20Kg of HydraDry Tanking Slurry should cover approximately 6m² based on two coats.Limitations:Do not apply HydraDry Tanking Slurry to substrates with temperatures below 5°C or if the ambient temperature is below 5°C or expected to fall below 5°C within 24 hours.Avoid application in direct sunlight.When applying to environments that will contain aquatic life, such as ponds, always finish with DampSeal Damp Proof Paint.Curing & Ventilation:Do not allow HydraDry Tanking Slurry to dry out too rapidly. After initial set, moist curing is recommended.Fine mist spray the treated area 3 to 4 times daily for a 48 hour period.It is recommended that ventilation is provided, as a lack of ventilation may cause condensation to form on the surface of HydraDry Tanking Slurry.Protect the coating from excessively fast evaporation in hot conditions or drying winds. If these conditions prevail, fine mist spray the surface regularly.FinishingFinishing Method:HydraDry Tanking Slurry is suitable for over coating once correctly and thoroughly cured.Plastering should take place using Renovation Plaster, Universal Mortar or a 1:3 cement : sand plaster with RenderProof incorporated in to protect Tanking Slurry from impact damage.Application should be carried out within two days of the final coat being applied.Gypsum plasters must not be used in direct contact with HydraDry Tanking Slurry.HydraDry Tanking Slurry must not be punctured by wall fixings (e.g. Dry lining work etc.) and a period of 6 months should be allowed before permanent decoration is considered. During this period only use permeable emulsion paints for final decoration purposes.Avoid using impermeable decorative finishes.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetWykamol Tanking Slurry User GuideSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_552125431838 shopify_GB_552125431838_7653633785886 new 37.14 GBPout of stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/HYDRADRY_TANKING_SLURRY_grande.jpg?v=1543408500 5060207860536 Wykamol Group WYBW01 Tanking Slurry 20Kg Bag in a Bucket US 20.0 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Wykamol EP40 - Two Part Epoxy Floor Paint Coating System https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/ep40-epoxy-floor-paint?variant=7653647515678 EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint Coating System is a water based, easy to apply Epoxy Floor Coating system which consists of the EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint PRIMER and the EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint FINISH COAT.EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint Coating System can be used on concrete floors in a variety of commercial and industrial environments, such as Industrial Plants, Commercial and Retail Stores, Warehouses etc...The EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint PRIMER is supplied in 5kg (Two-Part) Packs, available in Clear colour only.The EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint FINISH COAT is supplied in 5kg (Two-Part) Packs, available in Grey and Clear colours.DescriptionEP40 Epoxy Floor Paint Coating SystemThe EP40 Epoxy Floor Coating System is a water based, easy to apply system which consists of the EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint PRIMER and the EP40 Epoxy Paint FINISH COAT.EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint Primer is designed to soak into the substrate, block pores, improve adhesion and ensure an even, high quality finish.After the final application of EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint Finish Coat, floors become easier to clean with a hard-wearing, dustfree, waterproof, impervious finish and are substantially more resistant to damage by fork-lift trucks, chemicals, fuels and lubricants.Product Uses:Over concrete floors in a variety of commercial and industrial environments, such as:Industrial PlantsCommercial and Retail StoresWarehousesHospitalsShowroomsGaragesGymnasiumsIndustrial Food Preparation AreasProduct Benefits:Can Be Applied to Green Concrete After 7 Days.Ideal for Areas in Contact With Vehicles Such as Forklifts and Lorries.Ideal for Areas With High Foot Traffic.Excellent Adhesion to Concrete and Wood.Floor Becomes Easier to Clean Due to the Impervious Finish.Makes the Substrate Substantially More Resistant to Chemicals, Fuels and Lubricants.Provides Attractive, Dust-Free Finish.Can Be Used Internally and Externally.Can Be Used as a Liquid DPM (Damp-Proofing Membrane) at Ground Level.ApplicationSubstrate Preparation:All substrates should be dry, clean and free from laitance, oil, grease and other contaminants.Ideally, concrete surfaces should be vacuum shot-blasted or mechanically abraded (grinding) to both clean and open the surface, providing good mechanical key.Please Note: Following sufficient substrate preparation, EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint  Primer should always be applied prior to the application of either the Grey or Clear Finish Coat.Substrate humidity should be ≤ 80% before application commences.The concrete sub-base must be ≥ 25 N/mm² as per BS 8204-6.The sub-base must be level and have no more than 5mm undulations. If floor unevenness is significant a polymer modified C35 screed can be used to level.Mixing:EP40 Epoxy Floor Primer and EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat are both made by combining two components: Part A and Part B.The Part A container is large enough to act as a mixing vessel when combining Part A and Part B.By hand, thoroughly mix both Part A and Part B in their own vessels before combining. Add the entire contents of Part B to the entire contents of the Part A vessel and mix nthoroughly.Ideally, use a mechanical mixer under low shear to combine, ensuring minimal air entrapment. Do not allow mixture to sit for any considerable amount of time before applying, as it will begin to harden.Application:EP40 Epoxy Floor PRIMERUsing a stiff brush or roller, work the product into the substrate, ensuring all areas are completely covered.Allow to cure for at least 12 hours prior to applying a second coat of primer or EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat. If atmospheric or substrate temperatures are below 20°C, allow for a longer initial curing time. Product should be just tack free.Depending on porosity and texture of substrate, 2 coats may be necessary.Do not allow Primer to fully cure - do not allow curing time to exceed 36 hours before applying a 2nd coat of Primer or Finish Coat.EP40 Epoxy FINISH COATWhen using EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat in clear, perform a small test application in an inconspicuous area, to ensure the finish is as desired.One coat of EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat in clear or grey can be applied with a brush or roller, aiming for a continuous coating.Spread the product as thinly as possible while achieveing maximum coverage. Ensure no pooling or excess product remains.Only 1 application of EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat is necessary for areas which will experience light traffic, such as school corridors. 2 coats should be applied in areas of medium traffic, such as warehouses.Achieving Slip ResistanceSlip resistance can be improved by scattering anti-slip aggregates onto the EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat, whilst still wet, and back rolling at a rate of 75g/m². Following initial cure (16 - 24 hours), apply a second coat of EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat to secure the aggregates.Conditions & Limitations:ONLY apply system at temperatures between 10°C and 30°C. Applying at temperatures under 10°C will significantly inhibit curing.DO NOT apply to substrates, or in atmospheric conditions, with > 80% humidity.DO NOT use any kind of steam cleaning on the treated surface, even after full cure.DO NOT subject EP40 Epoxy Floor Coating System to high levels of UV light, even after full cure.DO NOT use on floors experiencing hydrostatic pressure from groundwater.Note: EP40 Epoxy Floor Coating System is not suitable as a continuous waterproof coating for blockwork due to the texture of the substrate. It will, however, provide a wearing surface.Coverage:Up to 8m² per 1Kg, depending on substrate porosity and roughness.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet - FINISH COAT GREY Part ASafety Data Sheet - FINISH COAT GREY Part BSafety Data Sheet - FINISH COAT CLEAR Part ASafety Data Sheet - FINISH COAT CLEAR Part BSafety Data Sheet - PRIMER CLEAR Part ASafety Data Sheet - PRIMER CLEAR Part B shopify_GB_552128610334 shopify_GB_552128610334_7653647515678 new 64.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/EP40_CLEAR_grande.jpg?v=1580723523 Wykamol Group WYBW32C Epoxy Floor Paint 5kg US 5.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol EP40 - Two Part Epoxy Floor Paint Coating System https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/ep40-epoxy-floor-paint?variant=30602016817251 EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint Coating System is a water based, easy to apply Epoxy Floor Coating system which consists of the EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint PRIMER and the EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint FINISH COAT.EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint Coating System can be used on concrete floors in a variety of commercial and industrial environments, such as Industrial Plants, Commercial and Retail Stores, Warehouses etc...The EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint PRIMER is supplied in 5kg (Two-Part) Packs, available in Clear colour only.The EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint FINISH COAT is supplied in 5kg (Two-Part) Packs, available in Grey and Clear colours.DescriptionEP40 Epoxy Floor Paint Coating SystemThe EP40 Epoxy Floor Coating System is a water based, easy to apply system which consists of the EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint PRIMER and the EP40 Epoxy Paint FINISH COAT.EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint Primer is designed to soak into the substrate, block pores, improve adhesion and ensure an even, high quality finish.After the final application of EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint Finish Coat, floors become easier to clean with a hard-wearing, dustfree, waterproof, impervious finish and are substantially more resistant to damage by fork-lift trucks, chemicals, fuels and lubricants.Product Uses:Over concrete floors in a variety of commercial and industrial environments, such as:Industrial PlantsCommercial and Retail StoresWarehousesHospitalsShowroomsGaragesGymnasiumsIndustrial Food Preparation AreasProduct Benefits:Can Be Applied to Green Concrete After 7 Days.Ideal for Areas in Contact With Vehicles Such as Forklifts and Lorries.Ideal for Areas With High Foot Traffic.Excellent Adhesion to Concrete and Wood.Floor Becomes Easier to Clean Due to the Impervious Finish.Makes the Substrate Substantially More Resistant to Chemicals, Fuels and Lubricants.Provides Attractive, Dust-Free Finish.Can Be Used Internally and Externally.Can Be Used as a Liquid DPM (Damp-Proofing Membrane) at Ground Level.ApplicationSubstrate Preparation:All substrates should be dry, clean and free from laitance, oil, grease and other contaminants.Ideally, concrete surfaces should be vacuum shot-blasted or mechanically abraded (grinding) to both clean and open the surface, providing good mechanical key.Please Note: Following sufficient substrate preparation, EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint  Primer should always be applied prior to the application of either the Grey or Clear Finish Coat.Substrate humidity should be ≤ 80% before application commences.The concrete sub-base must be ≥ 25 N/mm² as per BS 8204-6.The sub-base must be level and have no more than 5mm undulations. If floor unevenness is significant a polymer modified C35 screed can be used to level.Mixing:EP40 Epoxy Floor Primer and EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat are both made by combining two components: Part A and Part B.The Part A container is large enough to act as a mixing vessel when combining Part A and Part B.By hand, thoroughly mix both Part A and Part B in their own vessels before combining. Add the entire contents of Part B to the entire contents of the Part A vessel and mix nthoroughly.Ideally, use a mechanical mixer under low shear to combine, ensuring minimal air entrapment. Do not allow mixture to sit for any considerable amount of time before applying, as it will begin to harden.Application:EP40 Epoxy Floor PRIMERUsing a stiff brush or roller, work the product into the substrate, ensuring all areas are completely covered.Allow to cure for at least 12 hours prior to applying a second coat of primer or EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat. If atmospheric or substrate temperatures are below 20°C, allow for a longer initial curing time. Product should be just tack free.Depending on porosity and texture of substrate, 2 coats may be necessary.Do not allow Primer to fully cure - do not allow curing time to exceed 36 hours before applying a 2nd coat of Primer or Finish Coat.EP40 Epoxy FINISH COATWhen using EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat in clear, perform a small test application in an inconspicuous area, to ensure the finish is as desired.One coat of EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat in clear or grey can be applied with a brush or roller, aiming for a continuous coating.Spread the product as thinly as possible while achieveing maximum coverage. Ensure no pooling or excess product remains.Only 1 application of EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat is necessary for areas which will experience light traffic, such as school corridors. 2 coats should be applied in areas of medium traffic, such as warehouses.Achieving Slip ResistanceSlip resistance can be improved by scattering anti-slip aggregates onto the EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat, whilst still wet, and back rolling at a rate of 75g/m². Following initial cure (16 - 24 hours), apply a second coat of EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat to secure the aggregates.Conditions & Limitations:ONLY apply system at temperatures between 10°C and 30°C. Applying at temperatures under 10°C will significantly inhibit curing.DO NOT apply to substrates, or in atmospheric conditions, with > 80% humidity.DO NOT use any kind of steam cleaning on the treated surface, even after full cure.DO NOT subject EP40 Epoxy Floor Coating System to high levels of UV light, even after full cure.DO NOT use on floors experiencing hydrostatic pressure from groundwater.Note: EP40 Epoxy Floor Coating System is not suitable as a continuous waterproof coating for blockwork due to the texture of the substrate. It will, however, provide a wearing surface.Coverage:Up to 8m² per 1Kg, depending on substrate porosity and roughness.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet - FINISH COAT GREY Part ASafety Data Sheet - FINISH COAT GREY Part BSafety Data Sheet - FINISH COAT CLEAR Part ASafety Data Sheet - FINISH COAT CLEAR Part BSafety Data Sheet - PRIMER CLEAR Part ASafety Data Sheet - PRIMER CLEAR Part B shopify_GB_552128610334 shopify_GB_552128610334_30602016817251 new 59.40 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/EP40_PRIMER_grande.jpg?v=1580723540 Wykamol Group WYBW32P Epoxy Floor Paint 5kg US 5.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol EP40 - Two Part Epoxy Floor Paint Coating System https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/ep40-epoxy-floor-paint?variant=7653647482910 EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint Coating System is a water based, easy to apply Epoxy Floor Coating system which consists of the EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint PRIMER and the EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint FINISH COAT.EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint Coating System can be used on concrete floors in a variety of commercial and industrial environments, such as Industrial Plants, Commercial and Retail Stores, Warehouses etc...The EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint PRIMER is supplied in 5kg (Two-Part) Packs, available in Clear colour only.The EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint FINISH COAT is supplied in 5kg (Two-Part) Packs, available in Grey and Clear colours.DescriptionEP40 Epoxy Floor Paint Coating SystemThe EP40 Epoxy Floor Coating System is a water based, easy to apply system which consists of the EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint PRIMER and the EP40 Epoxy Paint FINISH COAT.EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint Primer is designed to soak into the substrate, block pores, improve adhesion and ensure an even, high quality finish.After the final application of EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint Finish Coat, floors become easier to clean with a hard-wearing, dustfree, waterproof, impervious finish and are substantially more resistant to damage by fork-lift trucks, chemicals, fuels and lubricants.Product Uses:Over concrete floors in a variety of commercial and industrial environments, such as:Industrial PlantsCommercial and Retail StoresWarehousesHospitalsShowroomsGaragesGymnasiumsIndustrial Food Preparation AreasProduct Benefits:Can Be Applied to Green Concrete After 7 Days.Ideal for Areas in Contact With Vehicles Such as Forklifts and Lorries.Ideal for Areas With High Foot Traffic.Excellent Adhesion to Concrete and Wood.Floor Becomes Easier to Clean Due to the Impervious Finish.Makes the Substrate Substantially More Resistant to Chemicals, Fuels and Lubricants.Provides Attractive, Dust-Free Finish.Can Be Used Internally and Externally.Can Be Used as a Liquid DPM (Damp-Proofing Membrane) at Ground Level.ApplicationSubstrate Preparation:All substrates should be dry, clean and free from laitance, oil, grease and other contaminants.Ideally, concrete surfaces should be vacuum shot-blasted or mechanically abraded (grinding) to both clean and open the surface, providing good mechanical key.Please Note: Following sufficient substrate preparation, EP40 Epoxy Floor Paint  Primer should always be applied prior to the application of either the Grey or Clear Finish Coat.Substrate humidity should be ≤ 80% before application commences.The concrete sub-base must be ≥ 25 N/mm² as per BS 8204-6.The sub-base must be level and have no more than 5mm undulations. If floor unevenness is significant a polymer modified C35 screed can be used to level.Mixing:EP40 Epoxy Floor Primer and EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat are both made by combining two components: Part A and Part B.The Part A container is large enough to act as a mixing vessel when combining Part A and Part B.By hand, thoroughly mix both Part A and Part B in their own vessels before combining. Add the entire contents of Part B to the entire contents of the Part A vessel and mix nthoroughly.Ideally, use a mechanical mixer under low shear to combine, ensuring minimal air entrapment. Do not allow mixture to sit for any considerable amount of time before applying, as it will begin to harden.Application:EP40 Epoxy Floor PRIMERUsing a stiff brush or roller, work the product into the substrate, ensuring all areas are completely covered.Allow to cure for at least 12 hours prior to applying a second coat of primer or EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat. If atmospheric or substrate temperatures are below 20°C, allow for a longer initial curing time. Product should be just tack free.Depending on porosity and texture of substrate, 2 coats may be necessary.Do not allow Primer to fully cure - do not allow curing time to exceed 36 hours before applying a 2nd coat of Primer or Finish Coat.EP40 Epoxy FINISH COATWhen using EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat in clear, perform a small test application in an inconspicuous area, to ensure the finish is as desired.One coat of EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat in clear or grey can be applied with a brush or roller, aiming for a continuous coating.Spread the product as thinly as possible while achieveing maximum coverage. Ensure no pooling or excess product remains.Only 1 application of EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat is necessary for areas which will experience light traffic, such as school corridors. 2 coats should be applied in areas of medium traffic, such as warehouses.Achieving Slip ResistanceSlip resistance can be improved by scattering anti-slip aggregates onto the EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat, whilst still wet, and back rolling at a rate of 75g/m². Following initial cure (16 - 24 hours), apply a second coat of EP40 Epoxy Finish Coat to secure the aggregates.Conditions & Limitations:ONLY apply system at temperatures between 10°C and 30°C. Applying at temperatures under 10°C will significantly inhibit curing.DO NOT apply to substrates, or in atmospheric conditions, with > 80% humidity.DO NOT use any kind of steam cleaning on the treated surface, even after full cure.DO NOT subject EP40 Epoxy Floor Coating System to high levels of UV light, even after full cure.DO NOT use on floors experiencing hydrostatic pressure from groundwater.Note: EP40 Epoxy Floor Coating System is not suitable as a continuous waterproof coating for blockwork due to the texture of the substrate. It will, however, provide a wearing surface.Coverage:Up to 8m² per 1Kg, depending on substrate porosity and roughness.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet - FINISH COAT GREY Part ASafety Data Sheet - FINISH COAT GREY Part BSafety Data Sheet - FINISH COAT CLEAR Part ASafety Data Sheet - FINISH COAT CLEAR Part BSafety Data Sheet - PRIMER CLEAR Part ASafety Data Sheet - PRIMER CLEAR Part B shopify_GB_552128610334 shopify_GB_552128610334_7653647482910 new 64.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/EP40_GREY_grande.jpg?v=1580723528 Wykamol Group WYBW32G Epoxy Floor Paint 5kg US 5.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol Enviroseal Masonry Water Repellent https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/enviroseal-masonry-water-repellent?variant=7653390581790 Enviroseal is an effective masonry water repellent liquid based on a solvent-free silicone/siloxane emulsion for use above ground on a wide range of exterior surfaces.Available in 5 Litre and 25 Litre Containers. Ready to Use Product.DescriptionEnviroseal Masonry Water RepellentEnviroseal is an effective masonry water repellent liquid based on a solvent-free silicone/siloxane emulsion for use above ground on porous brickwork, cement renderings, asbestos, cement/mineral boards, unglazed tiles, cast concrete, roughcast, stonework (including calcareous materials, i.e. those containing limestone), wood, canvas and leather.Surfaces treated with Enviroseal masonry water repellent remain permeable to vapour so that moisture within the structure does not remain trapped.Enviroseal is clear and colourless and will not normally alter the appearance of treated surfaces. In some circumstances, however, very slight darkening may occur.Note: Enviroseal is NOT a dust-proofing sealer or a damp-proofing membrane.Product Benefits:Highly penetrating.Low odour.May be applied by brush or low pressure spray.Will shed waterborne dirt and reduce surface contamination.Improves insulation by keeping surfaces dry.Colourless, and non staining.Vapour permeable (allows the surface to breath).Becomes effective immediately after drying (approximately 3 hours).May be over-coated at a later date with decorative paints.Conforms to the performance requirements of BS 6477:1992 for substrate groups I and II.ApplicationHealth & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.PPE should be worn during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Preparation:Substrates should be prepared by cleaning to remove all surface contaminants, including fungal / mould growths. Contaminated areas should be treated with one of our Masonry Fungicide product or our Moss & Algae Cleaner.Mould release agents or decorative paints should be removed completely.Structural defects, particularly mortar joints, repointing or rendering must be made good and allowed to cure for at least 1 month before treatment. Enviroseal will not prevent ingress of water through cracks or defective joints.If sandblasting / microblasting are carried out, ensure that the surface is hosed down with water extremely thoroughly. Repeat twice. Allow to dry. This is to ensure that the pores within the stone are not blocked with sand which may affect the application and Enviroseal.Surfaces must be substantially dry before application of Enviroseal, and it is recommended that Treatment is carried out following a period of dry weather. Nonabsorbent surfaces should be treated.Where backings are heavily contaminated with salts, there is an increased risk of spalling of surfaces treated with water repellents. The application of Enviroseal is not recommended under these circumstances.Protect surfaces liable to be splashed during treatment, especially glass window panes, UPVC window frames and decorative coatings (See our Glass Protector Films).Application Method:Apply two coats of Enviroseal liberally to the prepared surface using a large brush, lambswool roller or low pressure pneumatic spray equipment.Take care to ensure no excessive overspray occurs and avoid inhalation during application. In exceptional circumstances a further coat may be necessary.Allow at least 2 hours between coats and do not apply to surfaces affected by rain or frost.Any overspray should be removed with silicone cleaner. Treated surfaces may be overpainted with masonry paints after approximately 1 week.Coverage:Coverage will depend upon the porosity of the surface to be treated.Typical consumption is 4-5m² per litre per coat, this may be reduced to 2m² per litre on highly absorbent surfaces.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552086274078 shopify_GB_552086274078_7653390581790 new 20.34 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/ENVIROSEAL_5L_grande.jpg?v=1538490241 5060207860024 Wykamol Group WYWR05 Water Repellent 5 Litres US 5.0 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Wykamol Enviroseal Masonry Water Repellent https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/enviroseal-masonry-water-repellent?variant=7664593403934 Enviroseal is an effective masonry water repellent liquid based on a solvent-free silicone/siloxane emulsion for use above ground on a wide range of exterior surfaces.Available in 5 Litre and 25 Litre Containers. Ready to Use Product.DescriptionEnviroseal Masonry Water RepellentEnviroseal is an effective masonry water repellent liquid based on a solvent-free silicone/siloxane emulsion for use above ground on porous brickwork, cement renderings, asbestos, cement/mineral boards, unglazed tiles, cast concrete, roughcast, stonework (including calcareous materials, i.e. those containing limestone), wood, canvas and leather.Surfaces treated with Enviroseal masonry water repellent remain permeable to vapour so that moisture within the structure does not remain trapped.Enviroseal is clear and colourless and will not normally alter the appearance of treated surfaces. In some circumstances, however, very slight darkening may occur.Note: Enviroseal is NOT a dust-proofing sealer or a damp-proofing membrane.Product Benefits:Highly penetrating.Low odour.May be applied by brush or low pressure spray.Will shed waterborne dirt and reduce surface contamination.Improves insulation by keeping surfaces dry.Colourless, and non staining.Vapour permeable (allows the surface to breath).Becomes effective immediately after drying (approximately 3 hours).May be over-coated at a later date with decorative paints.Conforms to the performance requirements of BS 6477:1992 for substrate groups I and II.ApplicationHealth & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.PPE should be worn during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Preparation:Substrates should be prepared by cleaning to remove all surface contaminants, including fungal / mould growths. Contaminated areas should be treated with one of our Masonry Fungicide product or our Moss & Algae Cleaner.Mould release agents or decorative paints should be removed completely.Structural defects, particularly mortar joints, repointing or rendering must be made good and allowed to cure for at least 1 month before treatment. Enviroseal will not prevent ingress of water through cracks or defective joints.If sandblasting / microblasting are carried out, ensure that the surface is hosed down with water extremely thoroughly. Repeat twice. Allow to dry. This is to ensure that the pores within the stone are not blocked with sand which may affect the application and Enviroseal.Surfaces must be substantially dry before application of Enviroseal, and it is recommended that Treatment is carried out following a period of dry weather. Nonabsorbent surfaces should be treated.Where backings are heavily contaminated with salts, there is an increased risk of spalling of surfaces treated with water repellents. The application of Enviroseal is not recommended under these circumstances.Protect surfaces liable to be splashed during treatment, especially glass window panes, UPVC window frames and decorative coatings (See our Glass Protector Films).Application Method:Apply two coats of Enviroseal liberally to the prepared surface using a large brush, lambswool roller or low pressure pneumatic spray equipment.Take care to ensure no excessive overspray occurs and avoid inhalation during application. In exceptional circumstances a further coat may be necessary.Allow at least 2 hours between coats and do not apply to surfaces affected by rain or frost.Any overspray should be removed with silicone cleaner. Treated surfaces may be overpainted with masonry paints after approximately 1 week.Coverage:Coverage will depend upon the porosity of the surface to be treated.Typical consumption is 4-5m² per litre per coat, this may be reduced to 2m² per litre on highly absorbent surfaces.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552086274078 shopify_GB_552086274078_7664593403934 new 57.00 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/ENVIROSEAL_25L_grande.jpg?v=1538490247 5060207860031 Wykamol Group WYWR06 Water Repellent 25 Litres US 25.0 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Wykamol Enviroseal (Concentrate) Masonry Water Repellent https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/enviroseal-concentrate-masonry-water-repellent?variant=30343877787747 Enviroseal (Concentrate) is an effective concentrated masonry water repellent liquid product based on a solvent-free silicone/siloxane emulsion, for use above ground on a wide range of exterior surfaces.Supplied in 2 Litre Containers, Concentrated Solution, dilutes to make up to 25 Litres of Ready-to-use product.DescriptionEnviroseal (Concentrate) Masonry Water RepellentEnviroseal (Concentrate) is an effective concentrated masonry water repellent based on a solvent-free silicone/siloxane emulsion. Enviroseal (Concentrate) must be diluted with clean water prior to use and is suitable for use above ground on porous brickwork, cement renderings, asbestos, cement/mineral boards, unglazed tiles, cast concrete, roughcast, stonework (including calcareous materials, i.e. those containing limestone), wood, canvas and leather.Once diluted with water, surfaces treated with Enviroseal Masonry Water Repellent remain permeable to vapour so that moisture within the structure does not remain trapped.Once dried, Enviroseal is clear and colourless and will not normally alter the appearance of treated surfaces. In some circumstances, however, very slight darkening may occur.Note: Enviroseal is NOT a dust-proofing sealer or a damp-proofing membrane.Product Benefits:Concentrated Solution - Dilutes to make 25 Litres.Highly penetrating.Low odour.May be applied by brush or low pressure spray.Will shed waterborne dirt and reduce surface contamination.Improves insulation by keeping surfaces dry.Colourless, and non staining.Vapour permeable (allows the surface to breath).Becomes effective immediately after drying (approximately 3 hours).May be over-coated at a later date with decorative paints.Conforms to the performance requirements of BS 6477:1992 for substrate groups I and II.ApplicationHealth & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.PPE should be worn during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Preparation:Substrates should be prepared by cleaning to remove all surface contaminants, including fungal / mould growths. Contaminated areas should be treated with one of our Masonry Fungicide product or our Moss & Algae Cleaner.Mould release agents or decorative paints should be removed completely.Structural defects, particularly mortar joints, repointing or rendering must be made good and allowed to cure for at least 1 month before treatment. Enviroseal will not prevent ingress of water through cracks or defective joints.If sandblasting / microblasting are carried out, ensure that the surface is hosed down with water extremely thoroughly. Repeat twice. Allow to dry. This is to ensure that the pores within the stone are not blocked with sand which may affect the application and Enviroseal.Surfaces must be substantially dry before application of Enviroseal, and it is recommended that Treatment is carried out following a period of dry weather. Nonabsorbent surfaces should be treated.Where backings are heavily contaminated with salts, there is an increased risk of spalling of surfaces treated with water repellents. The application of Enviroseal is not recommended under these circumstances.Protect surfaces liable to be splashed during treatment, especially glass window panes, UPVC window frames and decorative coatings (See our Glass Protector Films).Application Method:Dilute 2 Litres of Enviroseal (Concentrate) with 23 Litres of clean water to make 25 Litres and mix well.Apply two coats of Enviroseal liberally to the prepared surface using a large brush, lambswool roller or low pressure pneumatic spray equipment.Take care to ensure no excessive overspray occurs and avoid inhalation during application. In exceptional circumstances a further coat may be necessary.Allow at least 2 hours between coats and do not apply to surfaces affected by rain or frost.Any overspray should be removed with silicone cleaner. Treated surfaces may be overpainted with masonry paints after approximately 1 week.Coverage:Coverage will depend upon the porosity of the surface to be treated.Typical consumption is 4-5m² per litre per coat, this may be reduced to 2m² per litre on highly absorbent surfaces.Data SheetsEnviroseal (Concentrate), once diluted, is exactly the same products as Standard Enviroseal, therefore the 'Enviroseal Technical Data Sheet' will apply to both products.Technical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_4173471744099 shopify_GB_4173471744099_30343877787747 new 54.00 GBP47.70 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/ENVIROSEAL_CONCENTRATE_grande.jpg?v=1570029962 Wykamol Group WYWR08 Water Repellent 2 Litre (Concentrate) US 2.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol Dryseal Masonry Waterproofing Cream https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dryseal-masonry-waterproofer-cream?variant=7653386321950 Dryseal Masonry Waterproofing Cream is a BBA Approved, one coat application, Water Repellent Cream used for the treatment of Penetrating Damp in external masonry.Dryseal Masonry Waterproofing Cream has been formulated to penetrate as deeply as possible into porous masonry substrates providing optimal protection against the absorption of water and pollutants as well as frost and salt damage.Supplied in 3 Litre Buckets.  Dryseal Masonry Waterproofing Cream is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 19/5631.DescriptionDryseal Masonry Waterproofing CreamWith its unique thixotropic consistency and excellent water repellent properties on a range of building materials, Dryseal Masonry Waterproofing Cream stands out.As opposed to conventional liquid products, Dryseal can be applied in just one working operation to achieve the desired loadings for maximum effectiveness.Dependent on porosity, the effective siloxane ingredient penetrates the substrate within a short time (30 minutes to several hours) where it reacts to become a polymer silicone resin.The initial white layer disappears completely and, since the effective ingredient is the same as in conventional liquid water repellents, substrates treated with Dryseal remain permeable to water vapour (allow the structure to ‘breathe’).Dryseal has been formulated to penetrate as deeply as possible into porous masonry substrates and this provides optimal protection against the absorption of water and pollutants as well as frost/salt damage.This effect should not be confused with the "beading" effect often associated with water repellents.The beading effect demonstrates the surface action of a water repellent but may not be significant when assessing a product’s overall performance (resistance to rainwater penetration under wind pressure).Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedExcellent penetrationAlkali resistantCompatible with damp substratesRemain permeable to water vapour, allowing the structure to ‘breathe’Good coating propertiesAqueous formulation, low environmental impactThixotropic – multi-coat performance in one applicationApplicationHealth & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.PPE should be worn during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Preparation:Dryseal is especially useful for treating cementitious materials including concrete blockwork as well as natural stone, clay and sand/lime bricks etc. The substrate must be in sound condition.Structural defects such as cracks, open joints, etc. plus rising damp and hygroscopic moisture must be remedied first. It must be ensured that water and damaging salts dissolved in the water cannot penetrate behind the treated surface since this can lead to frost damage (spalling).Before a water repellent impregnation is carried out, crusts of dirt and pollutants as well as efflorescence, algae and moss must be removed by a suitable cleaning procedure. Cleaning opens the pores and capillaries, allowing them to absorb the impregnation agent.Dependent on the substrate, type and degree of soiling, we recommend the use of one of our Masonry Fungicide Products or our Moss & Algae Cleaner. When cleaning, make sure that the masonry is damaged as little as possible.Chase out defective mortar joints and cracks and repair with a suitable re-pointing mortar. Close expansion and connection joints with elastic joint-sealing compounds.Application Method:Dryseal is applied to building materials undiluted in the desired layer thickness using airless spray equipment, a brush or lambskin roller.Dependent on the absorbency of the substrate, application rates of up to 0.3 l/mÇ can be applied in one working operation, even on vertical surfaces/ceilings without a loss of material.A second application can be carried out at any time but is usually not necessary. Resistance to rain is normally achieved within one hour of application.Full cure up to two weeks depending on climactic conditions. Tools and equipment must be clean and dry prior to use but can be kept wrapped in plastic during short breaks in use.Clean thoroughly after use and before longer storage with water and/or white spirit.Limitations:Dryseal is not suitable for very dense, nonabsorbent substrates such as e.g. fine crystalline marble.Absorption of Dryseal is a prerequisite for optimal performance. This depends on the natural porosity and moisture content of the building material. For this reason, the substrate should be as dry as possible. If damaging salts are present, a quantitative salt analysis is essential.High salt concentrations (especially chlorides, nitrates and sulphates) may lead to damage that cannot be prevented by a water repellent treatment alone.Adjoining Surfaces: Due to the thixotropic nature of this product, where it is applied by brush or roller, accidental contamination of non-target surfaces can usually be avoided by taking reasonable care.However, where sprayed, items such as windows and surfaces which are (or will be) varnished or painted, as well as plants, should be covered with Polythene Sheets. Our Glass Protection Film is ideal use on windows.Coverage:A 3 Litre Tub of Dryseal will cover up to 15m², however this can be greatly reduced depending of the porosity of the substrate.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_552085487646 shopify_GB_552085487646_7653386321950 new 55.14 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/DRYSEAL_grande.jpg?v=1536146179 5060207860468 Wykamol Group WYWR11 Masonry Protection Cream 3 Litre Tub US 3.0 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Wykamol CM8 Waterproof Membrane (8mm Stud) https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-cm8-waterproof-membrane?variant=31807433703523 Wykamol CM8 Waterproof Membrane is a High Quality, BBA Approved, 8mm Stud Cavity Drain Membrane suitable for the waterproofing of earth retained Walls, Floors and Vaulted Soffits below ground level (i.e in Basements).  Wykamol CM8 Waterproof Membrane is supported by BBA Certification Certificate Number 18/5595.Available in 10M², 20M² and 40M² Rolls.DescriptionWykamol CM8 Waterproof MembraneWykamol CM8 Cavity Drain Membrane is an 8mm studded Waterproof Membrane, suitable for 'Type C' Waterproofing in Basements and delivering a Grade 3 Environment to BS8102:2009 and NHBC Chapter 5.4.Wykamol CM8 has a life expectancy of the design life of the building / structure.Typical Uses:WallsFloorsVaultsTunnelsWaterproofing Applications Below Ground LevelBenefits & Features:BBA ApprovedCreates a Dry, Habitable Living Space in Areas Previously Suffering From Damp / Wet ConditionsWaterproof, Salt Inhibiting, Rot and Contaminate ResistantQuick to Install - Minimal Preparation Needed to Wall SurfacesEasily Cut Down Using a Sharp BladeNo Drying Out Process - Redecoration Can Occur ImmediatelyLittle or No Damage to the Existing StructureLow and High Temperature TolerancePart of a 'Type C' Cavity Drain Membrane System in Line With BS8102:2009Clear in Colour for Easy Application and Fixing of Wykamol CM Brick PlugsTechnical Data:MaterialHigh Density Polyethylene (HDPE)Unit Weight0.5Kg/m²Sheet Thickness0.45mmStud Height7mmColourClear (Semi-Transparent)Water Tightness - 60 kPa; 24h (EN 1928)PassWorking Temperature-50°C to +80°CSoftening Temperature126°CTensile Strength MD (BS 12311-2)416 NTensile Strength CD (BS 12311-2)488 NResistance to Static Loading (BS 12730)>20 KgCompressive Strength (BS EN ISO 25619-2)180 kNReaction to Fire (BS EN 13501-1 :2007+A1:2009)Class EType of ApplicationType VLife ExpectancyLifetime of StructurePreparationPreparation:When used in new construction, the concrete slab must be laid in accordance with BS 8204-1:2003+A1:2009 to achieve a flat surface not deviating more than 5mm from the underside of a 3000mm straight edge.Unsound plaster, render or screed should be removed and surfaces made level, with floors to the above tolerances. This can be achieved using Universal Mortar, or a 3:1 sand:cement mix incorporating Renderproof Waterproofing Additive.Leave all new works to dry thoroughly before any membranes are fixed.In case of walls suffering from mould or masonry fungi, prior to fixing the membrane, remove surface contamination by brushing, then apply a Masonry Biocide in line with the relevant Technical Data SheetIf Dry Rot (Serpula Lacrymans) is present in the walls, this will require detailed assessment before proceeding.Above ground level it is recommended, that where possible, all sources of moisture are alleviated at the source using a DPC such as Ultracure, before applying Wykamol CM8 Membrane. This reduces potential damage to masonry and timber etc.We recommend an application of Platinum Lime Inhibitor or Wykamol Microsealer to the concrete walls and slab, before an application of CM8, to prevent lime efflorescence and dusting, which can block perimeter drainage channels.Wall ApplicationApplication on Walls:Wykamol CM8 is fixed with the studs against the wall to create an air / depressurisation gap.The membrane can be fixed either vertically or horizontally. When making this decision, you will need to take into account the size of the area to be lined, and the height of the walls relative to the width of the membrane. Horizontal fixing requires less cuts and jointing but the full roll is very heavy at first. Vertical fixing has much lighter strips to fix, but requires that each of these is taped back together again. You may find that vertical fixing is easier, but requires more Wykamol Membrane Tape for jointing.The membrane is fixed to the wall with the Wykamol CM Brick Plug. The CM Brick Plug has a soft rubber sealing washer fitted to the plug for sealing to the wall membrane.Place the membrane in position as level as you can judge by eye. Using a 10mm SDS Drill Bit, drill through the centre of a stud near the top and edge to a depth greater than the fixing.The fixing is then hammered into the pre-drilled hole until the plug sits flush in the stud. The rubber washer re-seals the hole. Level the membrane using the spirit level or laser level if used, and fix another plug about 2 metres along at the top of the sheet. The membrane will now be hanging level to the wall.If you are fixing horizontally, continue fixing every 2 metres until you have reached the end of the roll or you have covered all of the wall(s) to be treated. It is very important to regularly check the level. If the membrane is not level, you may well find that the membrane is kinked and looks unsightly, it will also dive down when fitted around corners.If you are fixing vertically, hang each subsequent sheet by the two fixings as described above. The subsequent sheet should overlap by at least the width of the flange of the new sheet. You may find it easier to interlock the first stud of the new sheet to the last stud of the last sheet as this helps to keep the new sheet level.The vertical joints have to be sealed with Wykamol Membrane Tape. It is easier to apply the tape to the inner surface of the flange of the next sheet. Clean the flange and the face of the last sheet with a clean rag.When you have fixed the new sheet level with the correct overlap, pull off the backing paper from the tape and peel down whilst applying pressure to the flange.Once all the backing paper has been removed, apply more pressure with the palm of your hand to further seal the whole of the joint. A Hot Air Gun should be used to help sealing, especially in cold or damp conditions.Fixing Centres:Once the wall membrane is hanging from the top fixings the rest of the fixing plugs need to be fixed.The spacing of these fixings is dependant on the type of wall finish to be used:Timber Battens - 600mm centres vertically and 400mm horizontally.Barrel Vaults - Tighter centres 300mm around the vault and 600mm down the vault.Fixed Metal Track (Gypliner) - 800mm centres vertically and 600mm horizontally.Brick or Block Walls restrained to the retaining wall using ties should have the fixings at centres to provide the correct number of restraints at the correct centres.Free standing timber and metal frames and free standing block walls do not require specific fixing centres. In these cases use sufficient fixings to ensure the membrane is neat and tidy and reasonably tight to the wall, especially around corners and reveals.When fixing the system to vaulted soffits you must ensure that enough fixings are used to keep the wall membrane tight to the soffits with no sagging.All fixings should be in line both horizontally and vertically.Battens:Battens should be pre-treated and of a minimum dimension of 25mm x 38mm although you may find that 25mm x 50mm offers better fixing at the edge of the plasterboard.The battens can be fixed into the CM Brick Plugs without piercing the membrane, by using 5mm (size 10) self-tapping screws. The plug will take 30mm of screw, so be sure to purchase the correct length for the thickness of batten.Over-tightening of over length screws can loosen the plug. Be very careful not to puncture the wall membrane when drilling and fixing the battens. Battens should be fixed so that all plasterboard edges are supported. Use a Timber Treatment to protect cut battens.Once the battens are fitted into position, plasterboard can be fixed to them using clout nails or preferably plasterboard screws. Care should be taken not to exceed the depth of the battens with the screws, and thereby puncture the membrane.Alternative Fixings:Other finishes may be employed depending on the requirements of the specifier.Free Standing Frame:This method should be employed if the wall is undulating, as with some stone structures or where space loss is a secondary consideration. The frame would be fixed to the soffit and the floor finish with the supplied ‘U’ channels.With the increasing requirement of insulation to meet Part ‘L’ of building code, the use of these frames is becoming more popular, the thickness of insulation required is often in excess of the thickness of the frame, and so the use of these frames does not add extra depth to the wall build when using this method.Because the frame is free standing and has no relationship with the wall membrane, very few fixings are required and so this wall finish above allows for the fastest and most efficient method of fixing Wykamol CM8 to the wall.Proprietary Fixing Systems:Fixing systems such as Gypliner or Lafarge can be used. It is also possible to use metal profile systems when constructing new internal walls.Internal Block Walls:If preferred the system can provide a water and vapour proof barrier, and then be lined with a block or brick inner skin. Special ties are available that fit into the CM Brick Plug for lateral restraint of the internal wall. The ties and retaining clips can also be used for the fixing and holding in place the wall insulation.Floor ApplicationDrainage Requirements:When used in a full or part earth-retaining situation, the membrane system must be drained.To comply with BS 8102:2009, you must assume that the structure will be subjected to water ingress at some time.Slim Flooring Membranes (i.e Newton 601 Slimline or Platon Stop) can also be installed over the floor in above ground situations to provide isolation from damp floors either as the primary DPM or above green concrete to accelerate the contract program.The concrete will continue to cure below the dry membrane surface allowing for floor finishes to be laid above the membrane much quicker than normal.Methods of Drainage For Floor Membranes:The drainage must effectively remove all water from below the membrane and take the water to a point of discharge such as a sump chamber or a form of safe natural drainage. Standing water can block the membrane with silt or limescale so it is important for water to flow uninterrupted to the drainage point.Wykamol Waterguard Drainage Channel:Wykamol Waterguard Channel is placed at the wall / floor junction and collects water from behind the wall membrane and receives water at the wall/floor junction. Wykamol Waterguard Channel is a designed method of removing water as it can interface with sump chambers, gullies, waste pipes etc. It can also be maintainable by inserting Wykamol Flexi Jetting Eyes into the system.Installation:Starting at one side of the room, unroll the membrane with the studs down and cut to fit the room as one would a carpet. The next membrane width is rolled out so that the flanged edge overlaps onto the edge of the previous roll of membrane. Clean both edges.Wykamol Membrane Tape is then applied to the high flat area between the first two studs at the edge of the previous roll of membrane with the backing paper still intact.Check the two widths for alignment, with the flange covering the backing paper.Starting from the end of the joint, remove the backing paper and press down on the joint sealing the two sections together. This process is repeated until all areas are covered. Seal the membrane to the up-stand of the Wykamol Waterguard Channel with Wykamol Corner Strip Tape. Use a heat-gun to dry the membrane surface and to assist with the bonding of the tapes.Where the floor membrane is required to be jointed to horizontal DPC’s, such as DPC Roll, through internal and external walls, these joints should be sealed with Wykamol Membrane Tape. Ensure both surfaces are clean and dry before attempting to make these joints.If there are any services through the floor, the membrane can be cut and trimmed around them, and the gap filled and sealed using a high quality MS or SMX Polymer Adhesive. If necessary, a patch of membrane or Damp Proof Course (DPC) is laid over and sealed to the service with Wykamol Rope, and around its perimeter with Wykamol Membrane Tape. It should be noted that protrusions through the floor slab / raft should be avoided wherever possible as they create weaknesses that allow unnecessary water ingress.The specified floor finish can now be laid directly over the floor membrane, which must not be punctured by any fixings through the floor. When a timber floor finish is preferred you must allow an expansion gap around the wall edge.Speak to the supplier of the floor finish to confirm the correct size of this expansion gap.Fast Track Application of Floor Finishes:Following the installation of new concrete slabs and screeds, it is normal to expect lengthy drying periods before floor finishes can be applied.The membranes can be laid onto green concrete as soon as it is ‘walkable’, allowing instant application of floor coverings without reference to RH levels.The construction moisture is controlled in the air gap.VaultsInstallation to Vaults:A ceiling which is to be covered, as in a vaulted cellar construction, should be fixed and lapped in such a way so that water does not pond behind the system.The laps and joints should also be detailed correctly to allow correct drainage, and prevent water from sitting on joints. CM Brick Plug with a seal made from Wykamol Rope should be used for application to vaulted ceilings.Where flat soffits are being considered it is imperative that they should have a fall in line with drainage requirements.Again, sagging of the membrane should be avoided to prevent ponding.Application:Where a membrane is to be installed in vaulted cellars our experience shows that the best method of application is as follows:Measure the depth of the vault from front to back wall and allow for a down turn at each end of 200mm. Unroll the sheet and cut to size.Estimate the approximate centre of the arched ceiling and mark it. Measure down the arch 1.2 meters from there and again mark it. Strike a horizontal line along the wall from back to front. This will give you a guide line for your sheet edge as you fix it along the length of the ceiling, thereby keeping your sheet sections symmetrical. You may wish to hammer in masonry nails to the guide line to give a physical edge to the guide line.Offer up your first section of membrane to the ceiling allowing a lap to the back wall of 200mm. Using your guide line to keep the sheet square, drill and fix the sheet along the apex of the arch following the same line of studs.The CM Brick Plug with Wykamol Rope should be used to seal the plugs.NOTE: The Rubber Sealing Washers should not be used with the CM Plugs for this application as the washers are not suitable for this purpose.The fixings should be fixed through the centre of the membrane studs at approximately 600mm centres.It should be remembered that the plugs provide the fixing points for your battens; therefore they should be kept in line.Your next section of membrane is again cut to size allowing a 200mm lap at each end. Before offering up the next sheet, a Wykamol Tape joint should be applied to the edges of the first sheet, either on the flanged edge or between the last two rows of studs on the none-flanged edge.With the protective paper left on the tape you can now offer up the next sheet ensuring that you use the flanged edge to overlap onto the sealing tape.Once you have the second sheet positioned correctly over the sealing tape, remove the protective paper working out from the middle and effect a seal.You can now carry on fixing the sheet as previously described. This process is repeated until you have covered the arched walls to the springer and the vertical walls below the springer, maintaining a 200mm lap to the end walls.Vaults - End Walls:At the end walls of the vaulted construction an ‘end piece’ of flat membrane is fitted to the end wall of the vault. The 200mm lap from the soffit membrane is cut in fans to fit the curve and sit neatly against the wall, filling each cut with a small piece of Wykamol Rope or Wykamol Membrane Tape. Do not make the cuts all the way up to the ceiling and make as few cuts as possible.Measuring the highest point of the arch, the ‘end piece’ membrane is cut to size and fixed to the end walls in front of the fanned ceiling membrane. The membrane is then trimmed to fit neatly into the curve of the ceiling.The end wall membrane is then pulled back at the sides and around the arch to expose the studs on the reverse side.Using Wykamol Membrane Tape, a joint is made by the same method at the stud / stud joint details, with the exception that around the arch the rope should follow the contour of the ceiling curve.Door Reveals:When you fit the Wykamol Membrane to the end wall with the door opening, please bear in mind that you will have to fit a section of membrane around the door head and lapped down the sides by approximately 100mm.You can then wrap the wall membrane around the sides, maintaining the correct drainage detail and forming an overlap.This application detail will produce a small gap on the angle of the door opening.This should be sealed using Wykamol Corner Strip Tape.Alternatively, Newton 601 Slimline or Platon Stop Membranes can be used a flat DPC in lieu of the studded membrane if space is limited.Overhead Intrusions:Where service pipes, electrical wiring or other intrusions occur overhead or around the arch, these should be re-sited to a vertical surface where they can be better sealed and re-situated on the dry side of the system.Most services can be concealed between the battens. Services and protrusion should be collated where possible and passed through a pipe sealed with a pipe sleeve.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)BBA Certificate shopify_GB_4426893951075 shopify_GB_4426893951075_31807433703523 new 139.20 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WykamolCM8Membrane1_grande.jpg?v=1593704932 Wykamol Group WYCM82020 Basement Waterproof Membranes (W) 2.07M x (L) 20M (40M²) US 20.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol CM8 Waterproof Membrane (8mm Stud) https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-cm8-waterproof-membrane?variant=31807433736291 Wykamol CM8 Waterproof Membrane is a High Quality, BBA Approved, 8mm Stud Cavity Drain Membrane suitable for the waterproofing of earth retained Walls, Floors and Vaulted Soffits below ground level (i.e in Basements).  Wykamol CM8 Waterproof Membrane is supported by BBA Certification Certificate Number 18/5595.Available in 10M², 20M² and 40M² Rolls.DescriptionWykamol CM8 Waterproof MembraneWykamol CM8 Cavity Drain Membrane is an 8mm studded Waterproof Membrane, suitable for 'Type C' Waterproofing in Basements and delivering a Grade 3 Environment to BS8102:2009 and NHBC Chapter 5.4.Wykamol CM8 has a life expectancy of the design life of the building / structure.Typical Uses:WallsFloorsVaultsTunnelsWaterproofing Applications Below Ground LevelBenefits & Features:BBA ApprovedCreates a Dry, Habitable Living Space in Areas Previously Suffering From Damp / Wet ConditionsWaterproof, Salt Inhibiting, Rot and Contaminate ResistantQuick to Install - Minimal Preparation Needed to Wall SurfacesEasily Cut Down Using a Sharp BladeNo Drying Out Process - Redecoration Can Occur ImmediatelyLittle or No Damage to the Existing StructureLow and High Temperature TolerancePart of a 'Type C' Cavity Drain Membrane System in Line With BS8102:2009Clear in Colour for Easy Application and Fixing of Wykamol CM Brick PlugsTechnical Data:MaterialHigh Density Polyethylene (HDPE)Unit Weight0.5Kg/m²Sheet Thickness0.45mmStud Height7mmColourClear (Semi-Transparent)Water Tightness - 60 kPa; 24h (EN 1928)PassWorking Temperature-50°C to +80°CSoftening Temperature126°CTensile Strength MD (BS 12311-2)416 NTensile Strength CD (BS 12311-2)488 NResistance to Static Loading (BS 12730)>20 KgCompressive Strength (BS EN ISO 25619-2)180 kNReaction to Fire (BS EN 13501-1 :2007+A1:2009)Class EType of ApplicationType VLife ExpectancyLifetime of StructurePreparationPreparation:When used in new construction, the concrete slab must be laid in accordance with BS 8204-1:2003+A1:2009 to achieve a flat surface not deviating more than 5mm from the underside of a 3000mm straight edge.Unsound plaster, render or screed should be removed and surfaces made level, with floors to the above tolerances. This can be achieved using Universal Mortar, or a 3:1 sand:cement mix incorporating Renderproof Waterproofing Additive.Leave all new works to dry thoroughly before any membranes are fixed.In case of walls suffering from mould or masonry fungi, prior to fixing the membrane, remove surface contamination by brushing, then apply a Masonry Biocide in line with the relevant Technical Data SheetIf Dry Rot (Serpula Lacrymans) is present in the walls, this will require detailed assessment before proceeding.Above ground level it is recommended, that where possible, all sources of moisture are alleviated at the source using a DPC such as Ultracure, before applying Wykamol CM8 Membrane. This reduces potential damage to masonry and timber etc.We recommend an application of Platinum Lime Inhibitor or Wykamol Microsealer to the concrete walls and slab, before an application of CM8, to prevent lime efflorescence and dusting, which can block perimeter drainage channels.Wall ApplicationApplication on Walls:Wykamol CM8 is fixed with the studs against the wall to create an air / depressurisation gap.The membrane can be fixed either vertically or horizontally. When making this decision, you will need to take into account the size of the area to be lined, and the height of the walls relative to the width of the membrane. Horizontal fixing requires less cuts and jointing but the full roll is very heavy at first. Vertical fixing has much lighter strips to fix, but requires that each of these is taped back together again. You may find that vertical fixing is easier, but requires more Wykamol Membrane Tape for jointing.The membrane is fixed to the wall with the Wykamol CM Brick Plug. The CM Brick Plug has a soft rubber sealing washer fitted to the plug for sealing to the wall membrane.Place the membrane in position as level as you can judge by eye. Using a 10mm SDS Drill Bit, drill through the centre of a stud near the top and edge to a depth greater than the fixing.The fixing is then hammered into the pre-drilled hole until the plug sits flush in the stud. The rubber washer re-seals the hole. Level the membrane using the spirit level or laser level if used, and fix another plug about 2 metres along at the top of the sheet. The membrane will now be hanging level to the wall.If you are fixing horizontally, continue fixing every 2 metres until you have reached the end of the roll or you have covered all of the wall(s) to be treated. It is very important to regularly check the level. If the membrane is not level, you may well find that the membrane is kinked and looks unsightly, it will also dive down when fitted around corners.If you are fixing vertically, hang each subsequent sheet by the two fixings as described above. The subsequent sheet should overlap by at least the width of the flange of the new sheet. You may find it easier to interlock the first stud of the new sheet to the last stud of the last sheet as this helps to keep the new sheet level.The vertical joints have to be sealed with Wykamol Membrane Tape. It is easier to apply the tape to the inner surface of the flange of the next sheet. Clean the flange and the face of the last sheet with a clean rag.When you have fixed the new sheet level with the correct overlap, pull off the backing paper from the tape and peel down whilst applying pressure to the flange.Once all the backing paper has been removed, apply more pressure with the palm of your hand to further seal the whole of the joint. A Hot Air Gun should be used to help sealing, especially in cold or damp conditions.Fixing Centres:Once the wall membrane is hanging from the top fixings the rest of the fixing plugs need to be fixed.The spacing of these fixings is dependant on the type of wall finish to be used:Timber Battens - 600mm centres vertically and 400mm horizontally.Barrel Vaults - Tighter centres 300mm around the vault and 600mm down the vault.Fixed Metal Track (Gypliner) - 800mm centres vertically and 600mm horizontally.Brick or Block Walls restrained to the retaining wall using ties should have the fixings at centres to provide the correct number of restraints at the correct centres.Free standing timber and metal frames and free standing block walls do not require specific fixing centres. In these cases use sufficient fixings to ensure the membrane is neat and tidy and reasonably tight to the wall, especially around corners and reveals.When fixing the system to vaulted soffits you must ensure that enough fixings are used to keep the wall membrane tight to the soffits with no sagging.All fixings should be in line both horizontally and vertically.Battens:Battens should be pre-treated and of a minimum dimension of 25mm x 38mm although you may find that 25mm x 50mm offers better fixing at the edge of the plasterboard.The battens can be fixed into the CM Brick Plugs without piercing the membrane, by using 5mm (size 10) self-tapping screws. The plug will take 30mm of screw, so be sure to purchase the correct length for the thickness of batten.Over-tightening of over length screws can loosen the plug. Be very careful not to puncture the wall membrane when drilling and fixing the battens. Battens should be fixed so that all plasterboard edges are supported. Use a Timber Treatment to protect cut battens.Once the battens are fitted into position, plasterboard can be fixed to them using clout nails or preferably plasterboard screws. Care should be taken not to exceed the depth of the battens with the screws, and thereby puncture the membrane.Alternative Fixings:Other finishes may be employed depending on the requirements of the specifier.Free Standing Frame:This method should be employed if the wall is undulating, as with some stone structures or where space loss is a secondary consideration. The frame would be fixed to the soffit and the floor finish with the supplied ‘U’ channels.With the increasing requirement of insulation to meet Part ‘L’ of building code, the use of these frames is becoming more popular, the thickness of insulation required is often in excess of the thickness of the frame, and so the use of these frames does not add extra depth to the wall build when using this method.Because the frame is free standing and has no relationship with the wall membrane, very few fixings are required and so this wall finish above allows for the fastest and most efficient method of fixing Wykamol CM8 to the wall.Proprietary Fixing Systems:Fixing systems such as Gypliner or Lafarge can be used. It is also possible to use metal profile systems when constructing new internal walls.Internal Block Walls:If preferred the system can provide a water and vapour proof barrier, and then be lined with a block or brick inner skin. Special ties are available that fit into the CM Brick Plug for lateral restraint of the internal wall. The ties and retaining clips can also be used for the fixing and holding in place the wall insulation.Floor ApplicationDrainage Requirements:When used in a full or part earth-retaining situation, the membrane system must be drained.To comply with BS 8102:2009, you must assume that the structure will be subjected to water ingress at some time.Slim Flooring Membranes (i.e Newton 601 Slimline or Platon Stop) can also be installed over the floor in above ground situations to provide isolation from damp floors either as the primary DPM or above green concrete to accelerate the contract program.The concrete will continue to cure below the dry membrane surface allowing for floor finishes to be laid above the membrane much quicker than normal.Methods of Drainage For Floor Membranes:The drainage must effectively remove all water from below the membrane and take the water to a point of discharge such as a sump chamber or a form of safe natural drainage. Standing water can block the membrane with silt or limescale so it is important for water to flow uninterrupted to the drainage point.Wykamol Waterguard Drainage Channel:Wykamol Waterguard Channel is placed at the wall / floor junction and collects water from behind the wall membrane and receives water at the wall/floor junction. Wykamol Waterguard Channel is a designed method of removing water as it can interface with sump chambers, gullies, waste pipes etc. It can also be maintainable by inserting Wykamol Flexi Jetting Eyes into the system.Installation:Starting at one side of the room, unroll the membrane with the studs down and cut to fit the room as one would a carpet. The next membrane width is rolled out so that the flanged edge overlaps onto the edge of the previous roll of membrane. Clean both edges.Wykamol Membrane Tape is then applied to the high flat area between the first two studs at the edge of the previous roll of membrane with the backing paper still intact.Check the two widths for alignment, with the flange covering the backing paper.Starting from the end of the joint, remove the backing paper and press down on the joint sealing the two sections together. This process is repeated until all areas are covered. Seal the membrane to the up-stand of the Wykamol Waterguard Channel with Wykamol Corner Strip Tape. Use a heat-gun to dry the membrane surface and to assist with the bonding of the tapes.Where the floor membrane is required to be jointed to horizontal DPC’s, such as DPC Roll, through internal and external walls, these joints should be sealed with Wykamol Membrane Tape. Ensure both surfaces are clean and dry before attempting to make these joints.If there are any services through the floor, the membrane can be cut and trimmed around them, and the gap filled and sealed using a high quality MS or SMX Polymer Adhesive. If necessary, a patch of membrane or Damp Proof Course (DPC) is laid over and sealed to the service with Wykamol Rope, and around its perimeter with Wykamol Membrane Tape. It should be noted that protrusions through the floor slab / raft should be avoided wherever possible as they create weaknesses that allow unnecessary water ingress.The specified floor finish can now be laid directly over the floor membrane, which must not be punctured by any fixings through the floor. When a timber floor finish is preferred you must allow an expansion gap around the wall edge.Speak to the supplier of the floor finish to confirm the correct size of this expansion gap.Fast Track Application of Floor Finishes:Following the installation of new concrete slabs and screeds, it is normal to expect lengthy drying periods before floor finishes can be applied.The membranes can be laid onto green concrete as soon as it is ‘walkable’, allowing instant application of floor coverings without reference to RH levels.The construction moisture is controlled in the air gap.VaultsInstallation to Vaults:A ceiling which is to be covered, as in a vaulted cellar construction, should be fixed and lapped in such a way so that water does not pond behind the system.The laps and joints should also be detailed correctly to allow correct drainage, and prevent water from sitting on joints. CM Brick Plug with a seal made from Wykamol Rope should be used for application to vaulted ceilings.Where flat soffits are being considered it is imperative that they should have a fall in line with drainage requirements.Again, sagging of the membrane should be avoided to prevent ponding.Application:Where a membrane is to be installed in vaulted cellars our experience shows that the best method of application is as follows:Measure the depth of the vault from front to back wall and allow for a down turn at each end of 200mm. Unroll the sheet and cut to size.Estimate the approximate centre of the arched ceiling and mark it. Measure down the arch 1.2 meters from there and again mark it. Strike a horizontal line along the wall from back to front. This will give you a guide line for your sheet edge as you fix it along the length of the ceiling, thereby keeping your sheet sections symmetrical. You may wish to hammer in masonry nails to the guide line to give a physical edge to the guide line.Offer up your first section of membrane to the ceiling allowing a lap to the back wall of 200mm. Using your guide line to keep the sheet square, drill and fix the sheet along the apex of the arch following the same line of studs.The CM Brick Plug with Wykamol Rope should be used to seal the plugs.NOTE: The Rubber Sealing Washers should not be used with the CM Plugs for this application as the washers are not suitable for this purpose.The fixings should be fixed through the centre of the membrane studs at approximately 600mm centres.It should be remembered that the plugs provide the fixing points for your battens; therefore they should be kept in line.Your next section of membrane is again cut to size allowing a 200mm lap at each end. Before offering up the next sheet, a Wykamol Tape joint should be applied to the edges of the first sheet, either on the flanged edge or between the last two rows of studs on the none-flanged edge.With the protective paper left on the tape you can now offer up the next sheet ensuring that you use the flanged edge to overlap onto the sealing tape.Once you have the second sheet positioned correctly over the sealing tape, remove the protective paper working out from the middle and effect a seal.You can now carry on fixing the sheet as previously described. This process is repeated until you have covered the arched walls to the springer and the vertical walls below the springer, maintaining a 200mm lap to the end walls.Vaults - End Walls:At the end walls of the vaulted construction an ‘end piece’ of flat membrane is fitted to the end wall of the vault. The 200mm lap from the soffit membrane is cut in fans to fit the curve and sit neatly against the wall, filling each cut with a small piece of Wykamol Rope or Wykamol Membrane Tape. Do not make the cuts all the way up to the ceiling and make as few cuts as possible.Measuring the highest point of the arch, the ‘end piece’ membrane is cut to size and fixed to the end walls in front of the fanned ceiling membrane. The membrane is then trimmed to fit neatly into the curve of the ceiling.The end wall membrane is then pulled back at the sides and around the arch to expose the studs on the reverse side.Using Wykamol Membrane Tape, a joint is made by the same method at the stud / stud joint details, with the exception that around the arch the rope should follow the contour of the ceiling curve.Door Reveals:When you fit the Wykamol Membrane to the end wall with the door opening, please bear in mind that you will have to fit a section of membrane around the door head and lapped down the sides by approximately 100mm.You can then wrap the wall membrane around the sides, maintaining the correct drainage detail and forming an overlap.This application detail will produce a small gap on the angle of the door opening.This should be sealed using Wykamol Corner Strip Tape.Alternatively, Newton 601 Slimline or Platon Stop Membranes can be used a flat DPC in lieu of the studded membrane if space is limited.Overhead Intrusions:Where service pipes, electrical wiring or other intrusions occur overhead or around the arch, these should be re-sited to a vertical surface where they can be better sealed and re-situated on the dry side of the system.Most services can be concealed between the battens. Services and protrusion should be collated where possible and passed through a pipe sealed with a pipe sleeve.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)BBA Certificate shopify_GB_4426893951075 shopify_GB_4426893951075_31807433736291 new 58.20 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WykamolCM8Membrane1_grande.jpg?v=1593704932 Wykamol Group WYCM82020-05 Basement Waterproof Membranes (W) 2.07M x (L) 5M (10M²) US 5.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol CM8 Waterproof Membrane (8mm Stud) https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-cm8-waterproof-membrane?variant=31807433769059 Wykamol CM8 Waterproof Membrane is a High Quality, BBA Approved, 8mm Stud Cavity Drain Membrane suitable for the waterproofing of earth retained Walls, Floors and Vaulted Soffits below ground level (i.e in Basements).  Wykamol CM8 Waterproof Membrane is supported by BBA Certification Certificate Number 18/5595.Available in 10M², 20M² and 40M² Rolls.DescriptionWykamol CM8 Waterproof MembraneWykamol CM8 Cavity Drain Membrane is an 8mm studded Waterproof Membrane, suitable for 'Type C' Waterproofing in Basements and delivering a Grade 3 Environment to BS8102:2009 and NHBC Chapter 5.4.Wykamol CM8 has a life expectancy of the design life of the building / structure.Typical Uses:WallsFloorsVaultsTunnelsWaterproofing Applications Below Ground LevelBenefits & Features:BBA ApprovedCreates a Dry, Habitable Living Space in Areas Previously Suffering From Damp / Wet ConditionsWaterproof, Salt Inhibiting, Rot and Contaminate ResistantQuick to Install - Minimal Preparation Needed to Wall SurfacesEasily Cut Down Using a Sharp BladeNo Drying Out Process - Redecoration Can Occur ImmediatelyLittle or No Damage to the Existing StructureLow and High Temperature TolerancePart of a 'Type C' Cavity Drain Membrane System in Line With BS8102:2009Clear in Colour for Easy Application and Fixing of Wykamol CM Brick PlugsTechnical Data:MaterialHigh Density Polyethylene (HDPE)Unit Weight0.5Kg/m²Sheet Thickness0.45mmStud Height7mmColourClear (Semi-Transparent)Water Tightness - 60 kPa; 24h (EN 1928)PassWorking Temperature-50°C to +80°CSoftening Temperature126°CTensile Strength MD (BS 12311-2)416 NTensile Strength CD (BS 12311-2)488 NResistance to Static Loading (BS 12730)>20 KgCompressive Strength (BS EN ISO 25619-2)180 kNReaction to Fire (BS EN 13501-1 :2007+A1:2009)Class EType of ApplicationType VLife ExpectancyLifetime of StructurePreparationPreparation:When used in new construction, the concrete slab must be laid in accordance with BS 8204-1:2003+A1:2009 to achieve a flat surface not deviating more than 5mm from the underside of a 3000mm straight edge.Unsound plaster, render or screed should be removed and surfaces made level, with floors to the above tolerances. This can be achieved using Universal Mortar, or a 3:1 sand:cement mix incorporating Renderproof Waterproofing Additive.Leave all new works to dry thoroughly before any membranes are fixed.In case of walls suffering from mould or masonry fungi, prior to fixing the membrane, remove surface contamination by brushing, then apply a Masonry Biocide in line with the relevant Technical Data SheetIf Dry Rot (Serpula Lacrymans) is present in the walls, this will require detailed assessment before proceeding.Above ground level it is recommended, that where possible, all sources of moisture are alleviated at the source using a DPC such as Ultracure, before applying Wykamol CM8 Membrane. This reduces potential damage to masonry and timber etc.We recommend an application of Platinum Lime Inhibitor or Wykamol Microsealer to the concrete walls and slab, before an application of CM8, to prevent lime efflorescence and dusting, which can block perimeter drainage channels.Wall ApplicationApplication on Walls:Wykamol CM8 is fixed with the studs against the wall to create an air / depressurisation gap.The membrane can be fixed either vertically or horizontally. When making this decision, you will need to take into account the size of the area to be lined, and the height of the walls relative to the width of the membrane. Horizontal fixing requires less cuts and jointing but the full roll is very heavy at first. Vertical fixing has much lighter strips to fix, but requires that each of these is taped back together again. You may find that vertical fixing is easier, but requires more Wykamol Membrane Tape for jointing.The membrane is fixed to the wall with the Wykamol CM Brick Plug. The CM Brick Plug has a soft rubber sealing washer fitted to the plug for sealing to the wall membrane.Place the membrane in position as level as you can judge by eye. Using a 10mm SDS Drill Bit, drill through the centre of a stud near the top and edge to a depth greater than the fixing.The fixing is then hammered into the pre-drilled hole until the plug sits flush in the stud. The rubber washer re-seals the hole. Level the membrane using the spirit level or laser level if used, and fix another plug about 2 metres along at the top of the sheet. The membrane will now be hanging level to the wall.If you are fixing horizontally, continue fixing every 2 metres until you have reached the end of the roll or you have covered all of the wall(s) to be treated. It is very important to regularly check the level. If the membrane is not level, you may well find that the membrane is kinked and looks unsightly, it will also dive down when fitted around corners.If you are fixing vertically, hang each subsequent sheet by the two fixings as described above. The subsequent sheet should overlap by at least the width of the flange of the new sheet. You may find it easier to interlock the first stud of the new sheet to the last stud of the last sheet as this helps to keep the new sheet level.The vertical joints have to be sealed with Wykamol Membrane Tape. It is easier to apply the tape to the inner surface of the flange of the next sheet. Clean the flange and the face of the last sheet with a clean rag.When you have fixed the new sheet level with the correct overlap, pull off the backing paper from the tape and peel down whilst applying pressure to the flange.Once all the backing paper has been removed, apply more pressure with the palm of your hand to further seal the whole of the joint. A Hot Air Gun should be used to help sealing, especially in cold or damp conditions.Fixing Centres:Once the wall membrane is hanging from the top fixings the rest of the fixing plugs need to be fixed.The spacing of these fixings is dependant on the type of wall finish to be used:Timber Battens - 600mm centres vertically and 400mm horizontally.Barrel Vaults - Tighter centres 300mm around the vault and 600mm down the vault.Fixed Metal Track (Gypliner) - 800mm centres vertically and 600mm horizontally.Brick or Block Walls restrained to the retaining wall using ties should have the fixings at centres to provide the correct number of restraints at the correct centres.Free standing timber and metal frames and free standing block walls do not require specific fixing centres. In these cases use sufficient fixings to ensure the membrane is neat and tidy and reasonably tight to the wall, especially around corners and reveals.When fixing the system to vaulted soffits you must ensure that enough fixings are used to keep the wall membrane tight to the soffits with no sagging.All fixings should be in line both horizontally and vertically.Battens:Battens should be pre-treated and of a minimum dimension of 25mm x 38mm although you may find that 25mm x 50mm offers better fixing at the edge of the plasterboard.The battens can be fixed into the CM Brick Plugs without piercing the membrane, by using 5mm (size 10) self-tapping screws. The plug will take 30mm of screw, so be sure to purchase the correct length for the thickness of batten.Over-tightening of over length screws can loosen the plug. Be very careful not to puncture the wall membrane when drilling and fixing the battens. Battens should be fixed so that all plasterboard edges are supported. Use a Timber Treatment to protect cut battens.Once the battens are fitted into position, plasterboard can be fixed to them using clout nails or preferably plasterboard screws. Care should be taken not to exceed the depth of the battens with the screws, and thereby puncture the membrane.Alternative Fixings:Other finishes may be employed depending on the requirements of the specifier.Free Standing Frame:This method should be employed if the wall is undulating, as with some stone structures or where space loss is a secondary consideration. The frame would be fixed to the soffit and the floor finish with the supplied ‘U’ channels.With the increasing requirement of insulation to meet Part ‘L’ of building code, the use of these frames is becoming more popular, the thickness of insulation required is often in excess of the thickness of the frame, and so the use of these frames does not add extra depth to the wall build when using this method.Because the frame is free standing and has no relationship with the wall membrane, very few fixings are required and so this wall finish above allows for the fastest and most efficient method of fixing Wykamol CM8 to the wall.Proprietary Fixing Systems:Fixing systems such as Gypliner or Lafarge can be used. It is also possible to use metal profile systems when constructing new internal walls.Internal Block Walls:If preferred the system can provide a water and vapour proof barrier, and then be lined with a block or brick inner skin. Special ties are available that fit into the CM Brick Plug for lateral restraint of the internal wall. The ties and retaining clips can also be used for the fixing and holding in place the wall insulation.Floor ApplicationDrainage Requirements:When used in a full or part earth-retaining situation, the membrane system must be drained.To comply with BS 8102:2009, you must assume that the structure will be subjected to water ingress at some time.Slim Flooring Membranes (i.e Newton 601 Slimline or Platon Stop) can also be installed over the floor in above ground situations to provide isolation from damp floors either as the primary DPM or above green concrete to accelerate the contract program.The concrete will continue to cure below the dry membrane surface allowing for floor finishes to be laid above the membrane much quicker than normal.Methods of Drainage For Floor Membranes:The drainage must effectively remove all water from below the membrane and take the water to a point of discharge such as a sump chamber or a form of safe natural drainage. Standing water can block the membrane with silt or limescale so it is important for water to flow uninterrupted to the drainage point.Wykamol Waterguard Drainage Channel:Wykamol Waterguard Channel is placed at the wall / floor junction and collects water from behind the wall membrane and receives water at the wall/floor junction. Wykamol Waterguard Channel is a designed method of removing water as it can interface with sump chambers, gullies, waste pipes etc. It can also be maintainable by inserting Wykamol Flexi Jetting Eyes into the system.Installation:Starting at one side of the room, unroll the membrane with the studs down and cut to fit the room as one would a carpet. The next membrane width is rolled out so that the flanged edge overlaps onto the edge of the previous roll of membrane. Clean both edges.Wykamol Membrane Tape is then applied to the high flat area between the first two studs at the edge of the previous roll of membrane with the backing paper still intact.Check the two widths for alignment, with the flange covering the backing paper.Starting from the end of the joint, remove the backing paper and press down on the joint sealing the two sections together. This process is repeated until all areas are covered. Seal the membrane to the up-stand of the Wykamol Waterguard Channel with Wykamol Corner Strip Tape. Use a heat-gun to dry the membrane surface and to assist with the bonding of the tapes.Where the floor membrane is required to be jointed to horizontal DPC’s, such as DPC Roll, through internal and external walls, these joints should be sealed with Wykamol Membrane Tape. Ensure both surfaces are clean and dry before attempting to make these joints.If there are any services through the floor, the membrane can be cut and trimmed around them, and the gap filled and sealed using a high quality MS or SMX Polymer Adhesive. If necessary, a patch of membrane or Damp Proof Course (DPC) is laid over and sealed to the service with Wykamol Rope, and around its perimeter with Wykamol Membrane Tape. It should be noted that protrusions through the floor slab / raft should be avoided wherever possible as they create weaknesses that allow unnecessary water ingress.The specified floor finish can now be laid directly over the floor membrane, which must not be punctured by any fixings through the floor. When a timber floor finish is preferred you must allow an expansion gap around the wall edge.Speak to the supplier of the floor finish to confirm the correct size of this expansion gap.Fast Track Application of Floor Finishes:Following the installation of new concrete slabs and screeds, it is normal to expect lengthy drying periods before floor finishes can be applied.The membranes can be laid onto green concrete as soon as it is ‘walkable’, allowing instant application of floor coverings without reference to RH levels.The construction moisture is controlled in the air gap.VaultsInstallation to Vaults:A ceiling which is to be covered, as in a vaulted cellar construction, should be fixed and lapped in such a way so that water does not pond behind the system.The laps and joints should also be detailed correctly to allow correct drainage, and prevent water from sitting on joints. CM Brick Plug with a seal made from Wykamol Rope should be used for application to vaulted ceilings.Where flat soffits are being considered it is imperative that they should have a fall in line with drainage requirements.Again, sagging of the membrane should be avoided to prevent ponding.Application:Where a membrane is to be installed in vaulted cellars our experience shows that the best method of application is as follows:Measure the depth of the vault from front to back wall and allow for a down turn at each end of 200mm. Unroll the sheet and cut to size.Estimate the approximate centre of the arched ceiling and mark it. Measure down the arch 1.2 meters from there and again mark it. Strike a horizontal line along the wall from back to front. This will give you a guide line for your sheet edge as you fix it along the length of the ceiling, thereby keeping your sheet sections symmetrical. You may wish to hammer in masonry nails to the guide line to give a physical edge to the guide line.Offer up your first section of membrane to the ceiling allowing a lap to the back wall of 200mm. Using your guide line to keep the sheet square, drill and fix the sheet along the apex of the arch following the same line of studs.The CM Brick Plug with Wykamol Rope should be used to seal the plugs.NOTE: The Rubber Sealing Washers should not be used with the CM Plugs for this application as the washers are not suitable for this purpose.The fixings should be fixed through the centre of the membrane studs at approximately 600mm centres.It should be remembered that the plugs provide the fixing points for your battens; therefore they should be kept in line.Your next section of membrane is again cut to size allowing a 200mm lap at each end. Before offering up the next sheet, a Wykamol Tape joint should be applied to the edges of the first sheet, either on the flanged edge or between the last two rows of studs on the none-flanged edge.With the protective paper left on the tape you can now offer up the next sheet ensuring that you use the flanged edge to overlap onto the sealing tape.Once you have the second sheet positioned correctly over the sealing tape, remove the protective paper working out from the middle and effect a seal.You can now carry on fixing the sheet as previously described. This process is repeated until you have covered the arched walls to the springer and the vertical walls below the springer, maintaining a 200mm lap to the end walls.Vaults - End Walls:At the end walls of the vaulted construction an ‘end piece’ of flat membrane is fitted to the end wall of the vault. The 200mm lap from the soffit membrane is cut in fans to fit the curve and sit neatly against the wall, filling each cut with a small piece of Wykamol Rope or Wykamol Membrane Tape. Do not make the cuts all the way up to the ceiling and make as few cuts as possible.Measuring the highest point of the arch, the ‘end piece’ membrane is cut to size and fixed to the end walls in front of the fanned ceiling membrane. The membrane is then trimmed to fit neatly into the curve of the ceiling.The end wall membrane is then pulled back at the sides and around the arch to expose the studs on the reverse side.Using Wykamol Membrane Tape, a joint is made by the same method at the stud / stud joint details, with the exception that around the arch the rope should follow the contour of the ceiling curve.Door Reveals:When you fit the Wykamol Membrane to the end wall with the door opening, please bear in mind that you will have to fit a section of membrane around the door head and lapped down the sides by approximately 100mm.You can then wrap the wall membrane around the sides, maintaining the correct drainage detail and forming an overlap.This application detail will produce a small gap on the angle of the door opening.This should be sealed using Wykamol Corner Strip Tape.Alternatively, Newton 601 Slimline or Platon Stop Membranes can be used a flat DPC in lieu of the studded membrane if space is limited.Overhead Intrusions:Where service pipes, electrical wiring or other intrusions occur overhead or around the arch, these should be re-sited to a vertical surface where they can be better sealed and re-situated on the dry side of the system.Most services can be concealed between the battens. Services and protrusion should be collated where possible and passed through a pipe sealed with a pipe sleeve.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)BBA Certificate shopify_GB_4426893951075 shopify_GB_4426893951075_31807433769059 new 87.60 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WykamolCM8Membrane1_grande.jpg?v=1593704932 Wykamol Group WYCM82020-10 Basement Waterproof Membranes (W) 2.07M x (L) 10M (20M²) US 10.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol CM8 MESH Waterproof Membrane (8mm Stud) https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-cm8-mesh-membrane?variant=31830272409699 Wykamol CM8 MESH Membrane is a High Quality, 8mm Stud, Basement Waterproofing Tanking Membrane comprising of HDPE Membrane with a strong HDPE mesh on the surface of one side.The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.  Wykamol CM8 MESH Waterproof Membrane is supported by BBA Certification Certificate Number 18/5595.Available in (W) 2.0M x (L) 10M (20M²) and (W) 2.0M x (L) 20M (40M²) Rolls.DescriptionWykamol CM8 MESH Cavity Drain MembraneWykamol CM8 MESH Membrane is a high quality Cavity Drain Waterproofing Membrane comprising of high density polyethylene membrane with a strong HDPE mesh heat-welded during the manufacturing process to the surface of one side. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.Wykamol CM8 MESH Membrane is suitable for the waterproofing of earth retained walls and vaulted soffits below ground level (i.e Basements) delivering a grade 3 environment to BS8102:2009 and NHBC Chapter 5.4.Wykamol CM8 MESH Membrane is inert and, therefore, non-polluting to drinking water, highly resistant to water, alkalines, saline solutions and organic acids, and not affected by minerals and hydrocarbons. It is also rot-proof, and resistant to bacteria, fungi and other small organisms.Benefits & Features:BBA ApprovedHigh Performance Bonded MeshPart of a Type C Cavity Drain Membrane System in Line With BS8102:2009Waterproof, Salt Inhibiting, Root and Contaminate ResistantCreates a Dry, Habitable Living Space in Areas Previously Suffering From Damp / Wet ConditionsEasily Cut Down Using a Sharp BladeEasy to Fold Around Windows and DoorsQuick to Install - Minimal Preparation Needed to Wall SurfacesNo Drying Out Process - Redecoration Can Occur ImmediatelyLittle or No Damage to the Existing StructureTechnical Data:MaterialHigh Density Polyethylene (HDPE)Unit Weight0.505kg/m²Sheet Thickness0.6mmStud Height7mmColourClearWater Tightness - 60 kPa; 24h (EN 1928)PassWorking Temperature-50°C to +80°CSoftening Temperature126°CTensile Strength MD (BS 12311-2)416 NTensile Strength CD (BS 12311-2)488 NResistance to Static Loading (BS 12730)>20 KgCompressive Strength (BS EN ISO 25619-2)180 kNReaction to Fire (BS EN 13501-1 :2007+A1:2009)Class FType of ApplicationType VLife ExpectancyLifetime of StructureInstallationPreparation:Unsound plaster, render or screed should be removed and surfaces made level. This can be achieved using Universal Mortar, or a 3:1 sand:cement mix incorporating Renderproof Waterproofing Additive.Leave all new works to dry thoroughly before any membranes are fixed.In case of walls suffering from mould or masonry fungi, prior to fixing the membrane, remove surface contamination by brushing, then apply a Masonry Biocide in line with the relevant Technical Data SheetIf Dry Rot (Serpula Lacrymans) is present in the walls, this will require detailed assessment before proceeding.Above ground level it is recommended, that where possible, all sources of moisture are alleviated at the source using a DPC such as Ultracure, before applying Wykamol CM8 MESH Membrane. This reduces potential damage to masonry and timber etc.We recommend an application of Platinum Lime Inhibitor or Wykamol Microsealer to the concrete walls, before an application of CM8 MESH, to prevent lime efflorescence and dusting, which can block perimeter drainage channels.Application on Walls:Wykamol CM8 MESH Membrane is fixed with the studs against the wall to create an air / depressurisation gap.The membrane can be fixed either vertically or horizontally. However as this product is not available in 2.4M height and also due to the heavy weight of the material, most fixing of Wykamol CM8 MESH Membrane will be Vertical.When making this decision, you will need to take into account the size of the area to be lined, and the height of the walls relative to the width of the membrane.Horizontal Fixing requires less cuts and jointing but the full roll is very heavy at first. Vertical fixing has much lighter strips to fix, but requires that each of these is taped back together again. You may find that vertical fixing is easier, but requires more Wykamol Membrane Tape for jointing.The membrane is fixed to the wall using Wykamol CM Brick Plugs.Place the membrane in position as level as you can judge by eye. Using a 10mm drill bit, drill through the centre of a stud near the top and edge to a depth greater than the fixing.The fixing is then hammered into the pre-drilled hole until the plug sits flush in the stud. The rubber washer re-seals the hole. Level the membrane using the spirit level or laser level if used, and fix another plug about 2 metres along at the top of the sheet. The membrane will now be hanging level to the wall.If you are fixing horizontally, continue fixing every 2 metres until you have reached the end of the roll or you have covered all of the wall(s) to be treated. It is very important to regularly check the level. If the membrane is not level, you may well find that the membrane is kinked and looks unsightly, it will also dive down when fitted around corners.If you are fixing Vertically, hang each subsequent sheet by the two fixings as described above. The subsequent sheet is joined by overlapping the edge of one sheet by another underneath by a minimum of 2 studs. Fix Brick Plugs & Seals through the studs as close as possible to the edge of the membrane.Apply Wykamol Mesh Tape along the joint with equal overlaps of the tape onto each sheet of membrane and press firmly into place.Apply more pressure with the palm of your hand to further seal the whole of the joint. A Hot Air Gun should be used to help sealing, especially in cold or damp conditions.Fixing Centres:Fix in a square at 350mm centres, and then fix a plug in the centre of four fixings so it looks like a 5 on a dice.All fixings will then be a maximum of 250mm centres.On very flat walls, the horizontal and vertical centres can be moved out to 400mm so when the centre plug is fixed, the centres are not more than 300mm.FinishingWykamol CM8 MESH Membrane can be plastered or rendered, or can be plasterboarded using a dab fix.Plasters:The recommended plaster to be applied to Wykamol CM8 MESH Membrane is Tarmac Whitewall which should be in two coats when applied to Wykamol Mesh Membranes.The plasters can accept a finishing 3mm skim coat to finish.Note: Manufacturers recommended drying times may vary according to atmospheric conditions.Cement Based Renders:For internal cement renders the mix should be six parts clean sharp sand / one part lime / one part cement. A two-coat application is recommended allowing 7-10 days between coats.Drying time is important because shrinkage cracks may appear.A weaker mix of seven or even eight parts sand can be used for the second coat.Hydraulic Lime Based Mortars:First CoatUsing a ratio of 1 part Lime to 2½ - 3 parts sharp washed sand with evenly distributed hair throughout the mortar and working to a layer of 10mm thick, push the plaster into and across the pre-wet laths at a 45 degree angle to the lathes.The plaster should be correctly cured until hardSecond CoatThe second coat also known as the intermediate or float coat will be applied similar to the first coat only without any hair being added to the mortar.You must ensure you wet down the first coat with a fine mist before spreading a 7mm coat, before scratching up and leaving in preparation of the finish coat.Finish CoatFor the final top coat a fine mix of 1 part lime putty to 2 parts well graded super fine sand. Remembering to wet down the surface before application with a fine mist spray.Allow time for the water to absorb into the plaster then apply a coat of approximately 5mm, then rule off and leave for a couple of hours.When ready, rub up the finish coat using a plastic or wooden trowel to bring back the fat until the required finish has been reached in the case of any light crazing this can be rubbed up and trowelled out.General Plastering & Rendering Considerations:Note: All plasters and renders etc. must be to a minimum total depth of 15mm.The undercoat should be applied with firm pressure to ensure the product is fully pushed behind the mesh so that the studs are fully filled, and to an approximate thickness of 5mm and be well scratched with a wire scratcher.When the scratch coat has set, the floating coat should be applied to a depth of 7mm and lightly scratched to provide a firm key for the final coat, which should be to a minimum thickness of 3mm.All plasters and renders should be applied strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, and good plastering / rendering practice as described in BS5492 and BS5262 Code of Practice.Do not apply decoration until the plaster or render is thoroughly dry.If any special renders or plasters are to be considered, technical advice must be sought from the Company’s technical department.Curing:Note: Cement and Lime based mortars require curing. Curing is the process of keeping a mortar or render under a specific environmental condition until the chemical set (referred to as hydration) is sufficient to withstand the environment into which the mortar has been placed.Lime binders are generally weaker than cements taking longer to acquire their strength and hardness, leaving them potentially more vulnerable for a longer period than cement equivalents, and curing them once placed is simply regarded as best practice.Good curing is typically considered to be that of providing a humid environment stimulating full hydration of the lime or cement binders, providing strength development along with other benefits, especially the ability to withstand hairline cracking.The most common cause of failure is allowing a mortar / render to dry out too quickly, impeding the chemical process for hydration, stressing the mortar resulting in cracking.Standard practice for protecting cement or lime based renders/mortars is with wet / dampened hessian sheeting draped over the area in relatively close proximity to the render. This should be left in place for at least a week and is a standard requirement that is required in all cases.During the warmer months, the hessian will need to be repeatedly wetted and/or covered with plastic sheeting to ensure the correct curing environment.Curing should be of at least 7 days.Dry Lining:Wykamol CM8 MESH Membrane can be effectively used in conjunction with dry lining by dab fixing the plasterboard using a proprietary dabbing compound.Be careful when installing laminated or insulated plasterboard, as when they are dot & dabbed to Wykamol Meshed membranes, building regulations require two mechanical fixes to each laminated board. These fixings may breach the membrane which cannot be repaired.Where insulation is required to the wall build, we recommend to use a NON-MESHED Membrane (such as Wykamol CM8 Membrane) and use an independent dry-lining frame.House the insulation within the frame and plasterboard over.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet:Declaration of Performance (DoP)BBA Certificate shopify_GB_4433491525731 shopify_GB_4433491525731_31830272409699 new 249.60 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Wykamol_CM8_Mesh_Membrane_grande.jpg?v=1593698697 Wykamol Group WYCM8M2020 Basement Waterproof Membranes (W) 2.0M x (L) 20M (40M²) US 12.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol CM8 MESH Waterproof Membrane (8mm Stud) https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-cm8-mesh-membrane?variant=31830272442467 Wykamol CM8 MESH Membrane is a High Quality, 8mm Stud, Basement Waterproofing Tanking Membrane comprising of HDPE Membrane with a strong HDPE mesh on the surface of one side.The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.  Wykamol CM8 MESH Waterproof Membrane is supported by BBA Certification Certificate Number 18/5595.Available in (W) 2.0M x (L) 10M (20M²) and (W) 2.0M x (L) 20M (40M²) Rolls.DescriptionWykamol CM8 MESH Cavity Drain MembraneWykamol CM8 MESH Membrane is a high quality Cavity Drain Waterproofing Membrane comprising of high density polyethylene membrane with a strong HDPE mesh heat-welded during the manufacturing process to the surface of one side. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.Wykamol CM8 MESH Membrane is suitable for the waterproofing of earth retained walls and vaulted soffits below ground level (i.e Basements) delivering a grade 3 environment to BS8102:2009 and NHBC Chapter 5.4.Wykamol CM8 MESH Membrane is inert and, therefore, non-polluting to drinking water, highly resistant to water, alkalines, saline solutions and organic acids, and not affected by minerals and hydrocarbons. It is also rot-proof, and resistant to bacteria, fungi and other small organisms.Benefits & Features:BBA ApprovedHigh Performance Bonded MeshPart of a Type C Cavity Drain Membrane System in Line With BS8102:2009Waterproof, Salt Inhibiting, Root and Contaminate ResistantCreates a Dry, Habitable Living Space in Areas Previously Suffering From Damp / Wet ConditionsEasily Cut Down Using a Sharp BladeEasy to Fold Around Windows and DoorsQuick to Install - Minimal Preparation Needed to Wall SurfacesNo Drying Out Process - Redecoration Can Occur ImmediatelyLittle or No Damage to the Existing StructureTechnical Data:MaterialHigh Density Polyethylene (HDPE)Unit Weight0.505kg/m²Sheet Thickness0.6mmStud Height7mmColourClearWater Tightness - 60 kPa; 24h (EN 1928)PassWorking Temperature-50°C to +80°CSoftening Temperature126°CTensile Strength MD (BS 12311-2)416 NTensile Strength CD (BS 12311-2)488 NResistance to Static Loading (BS 12730)>20 KgCompressive Strength (BS EN ISO 25619-2)180 kNReaction to Fire (BS EN 13501-1 :2007+A1:2009)Class FType of ApplicationType VLife ExpectancyLifetime of StructureInstallationPreparation:Unsound plaster, render or screed should be removed and surfaces made level. This can be achieved using Universal Mortar, or a 3:1 sand:cement mix incorporating Renderproof Waterproofing Additive.Leave all new works to dry thoroughly before any membranes are fixed.In case of walls suffering from mould or masonry fungi, prior to fixing the membrane, remove surface contamination by brushing, then apply a Masonry Biocide in line with the relevant Technical Data SheetIf Dry Rot (Serpula Lacrymans) is present in the walls, this will require detailed assessment before proceeding.Above ground level it is recommended, that where possible, all sources of moisture are alleviated at the source using a DPC such as Ultracure, before applying Wykamol CM8 MESH Membrane. This reduces potential damage to masonry and timber etc.We recommend an application of Platinum Lime Inhibitor or Wykamol Microsealer to the concrete walls, before an application of CM8 MESH, to prevent lime efflorescence and dusting, which can block perimeter drainage channels.Application on Walls:Wykamol CM8 MESH Membrane is fixed with the studs against the wall to create an air / depressurisation gap.The membrane can be fixed either vertically or horizontally. However as this product is not available in 2.4M height and also due to the heavy weight of the material, most fixing of Wykamol CM8 MESH Membrane will be Vertical.When making this decision, you will need to take into account the size of the area to be lined, and the height of the walls relative to the width of the membrane.Horizontal Fixing requires less cuts and jointing but the full roll is very heavy at first. Vertical fixing has much lighter strips to fix, but requires that each of these is taped back together again. You may find that vertical fixing is easier, but requires more Wykamol Membrane Tape for jointing.The membrane is fixed to the wall using Wykamol CM Brick Plugs.Place the membrane in position as level as you can judge by eye. Using a 10mm drill bit, drill through the centre of a stud near the top and edge to a depth greater than the fixing.The fixing is then hammered into the pre-drilled hole until the plug sits flush in the stud. The rubber washer re-seals the hole. Level the membrane using the spirit level or laser level if used, and fix another plug about 2 metres along at the top of the sheet. The membrane will now be hanging level to the wall.If you are fixing horizontally, continue fixing every 2 metres until you have reached the end of the roll or you have covered all of the wall(s) to be treated. It is very important to regularly check the level. If the membrane is not level, you may well find that the membrane is kinked and looks unsightly, it will also dive down when fitted around corners.If you are fixing Vertically, hang each subsequent sheet by the two fixings as described above. The subsequent sheet is joined by overlapping the edge of one sheet by another underneath by a minimum of 2 studs. Fix Brick Plugs & Seals through the studs as close as possible to the edge of the membrane.Apply Wykamol Mesh Tape along the joint with equal overlaps of the tape onto each sheet of membrane and press firmly into place.Apply more pressure with the palm of your hand to further seal the whole of the joint. A Hot Air Gun should be used to help sealing, especially in cold or damp conditions.Fixing Centres:Fix in a square at 350mm centres, and then fix a plug in the centre of four fixings so it looks like a 5 on a dice.All fixings will then be a maximum of 250mm centres.On very flat walls, the horizontal and vertical centres can be moved out to 400mm so when the centre plug is fixed, the centres are not more than 300mm.FinishingWykamol CM8 MESH Membrane can be plastered or rendered, or can be plasterboarded using a dab fix.Plasters:The recommended plaster to be applied to Wykamol CM8 MESH Membrane is Tarmac Whitewall which should be in two coats when applied to Wykamol Mesh Membranes.The plasters can accept a finishing 3mm skim coat to finish.Note: Manufacturers recommended drying times may vary according to atmospheric conditions.Cement Based Renders:For internal cement renders the mix should be six parts clean sharp sand / one part lime / one part cement. A two-coat application is recommended allowing 7-10 days between coats.Drying time is important because shrinkage cracks may appear.A weaker mix of seven or even eight parts sand can be used for the second coat.Hydraulic Lime Based Mortars:First CoatUsing a ratio of 1 part Lime to 2½ - 3 parts sharp washed sand with evenly distributed hair throughout the mortar and working to a layer of 10mm thick, push the plaster into and across the pre-wet laths at a 45 degree angle to the lathes.The plaster should be correctly cured until hardSecond CoatThe second coat also known as the intermediate or float coat will be applied similar to the first coat only without any hair being added to the mortar.You must ensure you wet down the first coat with a fine mist before spreading a 7mm coat, before scratching up and leaving in preparation of the finish coat.Finish CoatFor the final top coat a fine mix of 1 part lime putty to 2 parts well graded super fine sand. Remembering to wet down the surface before application with a fine mist spray.Allow time for the water to absorb into the plaster then apply a coat of approximately 5mm, then rule off and leave for a couple of hours.When ready, rub up the finish coat using a plastic or wooden trowel to bring back the fat until the required finish has been reached in the case of any light crazing this can be rubbed up and trowelled out.General Plastering & Rendering Considerations:Note: All plasters and renders etc. must be to a minimum total depth of 15mm.The undercoat should be applied with firm pressure to ensure the product is fully pushed behind the mesh so that the studs are fully filled, and to an approximate thickness of 5mm and be well scratched with a wire scratcher.When the scratch coat has set, the floating coat should be applied to a depth of 7mm and lightly scratched to provide a firm key for the final coat, which should be to a minimum thickness of 3mm.All plasters and renders should be applied strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, and good plastering / rendering practice as described in BS5492 and BS5262 Code of Practice.Do not apply decoration until the plaster or render is thoroughly dry.If any special renders or plasters are to be considered, technical advice must be sought from the Company’s technical department.Curing:Note: Cement and Lime based mortars require curing. Curing is the process of keeping a mortar or render under a specific environmental condition until the chemical set (referred to as hydration) is sufficient to withstand the environment into which the mortar has been placed.Lime binders are generally weaker than cements taking longer to acquire their strength and hardness, leaving them potentially more vulnerable for a longer period than cement equivalents, and curing them once placed is simply regarded as best practice.Good curing is typically considered to be that of providing a humid environment stimulating full hydration of the lime or cement binders, providing strength development along with other benefits, especially the ability to withstand hairline cracking.The most common cause of failure is allowing a mortar / render to dry out too quickly, impeding the chemical process for hydration, stressing the mortar resulting in cracking.Standard practice for protecting cement or lime based renders/mortars is with wet / dampened hessian sheeting draped over the area in relatively close proximity to the render. This should be left in place for at least a week and is a standard requirement that is required in all cases.During the warmer months, the hessian will need to be repeatedly wetted and/or covered with plastic sheeting to ensure the correct curing environment.Curing should be of at least 7 days.Dry Lining:Wykamol CM8 MESH Membrane can be effectively used in conjunction with dry lining by dab fixing the plasterboard using a proprietary dabbing compound.Be careful when installing laminated or insulated plasterboard, as when they are dot & dabbed to Wykamol Meshed membranes, building regulations require two mechanical fixes to each laminated board. These fixings may breach the membrane which cannot be repaired.Where insulation is required to the wall build, we recommend to use a NON-MESHED Membrane (such as Wykamol CM8 Membrane) and use an independent dry-lining frame.House the insulation within the frame and plasterboard over.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet:Declaration of Performance (DoP)BBA Certificate shopify_GB_4433491525731 shopify_GB_4433491525731_31830272442467 new 130.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Wykamol_CM8_Mesh_Membrane_grande.jpg?v=1593698697 Wykamol Group WYCM8M2020-10 Basement Waterproof Membranes (W) 2.0M x (L) 10M (20M²) US 12.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol CM3 Waterproof Membrane (3mm Stud) https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-cm3-waterproof-membrane?variant=31807179096163 Wykamol CM3 Waterproof Membrane is a High Quality, 3mm Stud Cavity Drain Membrane suitable for Waterproofing of Walls, Floors, Vaults and Tunnels. With its 3mm Stud, Wykamol CM3 Waterproof Membrane is ideal for when space is tight, such as with stairs or low headroom.Wykamol CM3 Membrane is suitable for use in both below-ground 'Type C' Waterproofing Applications and for above-ground Damp Proofing Applications while delivering a Grade 3 Environment to BS8102:2009 and NHBC Chapter 5.4.  Wykamol CM3 Membrane is supported by BBA Certification Certificate Number 18/5595.Available in (W) 2.0M x (L) 10M - (20M²) and (W) 2.0M x (L) 20M - (40M²) Rolls.DescriptionAs a 'Type C' Waterproofing Membrane:As a Waterproof Membrane, Wykamol CM3 Membrane is suitable for the 'Type C' Waterproofing of earth retained walls, floors, vaults and tunnels below ground level (i.e basements).Wykamol CM3 Membrane is guaranteed against deterioration for 30 years and has a life expectancy of at least 50 years, delivering a Grade 3 environment to BS8102:2009 and NHBC Chapter 5.4.As a Damp Proofing Membrane:As a Damp Proof Membrane, Wykamol CM3 Membrane can be used above ground level, as an alternative to meshed membranes where a meshed surface is NOT required, typically where the wall finish to the damp proof membrane is timber battens, a dry-lining frame or block wall.Wykamol CM3 Membrane is guaranteed against deterioration for 30 years and has a life expectancy of at least 50 years.Benefits & Features:BBA ApprovedSuitable for use in Above Ground (Damp Proofing) and Below Ground (Basement Waterproofing) applications.Does not require extensive and damaging preparation to the wall surface.Only 3mm in thickness and so is ideal for when space is tight, such as with stairs or low headroom.Speed of installation.Provides vapour control and, when used with humidity control systems, is capable of delivering an environment to all levels within a Grade 3 environment to BS 8102:2009 and NHBC Chapter 5.4.Creates a dry, habitable living space in areas previously suffering from damp / wet conditions.Waterproof, Salt Inhibiting, Root and Contaminate resistant.Technical Data:Membrane MaterialHDPEMembrane Thickness0.6mmStud Depth3.0mmDensity500g/m²Softening Temperature126°CService Temperature-50°C to +80°CTensile Strength MD (BS 12311-2)418 NTensile Strength CD (BS 12311-2)488 NWater Vapour Resistance>3020 MNs/gResistance to Static Loading (BS 12730)>20 KgResistance to Fire (BS EN 13501-1)Class FLife ExpectancyLifetime of Structure For WaterproofingWhen Using As A 'Type C' Basement Waterproof MembranePreparation:When used in new construction, the concrete slab must be laid in accordance with BS 8204-1:2003+A1:2009 to achieve a flat surface not deviating more than 5mm from the underside of a 3000mm straight edge.Unsound plaster, render or screed should be removed and surfaces made level, with floors to the above tolerances. This can be achieved using Universal Mortar, or a 3:1 sand:cement mix incorporating Renderproof Waterproofing Additive.Leave all new works to dry thoroughly before any membranes are fixed.In case of walls suffering from mould or masonry fungi, prior to fixing the membrane, remove surface contamination by brushing, then apply a Masonry Biocide in line with the relevant Technical Data SheetIf Dry Rot (Serpula Lacrymans) is present in the walls, this will require detailed assessment before proceeding. Above ground level it is recommended, that where possible, all sources of moisture are alleviated at the source using a DPC such as Ultracure, before applying Wykamol CM3 Membrane. This reduces potential damage to masonry and timber etc.Application on Walls:Wykamol CM3 should be installed by those with experience of structural waterproofing.It is recommended that Wykamol CM3 and its ancillary products be installed by contractors trained for the correct use and specification of the product.Wykamol CM3 is fixed with the studs against the wall to create an air / depressurisation gap.The membrane can be fixed either vertically or horizontally. When making this decision, you will need to take into account the size of the area to be lined, and the height of the walls relative to the width of the membrane. Horizontal fixing requires less cuts and jointing but the full roll is very heavy at first. Vertical fixing has much lighter strips to fix, but requires that each of these is taped back together again. You may find that vertical fixing is easier, but requires more Wykamol Membrane Tape or Wykamol Corner Strip Tape for jointing.The membrane is fixed to the wall with the Wykamol CM Brick Plugs. These plugs have a soft rubber sealing washer fitted to the plug for sealing to the wall membrane.Place the membrane in position as level as you can judge by eye. Using a 10mm drill bit, drill through the centre of a stud near the top and edge to a depth greater than the fixing.The fixing is then hammered into the pre-drilled hole until the plug sits flush in the stud. The rubber washer re-seals the hole. Level the membrane using the spirit level or laser level if used, and fix another plug about 2 metres along at the top of the sheet. The membrane will now be hanging level to the wall.If you are fixing horizontally, continue fixing every 2 metres until you have reached the end of the roll or you have covered all of the wall(s) to be treated. It is very important to regularly check the level. If the membrane is not level, you may well find that the membrane is kinked and looks unsightly, it will also dive down when fitted around corners.If you are fixing vertically, hang each subsequent sheet by the two fixings as described above.Wykamol CM3 does not have a flange, so a butted joint is used.Starting at one side of the room, unroll the membrane with the studs down. The next membrane width is rolled out so that edges of the two rolls meet at a ‘butt joint’. Clean both edges.Wykamol Corner Strip Tape (150mm wide) is then applied above the butted joint to join the two widths of membrane. This process is repeated until all areas are covered.Apply more pressure with the palm of your hand to further seal the whole of the joint. A Hot Air Gun should be used to help sealing, especially in cold or damp conditions.Fixing Centres:Once the wall membrane is hanging from the top fixings the rest of the fixing plugs need to be fixed.The spacing of these fixings is dependant on the type of wall finish to be used:Timber Battens - 600mm centres vertically and 400mm horizontally.Barrel Vaults - Tighter centres 300mm around the vault and 600mm down the vault.Fixed Metal Track (Gypliner) - 800mm centres vertically and 600mm horizontally.Brick or Block Walls restrained to the retaining wall using ties should have the fixings at centres to provide the correct number of restraints at the correct centres.Free standing timber and metal frames and free standing block walls do not require specific fixing centres. In these cases use sufficient fixings to ensure the membrane is neat and tidy and reasonably tight to the wall, especially around corners and reveals.When fixing the system to vaulted soffits you must ensure that enough fixings are used to keep the wall membrane tight to the soffits with no sagging.All fixings should be in line both horizontally and vertically.Battens:Battens should be pre-treated and of a minimum dimension of 25mm x 38mm although you may find that 25mm x 50mm offers better fixing at the edge of the plasterboard.The battens can be fixed into CM Brick Plugs without piercing the membrane, by using 5mm (size 10) self-tapping screws. CM Brick Plugs will take 30mm of screw, so be sure to purchase the correct length for the thickness of batten.Over-tightening of over length screws can loosen the plug. Be very careful not to puncture the wall membrane when drilling and fixing the battens. Battens should be fixed so that all plasterboard edges are supported. Use a Timber Treatment to protect cut battens.Once the battens are fitted into position, plasterboard can be fixed to them using clout nails or preferably plasterboard screws. Care should be taken not to exceed the depth of the battens with the screws, and thereby puncture the membrane.Alternative Fixings:Other finishes may be employed depending on the requirements of the specifier.Free Standing Frame:This method should be employed if the wall is undulating, as with some stone structures or where space loss is a secondary consideration. The frame would be fixed to the soffit and the floor finish with the supplied ‘U’ channels.With the increasing requirement of insulation to meet Part ‘L’ of building code, the use of these frames is becoming more popular, the thickness of insulation required is often in excess of the thickness of the frame, and so the use of these frames does not add extra depth to the wall build when using this method.Because the frame is free standing and has no relationship with the wall membrane, very few fixings are required and so this wall finish above allows for the fastest and most efficient method of fixing Newton 503 to the wall.Proprietary Fixing Systems:Fixing systems such as Gypliner or Lafarge can be used. It is also possible to use metal profile systems when constructing new internal walls.Internal Block Walls:If preferred the system can provide a water and vapour proof barrier, and then be lined with a block or brick inner skin. Special ties are available that fit into the CM Brick Plugs for lateral restraint of the internal wall. The ties and retaining clips can also be used for the fixing and holding in place the wall insulation.Application on Floors:Drainage Requirements:When used in a full or part earth-retaining situation, the membrane system must be drained.To comply with BS 8102:2009, you must assume that the structure will be subjected to water ingress at some time.A Flooring Membrane can also be installed over the floor in above ground situations to provide isolation from damp floors either as the primary DPM or above green concrete to accelerate the contract program.The concrete will continue to cure below the dry membrane surface allowing for floor finishes to be laid above the membrane much quicker than normal.Methods of Drainage For Floor Membranes:The drainage must effectively remove all water from below the membrane and take the water to a point of discharge such as a sump chamber or a form of safe natural drainage. Standing water can block the membrane with silt or limescale so it is important for water to flow uninterrupted to the drainage point.Wykamol Waterguard Drainage Channel:Wykamol Waterguard Channel is placed at the wall / floor junction and collects water from behind the wall membrane and receives water at the wall / floor junction. Wykamol Waterguard Channel is a designed method of removing water as it can interface with sump chambers, gullies, waste pipes etc. It can also be maintainable by inserting Wykamol Flexi Jetting Eyes into the system.Installation:Starting at one side of the room, unroll the membrane with the studs down and cut to fit the room as one would a carpet.Wykamol CM3 does not have a flange, so a butted joint is used.Starting at one side of the room, unroll the membrane with the studs down. The next membrane width is rolled out so that edges of the two rolls meet at a ‘butt joint’. Clean both edges.Wykamol Corner Strip Tape (150mm wide) is then applied above the butted joint to join the two widths of membrane. This process is repeated until all areas are covered.Apply more pressure with the palm of your hand to further seal the whole of the joint. A Hot Air Gun should be used to help sealing, especially in cold or damp conditions.Seal the Wykamol CM3 Membrane to the up-stand of the Wykamol Waterguard perimeter drainage channel with Wykamol Corner Strip Tape. Use a heat-gun to dry the membrane surface and to assist with the bonding of the tapes.Where the floor membrane is required to be jointed to horizontal DPC’s, such as DPC Roll, through internal and external walls, these joints should be sealed with Wykamol Membrane Tape. Ensure both surfaces are clean and dry before attempting to make these joints.If there are any services through the floor, the membrane can be cut and trimmed around them, and the gap filled and sealed using a high quality MS or SMX Polymer Adhesive. If necessary, a patch of membrane or Damp Proof Course (DPC) is laid over and sealed to the service with Wykamol Rope, and around its perimeter with Wykamol Membrane Tape. It should be noted that protrusions through the floor slab / raft should be avoided wherever possible as they create weaknesses that allow unnecessary water ingress.The specified floor finish can now be laid directly over the floor membrane, which must not be punctured by any fixings through the floor. When a timber floor finish is preferred you must allow an expansion gap around the wall edge.Speak to the supplier of the floor finish to confirm the correct size of this expansion gap.Fast Track Application of Floor Finishes:Following the installation of new concrete slabs and screeds, it is normal to expect lengthy drying periods before floor finishes can be applied.The membranes can be laid onto green concrete as soon as it is ‘walkable’, allowing instant application of floor coverings without reference to RH levels.The construction moisture is controlled in the air gap.Application to Vaults:A ceiling which is to be covered, as in a vaulted cellar construction, should be fixed and lapped in such a way so that water does not pond behind the system.The laps and joints should also be detailed correctly to allow correct drainage, and prevent water from sitting on joints. Use CM Brick Plugs (Without the Rubber Sealing Washers) but instead with a seal made from Wykamol Rope for application to vaulted ceilings.NOTE: The Rubber Sealing Washers should not be used with the CM Brick Plugs for this application as the washers are not suitable for this purpose.Where flat soffits are being considered it is imperative that they should have a fall in line with drainage requirements.Again, sagging of the membrane should be avoided to prevent ponding.Application:Where these membranes are to be installed in vaulted cellars, our experience shows that the best method of application is as follows:Measure the depth of the vault from front to back wall and allow for a down turn at each end of 200mm. Unroll the sheet and cut to size.Estimate the approximate centre of the arched ceiling and mark it. Measure down the arch 1.2 meters from there and again mark it. Strike a horizontal line along the wall from back to front. This will give you a guide line for your sheet edge as you fix it along the length of the ceiling, thereby keeping your sheet sections symmetrical. You may wish to hammer in masonry nails to the guide line to give a physical edge to the guide line.Offer up your first section of membrane to the ceiling allowing a lap to the back wall of 200mm. Using your guide line to keep the sheet square, drill and fix the sheet along the apex of the arch following the same line of studs.Again, the CM Brick Plugs (Excluding the Rubber Seals) with Wykamol Rope should be used to seal the plugs.The fixings should be fixed through the centre of the membrane studs at approximately 600mm centres.It should be remembered that the plugs provide the fixing points for your battens; therefore they should be kept in line.Your next section of membrane is again cut to size allowing a 200mm lap at each end. Before offering up the next sheet, a Wykamol Membrane Tape joint should be applied to the edges of the first sheet, either on the flanged edge or between the last two rows of studs on the none-flanged edge.With the protective paper left on the tape you can now offer up the next sheet ensuring that you use the flanged edge to overlap onto the membrane tape.Once you have the second sheet positioned correctly over the membrane tape, remove the protective paper working out from the middle and effect a seal.You can now carry on fixing the sheet as previously described. This process is repeated until you have covered the arched walls to the springer and the vertical walls below the springer, maintaining a 200mm lap to the end walls.Vaults - End Walls:At the end walls of the vaulted construction an ‘end piece’ of flat membrane is fitted to the end wall of the vault. The 200mm lap from the soffit membrane is cut in fans to fit the curve and sit neatly against the wall, filling each cut with a small piece of Wykamol Rope or Wykamol Membrane Tape. Do not make the cuts all the way up to the ceiling and make as few cuts as possible.Measuring the highest point of the arch, the ‘end piece’ membrane is cut to size and fixed to the end walls in front of the fanned ceiling membrane. The membrane is then trimmed to fit neatly into the curve of the ceiling.The end wall membrane is then pulled back at the sides and around the arch to expose the studs on the reverse side.Using Wykamol Rope, a joint is made by the same method at the stud / stud joint details, with the exception that around the arch the rope should follow the contour of the ceiling curve.Door Reveals:When you fit the Wykamol CM3 Membrane to the end wall with the door opening, please bear in mind that you will have to fit a section of membrane around the door head and lapped down the sides by approximately 100mm.You can then wrap the wall membrane around the sides, maintaining the correct drainage detail and forming an overlap.This application detail will produce a small gap on the angle of the door opening.This should be sealed using Wykamol Corner Strip Tape. Alternatively, a slim Flooring Membrane such as Newton 601 Slimline Membrane or Platon Stop Membrane can be used a flat DPC in lieu of the studded membrane if space is limited.Overhead Intrusions:Where service pipes, electrical wiring or other intrusions occur overhead or around the arch, these should be re-sited to a vertical surface where they can be better sealed and re-situated on the dry side of the system.Most services can be concealed between the battens.For Damp ProofingWhen Using As A Damp Proof MembranePreparation:Clean the substrate to remove all loose debris and organic matter. Plaster should be removed as it can soften over time, which will weaken the fix of the membrane to the wall. If the wall render is in good condition, it does not have to be removed and Wykamol CM3 Membrane can be fitted directly over. Loose or crumbling render should be removed.If evidence of bacterial growth can be seen, use a fungicidal product prior to the fitting of the membrane.If any evidence of wet rot or dry rot is seen, have it dealt with by a qualified remedial specialist.If a new slab is to be laid as part of the works, it is preferable to fit Wykamol CM3 Membrane prior to the laying of the floor slab with the floor DPM extending upwards in front of the Wykamol CM3 Membrane ready for the concrete placement.Cutting to Size:Wykamol CM3 Membrane can be cut with a sharp utility knife, scissors or shearsDecide whether the membrane is to be fitted horizontally or verticallyMembrane Jointing:Joints may be made horizontally or vertically.Fit the edge of the next length of membrane adjacent to the previous sheet with a butt-joint. Overtape the butt-joint with Wykamol Corner Strip Tape.Wykamol CM3 Membrane can be taken round corners. Try to fit the membrane square with neat creases to the internal and external corners. Where the membrane starts to be misshapen due to the contours of the wall, cut the membrane and start again with a new butt-joint secured with Wykamol Corner Strip Tape.In cold and damp conditions a heat gun should be used to gently evaporate surface moisture prior to the application of the Wykamol Corner Strip Tape.Fixing to the Wall:Cut the membrane to size. Ideally, Wykamol CM3 Membrane should be continued up into ceiling voids and down past the slab to the oversite. If this is not possible, cut the membrane so that it finishes tightly to the soffit and floor finish. A gap is not required at the soffit or floor, indeed the system works more efficiently when the system is not ventilated as this impedes the natural vapour drive from inside the property to the outside that still continues through the membrane.Wykamol CM3 Membrane is fitted to the wall with the studs facing the wall and the flat surface facing inwards towards the applicator. Fix the membrane to the wall with the CM Brick Plugs to all substrates except to slightly friable mortar substrate, when the Wykamol Cob Plugs should be used.Wykamol CM3 Membrane can be fitted horizontally or vertically. Fit the membrane as level as possible - best results are achieved when a long builders level or a rotating laser level is used.Using a 10mm SDS Drill Bit, drill through the membrane into the wall to a depth of at least 60mm.Fix only as many plugs as are required to fix the membrane neatly to the wallIf fixings are required for fixing of timber battens, brackets for Gypliner type dry-lining frame or wall ties, add further plugs to the correct centres required for the wall lining.Hammer the plugs home using a wide headed hammer such as a lump hammer or mallet.Fit Wykamol CM3 Membrane to return walls to isolate wall finishes from dampness transmitting from the main wall being treated.Wykamol CM3 Membrane can be taken into reveals.Using CM Brick Plugs for Fixing:CM Brick Plugs have a hollow core that is designed to receive 5mm self-tapping screws. Use either plug to secure timber battens or locating brackets from wall lining systems. Heavier items can be supported by screwing a piece of chipboard to the plugs at fairly close centres and then fixing the heavier item to the chipboard in a conventional wayFixing Heavier Objects to the Wall:Heavier objects should be attached to the wall using resin anchors. Seal around the resin anchor with Newton 801-M Mastic Sealant.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet:Declaration of Performance (DoP):BBA Certificate: shopify_GB_4422208192611 shopify_GB_4422208192611_31807179096163 new 139.20 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/PlatinumCV31_grande.jpg?v=1593683355 Wykamol Group WYCM32020 Basement Waterproof Membranes (W) 2.0M x (L) 20M (40M²) US 20.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol CM3 Waterproof Membrane (3mm Stud) https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-cm3-waterproof-membrane?variant=31807179128931 Wykamol CM3 Waterproof Membrane is a High Quality, 3mm Stud Cavity Drain Membrane suitable for Waterproofing of Walls, Floors, Vaults and Tunnels. With its 3mm Stud, Wykamol CM3 Waterproof Membrane is ideal for when space is tight, such as with stairs or low headroom.Wykamol CM3 Membrane is suitable for use in both below-ground 'Type C' Waterproofing Applications and for above-ground Damp Proofing Applications while delivering a Grade 3 Environment to BS8102:2009 and NHBC Chapter 5.4.  Wykamol CM3 Membrane is supported by BBA Certification Certificate Number 18/5595.Available in (W) 2.0M x (L) 10M - (20M²) and (W) 2.0M x (L) 20M - (40M²) Rolls.DescriptionAs a 'Type C' Waterproofing Membrane:As a Waterproof Membrane, Wykamol CM3 Membrane is suitable for the 'Type C' Waterproofing of earth retained walls, floors, vaults and tunnels below ground level (i.e basements).Wykamol CM3 Membrane is guaranteed against deterioration for 30 years and has a life expectancy of at least 50 years, delivering a Grade 3 environment to BS8102:2009 and NHBC Chapter 5.4.As a Damp Proofing Membrane:As a Damp Proof Membrane, Wykamol CM3 Membrane can be used above ground level, as an alternative to meshed membranes where a meshed surface is NOT required, typically where the wall finish to the damp proof membrane is timber battens, a dry-lining frame or block wall.Wykamol CM3 Membrane is guaranteed against deterioration for 30 years and has a life expectancy of at least 50 years.Benefits & Features:BBA ApprovedSuitable for use in Above Ground (Damp Proofing) and Below Ground (Basement Waterproofing) applications.Does not require extensive and damaging preparation to the wall surface.Only 3mm in thickness and so is ideal for when space is tight, such as with stairs or low headroom.Speed of installation.Provides vapour control and, when used with humidity control systems, is capable of delivering an environment to all levels within a Grade 3 environment to BS 8102:2009 and NHBC Chapter 5.4.Creates a dry, habitable living space in areas previously suffering from damp / wet conditions.Waterproof, Salt Inhibiting, Root and Contaminate resistant.Technical Data:Membrane MaterialHDPEMembrane Thickness0.6mmStud Depth3.0mmDensity500g/m²Softening Temperature126°CService Temperature-50°C to +80°CTensile Strength MD (BS 12311-2)418 NTensile Strength CD (BS 12311-2)488 NWater Vapour Resistance>3020 MNs/gResistance to Static Loading (BS 12730)>20 KgResistance to Fire (BS EN 13501-1)Class FLife ExpectancyLifetime of Structure For WaterproofingWhen Using As A 'Type C' Basement Waterproof MembranePreparation:When used in new construction, the concrete slab must be laid in accordance with BS 8204-1:2003+A1:2009 to achieve a flat surface not deviating more than 5mm from the underside of a 3000mm straight edge.Unsound plaster, render or screed should be removed and surfaces made level, with floors to the above tolerances. This can be achieved using Universal Mortar, or a 3:1 sand:cement mix incorporating Renderproof Waterproofing Additive.Leave all new works to dry thoroughly before any membranes are fixed.In case of walls suffering from mould or masonry fungi, prior to fixing the membrane, remove surface contamination by brushing, then apply a Masonry Biocide in line with the relevant Technical Data SheetIf Dry Rot (Serpula Lacrymans) is present in the walls, this will require detailed assessment before proceeding. Above ground level it is recommended, that where possible, all sources of moisture are alleviated at the source using a DPC such as Ultracure, before applying Wykamol CM3 Membrane. This reduces potential damage to masonry and timber etc.Application on Walls:Wykamol CM3 should be installed by those with experience of structural waterproofing.It is recommended that Wykamol CM3 and its ancillary products be installed by contractors trained for the correct use and specification of the product.Wykamol CM3 is fixed with the studs against the wall to create an air / depressurisation gap.The membrane can be fixed either vertically or horizontally. When making this decision, you will need to take into account the size of the area to be lined, and the height of the walls relative to the width of the membrane. Horizontal fixing requires less cuts and jointing but the full roll is very heavy at first. Vertical fixing has much lighter strips to fix, but requires that each of these is taped back together again. You may find that vertical fixing is easier, but requires more Wykamol Membrane Tape or Wykamol Corner Strip Tape for jointing.The membrane is fixed to the wall with the Wykamol CM Brick Plugs. These plugs have a soft rubber sealing washer fitted to the plug for sealing to the wall membrane.Place the membrane in position as level as you can judge by eye. Using a 10mm drill bit, drill through the centre of a stud near the top and edge to a depth greater than the fixing.The fixing is then hammered into the pre-drilled hole until the plug sits flush in the stud. The rubber washer re-seals the hole. Level the membrane using the spirit level or laser level if used, and fix another plug about 2 metres along at the top of the sheet. The membrane will now be hanging level to the wall.If you are fixing horizontally, continue fixing every 2 metres until you have reached the end of the roll or you have covered all of the wall(s) to be treated. It is very important to regularly check the level. If the membrane is not level, you may well find that the membrane is kinked and looks unsightly, it will also dive down when fitted around corners.If you are fixing vertically, hang each subsequent sheet by the two fixings as described above.Wykamol CM3 does not have a flange, so a butted joint is used.Starting at one side of the room, unroll the membrane with the studs down. The next membrane width is rolled out so that edges of the two rolls meet at a ‘butt joint’. Clean both edges.Wykamol Corner Strip Tape (150mm wide) is then applied above the butted joint to join the two widths of membrane. This process is repeated until all areas are covered.Apply more pressure with the palm of your hand to further seal the whole of the joint. A Hot Air Gun should be used to help sealing, especially in cold or damp conditions.Fixing Centres:Once the wall membrane is hanging from the top fixings the rest of the fixing plugs need to be fixed.The spacing of these fixings is dependant on the type of wall finish to be used:Timber Battens - 600mm centres vertically and 400mm horizontally.Barrel Vaults - Tighter centres 300mm around the vault and 600mm down the vault.Fixed Metal Track (Gypliner) - 800mm centres vertically and 600mm horizontally.Brick or Block Walls restrained to the retaining wall using ties should have the fixings at centres to provide the correct number of restraints at the correct centres.Free standing timber and metal frames and free standing block walls do not require specific fixing centres. In these cases use sufficient fixings to ensure the membrane is neat and tidy and reasonably tight to the wall, especially around corners and reveals.When fixing the system to vaulted soffits you must ensure that enough fixings are used to keep the wall membrane tight to the soffits with no sagging.All fixings should be in line both horizontally and vertically.Battens:Battens should be pre-treated and of a minimum dimension of 25mm x 38mm although you may find that 25mm x 50mm offers better fixing at the edge of the plasterboard.The battens can be fixed into CM Brick Plugs without piercing the membrane, by using 5mm (size 10) self-tapping screws. CM Brick Plugs will take 30mm of screw, so be sure to purchase the correct length for the thickness of batten.Over-tightening of over length screws can loosen the plug. Be very careful not to puncture the wall membrane when drilling and fixing the battens. Battens should be fixed so that all plasterboard edges are supported. Use a Timber Treatment to protect cut battens.Once the battens are fitted into position, plasterboard can be fixed to them using clout nails or preferably plasterboard screws. Care should be taken not to exceed the depth of the battens with the screws, and thereby puncture the membrane.Alternative Fixings:Other finishes may be employed depending on the requirements of the specifier.Free Standing Frame:This method should be employed if the wall is undulating, as with some stone structures or where space loss is a secondary consideration. The frame would be fixed to the soffit and the floor finish with the supplied ‘U’ channels.With the increasing requirement of insulation to meet Part ‘L’ of building code, the use of these frames is becoming more popular, the thickness of insulation required is often in excess of the thickness of the frame, and so the use of these frames does not add extra depth to the wall build when using this method.Because the frame is free standing and has no relationship with the wall membrane, very few fixings are required and so this wall finish above allows for the fastest and most efficient method of fixing Newton 503 to the wall.Proprietary Fixing Systems:Fixing systems such as Gypliner or Lafarge can be used. It is also possible to use metal profile systems when constructing new internal walls.Internal Block Walls:If preferred the system can provide a water and vapour proof barrier, and then be lined with a block or brick inner skin. Special ties are available that fit into the CM Brick Plugs for lateral restraint of the internal wall. The ties and retaining clips can also be used for the fixing and holding in place the wall insulation.Application on Floors:Drainage Requirements:When used in a full or part earth-retaining situation, the membrane system must be drained.To comply with BS 8102:2009, you must assume that the structure will be subjected to water ingress at some time.A Flooring Membrane can also be installed over the floor in above ground situations to provide isolation from damp floors either as the primary DPM or above green concrete to accelerate the contract program.The concrete will continue to cure below the dry membrane surface allowing for floor finishes to be laid above the membrane much quicker than normal.Methods of Drainage For Floor Membranes:The drainage must effectively remove all water from below the membrane and take the water to a point of discharge such as a sump chamber or a form of safe natural drainage. Standing water can block the membrane with silt or limescale so it is important for water to flow uninterrupted to the drainage point.Wykamol Waterguard Drainage Channel:Wykamol Waterguard Channel is placed at the wall / floor junction and collects water from behind the wall membrane and receives water at the wall / floor junction. Wykamol Waterguard Channel is a designed method of removing water as it can interface with sump chambers, gullies, waste pipes etc. It can also be maintainable by inserting Wykamol Flexi Jetting Eyes into the system.Installation:Starting at one side of the room, unroll the membrane with the studs down and cut to fit the room as one would a carpet.Wykamol CM3 does not have a flange, so a butted joint is used.Starting at one side of the room, unroll the membrane with the studs down. The next membrane width is rolled out so that edges of the two rolls meet at a ‘butt joint’. Clean both edges.Wykamol Corner Strip Tape (150mm wide) is then applied above the butted joint to join the two widths of membrane. This process is repeated until all areas are covered.Apply more pressure with the palm of your hand to further seal the whole of the joint. A Hot Air Gun should be used to help sealing, especially in cold or damp conditions.Seal the Wykamol CM3 Membrane to the up-stand of the Wykamol Waterguard perimeter drainage channel with Wykamol Corner Strip Tape. Use a heat-gun to dry the membrane surface and to assist with the bonding of the tapes.Where the floor membrane is required to be jointed to horizontal DPC’s, such as DPC Roll, through internal and external walls, these joints should be sealed with Wykamol Membrane Tape. Ensure both surfaces are clean and dry before attempting to make these joints.If there are any services through the floor, the membrane can be cut and trimmed around them, and the gap filled and sealed using a high quality MS or SMX Polymer Adhesive. If necessary, a patch of membrane or Damp Proof Course (DPC) is laid over and sealed to the service with Wykamol Rope, and around its perimeter with Wykamol Membrane Tape. It should be noted that protrusions through the floor slab / raft should be avoided wherever possible as they create weaknesses that allow unnecessary water ingress.The specified floor finish can now be laid directly over the floor membrane, which must not be punctured by any fixings through the floor. When a timber floor finish is preferred you must allow an expansion gap around the wall edge.Speak to the supplier of the floor finish to confirm the correct size of this expansion gap.Fast Track Application of Floor Finishes:Following the installation of new concrete slabs and screeds, it is normal to expect lengthy drying periods before floor finishes can be applied.The membranes can be laid onto green concrete as soon as it is ‘walkable’, allowing instant application of floor coverings without reference to RH levels.The construction moisture is controlled in the air gap.Application to Vaults:A ceiling which is to be covered, as in a vaulted cellar construction, should be fixed and lapped in such a way so that water does not pond behind the system.The laps and joints should also be detailed correctly to allow correct drainage, and prevent water from sitting on joints. Use CM Brick Plugs (Without the Rubber Sealing Washers) but instead with a seal made from Wykamol Rope for application to vaulted ceilings.NOTE: The Rubber Sealing Washers should not be used with the CM Brick Plugs for this application as the washers are not suitable for this purpose.Where flat soffits are being considered it is imperative that they should have a fall in line with drainage requirements.Again, sagging of the membrane should be avoided to prevent ponding.Application:Where these membranes are to be installed in vaulted cellars, our experience shows that the best method of application is as follows:Measure the depth of the vault from front to back wall and allow for a down turn at each end of 200mm. Unroll the sheet and cut to size.Estimate the approximate centre of the arched ceiling and mark it. Measure down the arch 1.2 meters from there and again mark it. Strike a horizontal line along the wall from back to front. This will give you a guide line for your sheet edge as you fix it along the length of the ceiling, thereby keeping your sheet sections symmetrical. You may wish to hammer in masonry nails to the guide line to give a physical edge to the guide line.Offer up your first section of membrane to the ceiling allowing a lap to the back wall of 200mm. Using your guide line to keep the sheet square, drill and fix the sheet along the apex of the arch following the same line of studs.Again, the CM Brick Plugs (Excluding the Rubber Seals) with Wykamol Rope should be used to seal the plugs.The fixings should be fixed through the centre of the membrane studs at approximately 600mm centres.It should be remembered that the plugs provide the fixing points for your battens; therefore they should be kept in line.Your next section of membrane is again cut to size allowing a 200mm lap at each end. Before offering up the next sheet, a Wykamol Membrane Tape joint should be applied to the edges of the first sheet, either on the flanged edge or between the last two rows of studs on the none-flanged edge.With the protective paper left on the tape you can now offer up the next sheet ensuring that you use the flanged edge to overlap onto the membrane tape.Once you have the second sheet positioned correctly over the membrane tape, remove the protective paper working out from the middle and effect a seal.You can now carry on fixing the sheet as previously described. This process is repeated until you have covered the arched walls to the springer and the vertical walls below the springer, maintaining a 200mm lap to the end walls.Vaults - End Walls:At the end walls of the vaulted construction an ‘end piece’ of flat membrane is fitted to the end wall of the vault. The 200mm lap from the soffit membrane is cut in fans to fit the curve and sit neatly against the wall, filling each cut with a small piece of Wykamol Rope or Wykamol Membrane Tape. Do not make the cuts all the way up to the ceiling and make as few cuts as possible.Measuring the highest point of the arch, the ‘end piece’ membrane is cut to size and fixed to the end walls in front of the fanned ceiling membrane. The membrane is then trimmed to fit neatly into the curve of the ceiling.The end wall membrane is then pulled back at the sides and around the arch to expose the studs on the reverse side.Using Wykamol Rope, a joint is made by the same method at the stud / stud joint details, with the exception that around the arch the rope should follow the contour of the ceiling curve.Door Reveals:When you fit the Wykamol CM3 Membrane to the end wall with the door opening, please bear in mind that you will have to fit a section of membrane around the door head and lapped down the sides by approximately 100mm.You can then wrap the wall membrane around the sides, maintaining the correct drainage detail and forming an overlap.This application detail will produce a small gap on the angle of the door opening.This should be sealed using Wykamol Corner Strip Tape. Alternatively, a slim Flooring Membrane such as Newton 601 Slimline Membrane or Platon Stop Membrane can be used a flat DPC in lieu of the studded membrane if space is limited.Overhead Intrusions:Where service pipes, electrical wiring or other intrusions occur overhead or around the arch, these should be re-sited to a vertical surface where they can be better sealed and re-situated on the dry side of the system.Most services can be concealed between the battens.For Damp ProofingWhen Using As A Damp Proof MembranePreparation:Clean the substrate to remove all loose debris and organic matter. Plaster should be removed as it can soften over time, which will weaken the fix of the membrane to the wall. If the wall render is in good condition, it does not have to be removed and Wykamol CM3 Membrane can be fitted directly over. Loose or crumbling render should be removed.If evidence of bacterial growth can be seen, use a fungicidal product prior to the fitting of the membrane.If any evidence of wet rot or dry rot is seen, have it dealt with by a qualified remedial specialist.If a new slab is to be laid as part of the works, it is preferable to fit Wykamol CM3 Membrane prior to the laying of the floor slab with the floor DPM extending upwards in front of the Wykamol CM3 Membrane ready for the concrete placement.Cutting to Size:Wykamol CM3 Membrane can be cut with a sharp utility knife, scissors or shearsDecide whether the membrane is to be fitted horizontally or verticallyMembrane Jointing:Joints may be made horizontally or vertically.Fit the edge of the next length of membrane adjacent to the previous sheet with a butt-joint. Overtape the butt-joint with Wykamol Corner Strip Tape.Wykamol CM3 Membrane can be taken round corners. Try to fit the membrane square with neat creases to the internal and external corners. Where the membrane starts to be misshapen due to the contours of the wall, cut the membrane and start again with a new butt-joint secured with Wykamol Corner Strip Tape.In cold and damp conditions a heat gun should be used to gently evaporate surface moisture prior to the application of the Wykamol Corner Strip Tape.Fixing to the Wall:Cut the membrane to size. Ideally, Wykamol CM3 Membrane should be continued up into ceiling voids and down past the slab to the oversite. If this is not possible, cut the membrane so that it finishes tightly to the soffit and floor finish. A gap is not required at the soffit or floor, indeed the system works more efficiently when the system is not ventilated as this impedes the natural vapour drive from inside the property to the outside that still continues through the membrane.Wykamol CM3 Membrane is fitted to the wall with the studs facing the wall and the flat surface facing inwards towards the applicator. Fix the membrane to the wall with the CM Brick Plugs to all substrates except to slightly friable mortar substrate, when the Wykamol Cob Plugs should be used.Wykamol CM3 Membrane can be fitted horizontally or vertically. Fit the membrane as level as possible - best results are achieved when a long builders level or a rotating laser level is used.Using a 10mm SDS Drill Bit, drill through the membrane into the wall to a depth of at least 60mm.Fix only as many plugs as are required to fix the membrane neatly to the wallIf fixings are required for fixing of timber battens, brackets for Gypliner type dry-lining frame or wall ties, add further plugs to the correct centres required for the wall lining.Hammer the plugs home using a wide headed hammer such as a lump hammer or mallet.Fit Wykamol CM3 Membrane to return walls to isolate wall finishes from dampness transmitting from the main wall being treated.Wykamol CM3 Membrane can be taken into reveals.Using CM Brick Plugs for Fixing:CM Brick Plugs have a hollow core that is designed to receive 5mm self-tapping screws. Use either plug to secure timber battens or locating brackets from wall lining systems. Heavier items can be supported by screwing a piece of chipboard to the plugs at fairly close centres and then fixing the heavier item to the chipboard in a conventional wayFixing Heavier Objects to the Wall:Heavier objects should be attached to the wall using resin anchors. Seal around the resin anchor with Newton 801-M Mastic Sealant.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet:Declaration of Performance (DoP):BBA Certificate: shopify_GB_4422208192611 shopify_GB_4422208192611_31807179128931 new 81.60 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/PlatinumCV31_grande.jpg?v=1593683355 Wykamol Group WYCM32020-10 Basement Waterproof Membranes (W) 2.0M x (L) 10M (20M²) US 10.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol CM3 MESH - Damp Proof Membrane (3mm Stud) https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-cm3-mesh-membrane?variant=31778541502563 Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a High Quality, 3mm Stud, Damp Proof Meshed Membrane comprising of HDPE Membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh on the surface of one side, perfect for damp proofing. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.  Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is supported by BBA Certification Certificate Number 18/5595.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is available in 1.0 Metre, 1.2 Metre and 2.0 Metre Widths.Available in various Roll sizes ranging from 2.5M² to 40M².DescriptionWykamol CM3 MESH Damp Proof MembraneWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a composite damp proof membrane comprising of HDPE membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh heat-welded during the manufacturing process to the surface of one side. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is 0.5mm thick and has a pattern of raised 3mm studs. The studs face the wall and create air channels that allow for vapour equalisation to take place between the membrane and the wall.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is light, clean and easy to handle. It can be cut with a sharp knife, scissors or shears. The membrane is inert and is highly resistant to water, alkalies, saline solutions and organic acids, and it is not affected by minerals. It is also resistant to bacteria, fungi and other small organisms.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is guaranteed against deterioration for 30 years and has a life expectancy of at least 50 years.Benefits & Features:BBA ApprovedProvides a surface that is totally separated and unaffected by the dampness within the wall, ensuring that the wall finish will never be affected by moisture or saltsSuperb ‘key’ for renders or plastersCompletely moisture-resistant but allows vapour diffusionQuick and easy to installIn many cases the existing render can be left on the wallNo requirement for damaging preparation to the wall surfaceTechnical Data:MaterialHigh Density Polyethylene (HDPE)Unit Weight0.505 Kg/m²Sheet Thickness0.7mmStud Height3mmColourBeige (Semi-Transparent)Water Tightness - 60 kPa; 24h (EN 1928)PassWorking Temperature-50°C to +80°CSoftening Temperature126°CTensile Strength MD (BS 12311-2)416 NTensile Strength CD (BS 12311-2)488 NResistance to Static Loading (BS 12730)>20 KgCompressive Strength (BS EN ISO 25619-2)250 kNReaction to Fire (BS EN 13501-1 :2007+A1:2009)Class EType of ApplicationType VLife ExpectancyLifetime of StructureInstallationPreparation:Clean the substrate to remove all loose debris and organic matter. Plaster should be removed as it can soften over time, which will weaken the fix of the membrane to the wall. If the wall render is in good condition, it does not have to be removed and the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted directly over. If the render is damaged, local repairs may be requiredLoose or crumbling render should be removed and local repairs made. If the render is in very poor condition, all of it may need to be removedObtain as flat a surface as possible. If the wall is undulating, better results are produced if the wall surface is dubbed-out flat with sand & cement prior to installation of the membrane, rather than dubbing out over the top of Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane. A flat, uniform surface to the substrate means that the plaster or render above Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane will also be uniform and less likely to have cracking caused by differential thicknessesIf evidence of bacterial growth can be seen, use a fungicidal product prior to the fitting of the membraneIf any evidence of wet rot or dry rot is seen, have it dealt with by a qualified remedial specialistIf a new slab is to be laid as part of the works, it is preferable to fit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane prior to the laying of the floor slab with the floor DPM extending upwards in front of the Membrane ready for the concrete pour.Cutting to Size:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be cut with a sharp utility knife, scissors or shearsDecide whether the membrane is to be fitted horizontally or verticallyMembrane Jointing:Joints may be made horizontally or verticallyJoints are created by butt jointing the two edges together and then oversealing the joints with Wykamol Mesh Tape.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken round corners. On particularly difficult shaped corners, cut the CM3 MESH Membrane and butt joint and seal as above.Wykamol Mesh Tape should be firmly pressed into the mesh of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane to facilitate the joint.In cold and damp conditions a heat gun should be used to gently evaporate surface moisture and then to assist in pressing the Mesh Tape into the mesh of the membraneSealing Around Protrusions:Where the membrane has to be cut around pipes or other protrusions, carefully cut the membrane around the protrusion and then seal around the protrusion with Newton® Sealing Mastic to ensure there is no bridging between the damp substrate and the new finish.Fixing to the Wall:Cut the membrane to size. Ideally, Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane should be continued up into ceiling voids and down past the slab to the oversite. If this is not possible, cut the membrane so that it finishes tightly to the soffit and floor finish. A gap is not required at the soffit or floor, indeed the system works more efficiently when the system is not ventilated as this impedes the natural vapour drive from inside the property to the outside that still continues through the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is fitted to the wall with the studs facing the wall and the flat meshed surface facing inwards towards the applicator. Fix the membrane to the wall with the Wykamol CM Plaster Plugs to all substrates except when fixing to plywood or timber, when a galvanised clout nail should be used, or to slightly friable mortar substrate, when the Wykamol Cob Plug should be used.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted horizontally or vertically.Fit the membrane as level as possible - best results are achieved when a long builders level or a rotating laser level is used. Care must be taken to ensure that the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is pulled tight and square while fixing as this will avoid sagging or bulging which can cause problems when plastering or rendering.Using a 7mm or 8mm drill bit (depending on substrate), drill through the membrane into the wall to a depth of the length of the Fixing Plug being used.OPTIONAL: Apply a bead of Newton 801-M Sealing Mastic around the hole to the membrane so that when the plug is hammered home, the Mastic will seal between the plug and the membrane and so prevent migration of dampness and salting from the substrate to the wall finish.Use a small number of fixings to initially fit the membrane to the wall as level as possible.Once the section of membrane is on the wall add the further fixingsHammer the plugs home using a wide headed hammer such as a lump hammer or malletA smaller-diameter bit can be used on softer substrate to ensure a tight fit for the plugFixing centres internally must not be greater than 250mmOn curved or uneven surfaces, closer fixings should be usedOn exposed areas closer fixings are recommended, to restrain possible thermal movementFit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane 300mm to return walls to isolate wall finishes from dampness transmitting from the main wall being treatedWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken into revealsFixing should not take place above 30°C and below -5°C.FinishingGeneral:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is suitable for wall finishes including plaster, render, hydraulic lime or plasterboard bonded to the membrane with a propriety adhesive compound.Whilst cement based renders are prone to cracking, careful application can reduce or avoid this. Problems occur when the scratch coat has not been allowed to fully cure prior to the float coat being applied, but the most common problem we see is where the render has not been allowed to fully cure due to accelerated drying. It is extremely important that the render is slowly cured for a period of 7-10 days, longer if possible. The render gets its strength from the chemical processes that take place between the cement content and the added water. The cement needs the correct amount of water to be available to it during the whole of the curing period. If the render dries too quickly due to exposure to sunlight, wind or even dehumidification, the cement will not be able to react with water, producing a weak render that will be prone to cracking.The render should be dampened regularly during the curing process and protected from accelerated drying with hessian and plastic sheeting.Hairline cracking can be made good with fine fillers or alternatively a high-build masonry paint can be applied.DO NOT APPLY DECORATIONS UNTIL PLASTERS OR RENDERS ARE THOROUGHLY DRY.Finishing Profile:It is recommended that renders and plasters are raised from the floor by 20-25mm to prevent bridging from the floor. Newton 800 Finishing Profile, available in 2 metre lengths, should be fitted to the bottom of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane as a plaster stop, guaranteeing that the plaster/render will stop short of the floor.Newton 800 Finishing Profile must be fixed at the same time as Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane and therefore before the plaster or render is applied.Newton 800 Finishing Profile is not recommended where the run of wall is uneven or when the membrane is extended down past the slab. Once the finish has been applied and has dried, the 20-25mm gap to the bottom of the plaster / render should be covered by a timber skirting.Plastering:The recommended plaster for Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is Tarmac Whitewall One Coat. Please note that we do not recommend that this product is used in one single coat to our Mesh membranes.The application of the plaster should be in two coats: 6mm scratch coat, 6mm second or float coat. If a finish coat is required this should be of 3mm.Tarmac Whitewall should be applied in accordance with good plastering practice as described in BS 8481:2006, BS EN 13914-2:2005.Always allow 24 hours drying time between coats of plaster. For a high impact resistant finish, use Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster.NOTE: Tarmac Whitewall and Tarmac Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster are not suitable for areas of high humidity and wet areas such as swimming pool surrounds.Rendering:Render with a mix of sand, cement and lime should be applied in two coats using the procedures defined within BS EN 13914-1:2005 to a total thickness of 14mm. A 3mm skim coat of finishing plaster can be added once the render is fully curedThe scratch coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 5 parts clean well-graded sharp sand. The second or float coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 6 parts clean well graded sharp sand. The scratch coat should be 7mm and the second or float coat should be 7mm.To lessen incidents of cracking, it is best to mix the lime and sand a day or more before use. Cement can then be added at the time of rendering.The work should be of two coats of render and if required, a third coat of finishing plaster. The purpose of the 7mm scratch coat is to stiffen up the lath and to provide rough and absorbent, backing for subsequent coats. Work this scratch coat well into the mesh. Each 7mm coat of render should be allowed to dry for a period of not less than seven, preferably ten days, longer if possible. Cracking may occur if shorter time is allowed between coats.It is important that the render coats are allowed to cure correctly over the 7 to 10 day period with the render dampened as required. If the scratch coat has not fully cured, slumping of the render can result.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is fully cured. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh must be fully cured also.In warm periods the render should be protected from excessive drying out by covering with damp hessian sheets and plastic sheeting over it.Dampen down the scratch coat before application of the float coat. A smooth finish is not recommended. Expansion joints should be trowelled in through the render to the membrane. These joints must be filled with a suitable flexible polymer-based sealant. Expanded metal angle beads and stop beads can be fixed where appropriate using dabs of the same material mixed as for the scratch coat.Hydraulic Lime:NHL (Natural Hydraulic Lime) 3.5 should be used to a combined depth of 20mm with a 10mm scratch coat and a 10mm second or float coat. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL, 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions. The 10mm scratch coat is pushed firmly into the membrane mesh.Check the application the day after and rub out any cracks. The surface should be thoroughly scratched without breaking the surface of the mesh. The scratch coat has to be left for a minimum of 7 days to set. It should be protected from draughts and extremes of temperature.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is set and reasonably hard. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh that has to be set.The second coat is the float coat and is applied then ruled off to flatten the wall surface. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions.The scratch coat has to be dampened down before application of the float coat.The work has to be protected and tended as per the scratch coat. The second coat is floated or trowelled so a finish coat or a further coat can be appliedPlasterboard on Dabs:Plaster board panels can be fixed to Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane by the dot and dab method, giving a dry surface ready for immediate decoration. ‘Dabs’ should be applied to the heads of the Plaster Plugs, board edges and membrane to cover 50% of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.NOTE: We do not recommend that laminated or insulated plasterboard is dot & dabbed to meshed membranes. Laminated boards have to be fixed to the wall with a mechanical fixing at each side of the board, just above half way up, so that the board does not come apart and block exits during a fire. This is a requirement of UK Building Code. It is not possible to mechanically fix through the laminated board without puncturing the membrane. If insulation is required to the wall build, use a Non-Meshed Membrane Damp Proofing Membrane (such as Wykamol CM3 Cavity Drain Membrane or Newton 803 Membrane), with an independently supported wall frame.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)BBA Certificate shopify_GB_4420454416483 shopify_GB_4420454416483_31778541502563 new 130.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Wykamol_CM3_Mesh_Membrane_1_grande.jpg?v=1575910298 Wykamol Group WYCM3M1020 Damp Proof Membranes (W) 1.0M x (L) 20M - (20M²) US 0.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol CM3 MESH - Damp Proof Membrane (3mm Stud) https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-cm3-mesh-membrane?variant=31778541666403 Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a High Quality, 3mm Stud, Damp Proof Meshed Membrane comprising of HDPE Membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh on the surface of one side, perfect for damp proofing. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.  Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is supported by BBA Certification Certificate Number 18/5595.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is available in 1.0 Metre, 1.2 Metre and 2.0 Metre Widths.Available in various Roll sizes ranging from 2.5M² to 40M².DescriptionWykamol CM3 MESH Damp Proof MembraneWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a composite damp proof membrane comprising of HDPE membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh heat-welded during the manufacturing process to the surface of one side. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is 0.5mm thick and has a pattern of raised 3mm studs. The studs face the wall and create air channels that allow for vapour equalisation to take place between the membrane and the wall.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is light, clean and easy to handle. It can be cut with a sharp knife, scissors or shears. The membrane is inert and is highly resistant to water, alkalies, saline solutions and organic acids, and it is not affected by minerals. It is also resistant to bacteria, fungi and other small organisms.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is guaranteed against deterioration for 30 years and has a life expectancy of at least 50 years.Benefits & Features:BBA ApprovedProvides a surface that is totally separated and unaffected by the dampness within the wall, ensuring that the wall finish will never be affected by moisture or saltsSuperb ‘key’ for renders or plastersCompletely moisture-resistant but allows vapour diffusionQuick and easy to installIn many cases the existing render can be left on the wallNo requirement for damaging preparation to the wall surfaceTechnical Data:MaterialHigh Density Polyethylene (HDPE)Unit Weight0.505 Kg/m²Sheet Thickness0.7mmStud Height3mmColourBeige (Semi-Transparent)Water Tightness - 60 kPa; 24h (EN 1928)PassWorking Temperature-50°C to +80°CSoftening Temperature126°CTensile Strength MD (BS 12311-2)416 NTensile Strength CD (BS 12311-2)488 NResistance to Static Loading (BS 12730)>20 KgCompressive Strength (BS EN ISO 25619-2)250 kNReaction to Fire (BS EN 13501-1 :2007+A1:2009)Class EType of ApplicationType VLife ExpectancyLifetime of StructureInstallationPreparation:Clean the substrate to remove all loose debris and organic matter. Plaster should be removed as it can soften over time, which will weaken the fix of the membrane to the wall. If the wall render is in good condition, it does not have to be removed and the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted directly over. If the render is damaged, local repairs may be requiredLoose or crumbling render should be removed and local repairs made. If the render is in very poor condition, all of it may need to be removedObtain as flat a surface as possible. If the wall is undulating, better results are produced if the wall surface is dubbed-out flat with sand & cement prior to installation of the membrane, rather than dubbing out over the top of Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane. A flat, uniform surface to the substrate means that the plaster or render above Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane will also be uniform and less likely to have cracking caused by differential thicknessesIf evidence of bacterial growth can be seen, use a fungicidal product prior to the fitting of the membraneIf any evidence of wet rot or dry rot is seen, have it dealt with by a qualified remedial specialistIf a new slab is to be laid as part of the works, it is preferable to fit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane prior to the laying of the floor slab with the floor DPM extending upwards in front of the Membrane ready for the concrete pour.Cutting to Size:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be cut with a sharp utility knife, scissors or shearsDecide whether the membrane is to be fitted horizontally or verticallyMembrane Jointing:Joints may be made horizontally or verticallyJoints are created by butt jointing the two edges together and then oversealing the joints with Wykamol Mesh Tape.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken round corners. On particularly difficult shaped corners, cut the CM3 MESH Membrane and butt joint and seal as above.Wykamol Mesh Tape should be firmly pressed into the mesh of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane to facilitate the joint.In cold and damp conditions a heat gun should be used to gently evaporate surface moisture and then to assist in pressing the Mesh Tape into the mesh of the membraneSealing Around Protrusions:Where the membrane has to be cut around pipes or other protrusions, carefully cut the membrane around the protrusion and then seal around the protrusion with Newton® Sealing Mastic to ensure there is no bridging between the damp substrate and the new finish.Fixing to the Wall:Cut the membrane to size. Ideally, Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane should be continued up into ceiling voids and down past the slab to the oversite. If this is not possible, cut the membrane so that it finishes tightly to the soffit and floor finish. A gap is not required at the soffit or floor, indeed the system works more efficiently when the system is not ventilated as this impedes the natural vapour drive from inside the property to the outside that still continues through the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is fitted to the wall with the studs facing the wall and the flat meshed surface facing inwards towards the applicator. Fix the membrane to the wall with the Wykamol CM Plaster Plugs to all substrates except when fixing to plywood or timber, when a galvanised clout nail should be used, or to slightly friable mortar substrate, when the Wykamol Cob Plug should be used.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted horizontally or vertically.Fit the membrane as level as possible - best results are achieved when a long builders level or a rotating laser level is used. Care must be taken to ensure that the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is pulled tight and square while fixing as this will avoid sagging or bulging which can cause problems when plastering or rendering.Using a 7mm or 8mm drill bit (depending on substrate), drill through the membrane into the wall to a depth of the length of the Fixing Plug being used.OPTIONAL: Apply a bead of Newton 801-M Sealing Mastic around the hole to the membrane so that when the plug is hammered home, the Mastic will seal between the plug and the membrane and so prevent migration of dampness and salting from the substrate to the wall finish.Use a small number of fixings to initially fit the membrane to the wall as level as possible.Once the section of membrane is on the wall add the further fixingsHammer the plugs home using a wide headed hammer such as a lump hammer or malletA smaller-diameter bit can be used on softer substrate to ensure a tight fit for the plugFixing centres internally must not be greater than 250mmOn curved or uneven surfaces, closer fixings should be usedOn exposed areas closer fixings are recommended, to restrain possible thermal movementFit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane 300mm to return walls to isolate wall finishes from dampness transmitting from the main wall being treatedWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken into revealsFixing should not take place above 30°C and below -5°C.FinishingGeneral:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is suitable for wall finishes including plaster, render, hydraulic lime or plasterboard bonded to the membrane with a propriety adhesive compound.Whilst cement based renders are prone to cracking, careful application can reduce or avoid this. Problems occur when the scratch coat has not been allowed to fully cure prior to the float coat being applied, but the most common problem we see is where the render has not been allowed to fully cure due to accelerated drying. It is extremely important that the render is slowly cured for a period of 7-10 days, longer if possible. The render gets its strength from the chemical processes that take place between the cement content and the added water. The cement needs the correct amount of water to be available to it during the whole of the curing period. If the render dries too quickly due to exposure to sunlight, wind or even dehumidification, the cement will not be able to react with water, producing a weak render that will be prone to cracking.The render should be dampened regularly during the curing process and protected from accelerated drying with hessian and plastic sheeting.Hairline cracking can be made good with fine fillers or alternatively a high-build masonry paint can be applied.DO NOT APPLY DECORATIONS UNTIL PLASTERS OR RENDERS ARE THOROUGHLY DRY.Finishing Profile:It is recommended that renders and plasters are raised from the floor by 20-25mm to prevent bridging from the floor. Newton 800 Finishing Profile, available in 2 metre lengths, should be fitted to the bottom of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane as a plaster stop, guaranteeing that the plaster/render will stop short of the floor.Newton 800 Finishing Profile must be fixed at the same time as Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane and therefore before the plaster or render is applied.Newton 800 Finishing Profile is not recommended where the run of wall is uneven or when the membrane is extended down past the slab. Once the finish has been applied and has dried, the 20-25mm gap to the bottom of the plaster / render should be covered by a timber skirting.Plastering:The recommended plaster for Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is Tarmac Whitewall One Coat. Please note that we do not recommend that this product is used in one single coat to our Mesh membranes.The application of the plaster should be in two coats: 6mm scratch coat, 6mm second or float coat. If a finish coat is required this should be of 3mm.Tarmac Whitewall should be applied in accordance with good plastering practice as described in BS 8481:2006, BS EN 13914-2:2005.Always allow 24 hours drying time between coats of plaster. For a high impact resistant finish, use Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster.NOTE: Tarmac Whitewall and Tarmac Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster are not suitable for areas of high humidity and wet areas such as swimming pool surrounds.Rendering:Render with a mix of sand, cement and lime should be applied in two coats using the procedures defined within BS EN 13914-1:2005 to a total thickness of 14mm. A 3mm skim coat of finishing plaster can be added once the render is fully curedThe scratch coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 5 parts clean well-graded sharp sand. The second or float coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 6 parts clean well graded sharp sand. The scratch coat should be 7mm and the second or float coat should be 7mm.To lessen incidents of cracking, it is best to mix the lime and sand a day or more before use. Cement can then be added at the time of rendering.The work should be of two coats of render and if required, a third coat of finishing plaster. The purpose of the 7mm scratch coat is to stiffen up the lath and to provide rough and absorbent, backing for subsequent coats. Work this scratch coat well into the mesh. Each 7mm coat of render should be allowed to dry for a period of not less than seven, preferably ten days, longer if possible. Cracking may occur if shorter time is allowed between coats.It is important that the render coats are allowed to cure correctly over the 7 to 10 day period with the render dampened as required. If the scratch coat has not fully cured, slumping of the render can result.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is fully cured. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh must be fully cured also.In warm periods the render should be protected from excessive drying out by covering with damp hessian sheets and plastic sheeting over it.Dampen down the scratch coat before application of the float coat. A smooth finish is not recommended. Expansion joints should be trowelled in through the render to the membrane. These joints must be filled with a suitable flexible polymer-based sealant. Expanded metal angle beads and stop beads can be fixed where appropriate using dabs of the same material mixed as for the scratch coat.Hydraulic Lime:NHL (Natural Hydraulic Lime) 3.5 should be used to a combined depth of 20mm with a 10mm scratch coat and a 10mm second or float coat. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL, 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions. The 10mm scratch coat is pushed firmly into the membrane mesh.Check the application the day after and rub out any cracks. The surface should be thoroughly scratched without breaking the surface of the mesh. The scratch coat has to be left for a minimum of 7 days to set. It should be protected from draughts and extremes of temperature.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is set and reasonably hard. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh that has to be set.The second coat is the float coat and is applied then ruled off to flatten the wall surface. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions.The scratch coat has to be dampened down before application of the float coat.The work has to be protected and tended as per the scratch coat. The second coat is floated or trowelled so a finish coat or a further coat can be appliedPlasterboard on Dabs:Plaster board panels can be fixed to Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane by the dot and dab method, giving a dry surface ready for immediate decoration. ‘Dabs’ should be applied to the heads of the Plaster Plugs, board edges and membrane to cover 50% of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.NOTE: We do not recommend that laminated or insulated plasterboard is dot & dabbed to meshed membranes. Laminated boards have to be fixed to the wall with a mechanical fixing at each side of the board, just above half way up, so that the board does not come apart and block exits during a fire. This is a requirement of UK Building Code. It is not possible to mechanically fix through the laminated board without puncturing the membrane. If insulation is required to the wall build, use a Non-Meshed Membrane Damp Proofing Membrane (such as Wykamol CM3 Cavity Drain Membrane or Newton 803 Membrane), with an independently supported wall frame.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)BBA Certificate shopify_GB_4420454416483 shopify_GB_4420454416483_31778541666403 new 19.14 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Wykamol_CM3_Mesh_Membrane_1_grande.jpg?v=1575910298 Wykamol Group WYCM3M1020-025 Damp Proof Membranes (W) 1.0M x (L) 2.5M - (2.5M²) US 0.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol CM3 MESH - Damp Proof Membrane (3mm Stud) https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-cm3-mesh-membrane?variant=31778541633635 Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a High Quality, 3mm Stud, Damp Proof Meshed Membrane comprising of HDPE Membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh on the surface of one side, perfect for damp proofing. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.  Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is supported by BBA Certification Certificate Number 18/5595.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is available in 1.0 Metre, 1.2 Metre and 2.0 Metre Widths.Available in various Roll sizes ranging from 2.5M² to 40M².DescriptionWykamol CM3 MESH Damp Proof MembraneWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a composite damp proof membrane comprising of HDPE membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh heat-welded during the manufacturing process to the surface of one side. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is 0.5mm thick and has a pattern of raised 3mm studs. The studs face the wall and create air channels that allow for vapour equalisation to take place between the membrane and the wall.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is light, clean and easy to handle. It can be cut with a sharp knife, scissors or shears. The membrane is inert and is highly resistant to water, alkalies, saline solutions and organic acids, and it is not affected by minerals. It is also resistant to bacteria, fungi and other small organisms.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is guaranteed against deterioration for 30 years and has a life expectancy of at least 50 years.Benefits & Features:BBA ApprovedProvides a surface that is totally separated and unaffected by the dampness within the wall, ensuring that the wall finish will never be affected by moisture or saltsSuperb ‘key’ for renders or plastersCompletely moisture-resistant but allows vapour diffusionQuick and easy to installIn many cases the existing render can be left on the wallNo requirement for damaging preparation to the wall surfaceTechnical Data:MaterialHigh Density Polyethylene (HDPE)Unit Weight0.505 Kg/m²Sheet Thickness0.7mmStud Height3mmColourBeige (Semi-Transparent)Water Tightness - 60 kPa; 24h (EN 1928)PassWorking Temperature-50°C to +80°CSoftening Temperature126°CTensile Strength MD (BS 12311-2)416 NTensile Strength CD (BS 12311-2)488 NResistance to Static Loading (BS 12730)>20 KgCompressive Strength (BS EN ISO 25619-2)250 kNReaction to Fire (BS EN 13501-1 :2007+A1:2009)Class EType of ApplicationType VLife ExpectancyLifetime of StructureInstallationPreparation:Clean the substrate to remove all loose debris and organic matter. Plaster should be removed as it can soften over time, which will weaken the fix of the membrane to the wall. If the wall render is in good condition, it does not have to be removed and the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted directly over. If the render is damaged, local repairs may be requiredLoose or crumbling render should be removed and local repairs made. If the render is in very poor condition, all of it may need to be removedObtain as flat a surface as possible. If the wall is undulating, better results are produced if the wall surface is dubbed-out flat with sand & cement prior to installation of the membrane, rather than dubbing out over the top of Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane. A flat, uniform surface to the substrate means that the plaster or render above Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane will also be uniform and less likely to have cracking caused by differential thicknessesIf evidence of bacterial growth can be seen, use a fungicidal product prior to the fitting of the membraneIf any evidence of wet rot or dry rot is seen, have it dealt with by a qualified remedial specialistIf a new slab is to be laid as part of the works, it is preferable to fit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane prior to the laying of the floor slab with the floor DPM extending upwards in front of the Membrane ready for the concrete pour.Cutting to Size:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be cut with a sharp utility knife, scissors or shearsDecide whether the membrane is to be fitted horizontally or verticallyMembrane Jointing:Joints may be made horizontally or verticallyJoints are created by butt jointing the two edges together and then oversealing the joints with Wykamol Mesh Tape.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken round corners. On particularly difficult shaped corners, cut the CM3 MESH Membrane and butt joint and seal as above.Wykamol Mesh Tape should be firmly pressed into the mesh of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane to facilitate the joint.In cold and damp conditions a heat gun should be used to gently evaporate surface moisture and then to assist in pressing the Mesh Tape into the mesh of the membraneSealing Around Protrusions:Where the membrane has to be cut around pipes or other protrusions, carefully cut the membrane around the protrusion and then seal around the protrusion with Newton® Sealing Mastic to ensure there is no bridging between the damp substrate and the new finish.Fixing to the Wall:Cut the membrane to size. Ideally, Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane should be continued up into ceiling voids and down past the slab to the oversite. If this is not possible, cut the membrane so that it finishes tightly to the soffit and floor finish. A gap is not required at the soffit or floor, indeed the system works more efficiently when the system is not ventilated as this impedes the natural vapour drive from inside the property to the outside that still continues through the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is fitted to the wall with the studs facing the wall and the flat meshed surface facing inwards towards the applicator. Fix the membrane to the wall with the Wykamol CM Plaster Plugs to all substrates except when fixing to plywood or timber, when a galvanised clout nail should be used, or to slightly friable mortar substrate, when the Wykamol Cob Plug should be used.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted horizontally or vertically.Fit the membrane as level as possible - best results are achieved when a long builders level or a rotating laser level is used. Care must be taken to ensure that the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is pulled tight and square while fixing as this will avoid sagging or bulging which can cause problems when plastering or rendering.Using a 7mm or 8mm drill bit (depending on substrate), drill through the membrane into the wall to a depth of the length of the Fixing Plug being used.OPTIONAL: Apply a bead of Newton 801-M Sealing Mastic around the hole to the membrane so that when the plug is hammered home, the Mastic will seal between the plug and the membrane and so prevent migration of dampness and salting from the substrate to the wall finish.Use a small number of fixings to initially fit the membrane to the wall as level as possible.Once the section of membrane is on the wall add the further fixingsHammer the plugs home using a wide headed hammer such as a lump hammer or malletA smaller-diameter bit can be used on softer substrate to ensure a tight fit for the plugFixing centres internally must not be greater than 250mmOn curved or uneven surfaces, closer fixings should be usedOn exposed areas closer fixings are recommended, to restrain possible thermal movementFit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane 300mm to return walls to isolate wall finishes from dampness transmitting from the main wall being treatedWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken into revealsFixing should not take place above 30°C and below -5°C.FinishingGeneral:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is suitable for wall finishes including plaster, render, hydraulic lime or plasterboard bonded to the membrane with a propriety adhesive compound.Whilst cement based renders are prone to cracking, careful application can reduce or avoid this. Problems occur when the scratch coat has not been allowed to fully cure prior to the float coat being applied, but the most common problem we see is where the render has not been allowed to fully cure due to accelerated drying. It is extremely important that the render is slowly cured for a period of 7-10 days, longer if possible. The render gets its strength from the chemical processes that take place between the cement content and the added water. The cement needs the correct amount of water to be available to it during the whole of the curing period. If the render dries too quickly due to exposure to sunlight, wind or even dehumidification, the cement will not be able to react with water, producing a weak render that will be prone to cracking.The render should be dampened regularly during the curing process and protected from accelerated drying with hessian and plastic sheeting.Hairline cracking can be made good with fine fillers or alternatively a high-build masonry paint can be applied.DO NOT APPLY DECORATIONS UNTIL PLASTERS OR RENDERS ARE THOROUGHLY DRY.Finishing Profile:It is recommended that renders and plasters are raised from the floor by 20-25mm to prevent bridging from the floor. Newton 800 Finishing Profile, available in 2 metre lengths, should be fitted to the bottom of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane as a plaster stop, guaranteeing that the plaster/render will stop short of the floor.Newton 800 Finishing Profile must be fixed at the same time as Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane and therefore before the plaster or render is applied.Newton 800 Finishing Profile is not recommended where the run of wall is uneven or when the membrane is extended down past the slab. Once the finish has been applied and has dried, the 20-25mm gap to the bottom of the plaster / render should be covered by a timber skirting.Plastering:The recommended plaster for Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is Tarmac Whitewall One Coat. Please note that we do not recommend that this product is used in one single coat to our Mesh membranes.The application of the plaster should be in two coats: 6mm scratch coat, 6mm second or float coat. If a finish coat is required this should be of 3mm.Tarmac Whitewall should be applied in accordance with good plastering practice as described in BS 8481:2006, BS EN 13914-2:2005.Always allow 24 hours drying time between coats of plaster. For a high impact resistant finish, use Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster.NOTE: Tarmac Whitewall and Tarmac Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster are not suitable for areas of high humidity and wet areas such as swimming pool surrounds.Rendering:Render with a mix of sand, cement and lime should be applied in two coats using the procedures defined within BS EN 13914-1:2005 to a total thickness of 14mm. A 3mm skim coat of finishing plaster can be added once the render is fully curedThe scratch coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 5 parts clean well-graded sharp sand. The second or float coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 6 parts clean well graded sharp sand. The scratch coat should be 7mm and the second or float coat should be 7mm.To lessen incidents of cracking, it is best to mix the lime and sand a day or more before use. Cement can then be added at the time of rendering.The work should be of two coats of render and if required, a third coat of finishing plaster. The purpose of the 7mm scratch coat is to stiffen up the lath and to provide rough and absorbent, backing for subsequent coats. Work this scratch coat well into the mesh. Each 7mm coat of render should be allowed to dry for a period of not less than seven, preferably ten days, longer if possible. Cracking may occur if shorter time is allowed between coats.It is important that the render coats are allowed to cure correctly over the 7 to 10 day period with the render dampened as required. If the scratch coat has not fully cured, slumping of the render can result.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is fully cured. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh must be fully cured also.In warm periods the render should be protected from excessive drying out by covering with damp hessian sheets and plastic sheeting over it.Dampen down the scratch coat before application of the float coat. A smooth finish is not recommended. Expansion joints should be trowelled in through the render to the membrane. These joints must be filled with a suitable flexible polymer-based sealant. Expanded metal angle beads and stop beads can be fixed where appropriate using dabs of the same material mixed as for the scratch coat.Hydraulic Lime:NHL (Natural Hydraulic Lime) 3.5 should be used to a combined depth of 20mm with a 10mm scratch coat and a 10mm second or float coat. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL, 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions. The 10mm scratch coat is pushed firmly into the membrane mesh.Check the application the day after and rub out any cracks. The surface should be thoroughly scratched without breaking the surface of the mesh. The scratch coat has to be left for a minimum of 7 days to set. It should be protected from draughts and extremes of temperature.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is set and reasonably hard. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh that has to be set.The second coat is the float coat and is applied then ruled off to flatten the wall surface. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions.The scratch coat has to be dampened down before application of the float coat.The work has to be protected and tended as per the scratch coat. The second coat is floated or trowelled so a finish coat or a further coat can be appliedPlasterboard on Dabs:Plaster board panels can be fixed to Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane by the dot and dab method, giving a dry surface ready for immediate decoration. ‘Dabs’ should be applied to the heads of the Plaster Plugs, board edges and membrane to cover 50% of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.NOTE: We do not recommend that laminated or insulated plasterboard is dot & dabbed to meshed membranes. Laminated boards have to be fixed to the wall with a mechanical fixing at each side of the board, just above half way up, so that the board does not come apart and block exits during a fire. This is a requirement of UK Building Code. It is not possible to mechanically fix through the laminated board without puncturing the membrane. If insulation is required to the wall build, use a Non-Meshed Membrane Damp Proofing Membrane (such as Wykamol CM3 Cavity Drain Membrane or Newton 803 Membrane), with an independently supported wall frame.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)BBA Certificate shopify_GB_4420454416483 shopify_GB_4420454416483_31778541633635 new 35.40 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Wykamol_CM3_Mesh_Membrane_1_grande.jpg?v=1575910298 Wykamol Group WYCM3M1020-05 Damp Proof Membranes (W) 1.0M x (L) 5M - (5M²) US 0.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol CM3 MESH - Damp Proof Membrane (3mm Stud) https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-cm3-mesh-membrane?variant=31778541600867 Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a High Quality, 3mm Stud, Damp Proof Meshed Membrane comprising of HDPE Membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh on the surface of one side, perfect for damp proofing. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.  Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is supported by BBA Certification Certificate Number 18/5595.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is available in 1.0 Metre, 1.2 Metre and 2.0 Metre Widths.Available in various Roll sizes ranging from 2.5M² to 40M².DescriptionWykamol CM3 MESH Damp Proof MembraneWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a composite damp proof membrane comprising of HDPE membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh heat-welded during the manufacturing process to the surface of one side. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is 0.5mm thick and has a pattern of raised 3mm studs. The studs face the wall and create air channels that allow for vapour equalisation to take place between the membrane and the wall.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is light, clean and easy to handle. It can be cut with a sharp knife, scissors or shears. The membrane is inert and is highly resistant to water, alkalies, saline solutions and organic acids, and it is not affected by minerals. It is also resistant to bacteria, fungi and other small organisms.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is guaranteed against deterioration for 30 years and has a life expectancy of at least 50 years.Benefits & Features:BBA ApprovedProvides a surface that is totally separated and unaffected by the dampness within the wall, ensuring that the wall finish will never be affected by moisture or saltsSuperb ‘key’ for renders or plastersCompletely moisture-resistant but allows vapour diffusionQuick and easy to installIn many cases the existing render can be left on the wallNo requirement for damaging preparation to the wall surfaceTechnical Data:MaterialHigh Density Polyethylene (HDPE)Unit Weight0.505 Kg/m²Sheet Thickness0.7mmStud Height3mmColourBeige (Semi-Transparent)Water Tightness - 60 kPa; 24h (EN 1928)PassWorking Temperature-50°C to +80°CSoftening Temperature126°CTensile Strength MD (BS 12311-2)416 NTensile Strength CD (BS 12311-2)488 NResistance to Static Loading (BS 12730)>20 KgCompressive Strength (BS EN ISO 25619-2)250 kNReaction to Fire (BS EN 13501-1 :2007+A1:2009)Class EType of ApplicationType VLife ExpectancyLifetime of StructureInstallationPreparation:Clean the substrate to remove all loose debris and organic matter. Plaster should be removed as it can soften over time, which will weaken the fix of the membrane to the wall. If the wall render is in good condition, it does not have to be removed and the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted directly over. If the render is damaged, local repairs may be requiredLoose or crumbling render should be removed and local repairs made. If the render is in very poor condition, all of it may need to be removedObtain as flat a surface as possible. If the wall is undulating, better results are produced if the wall surface is dubbed-out flat with sand & cement prior to installation of the membrane, rather than dubbing out over the top of Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane. A flat, uniform surface to the substrate means that the plaster or render above Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane will also be uniform and less likely to have cracking caused by differential thicknessesIf evidence of bacterial growth can be seen, use a fungicidal product prior to the fitting of the membraneIf any evidence of wet rot or dry rot is seen, have it dealt with by a qualified remedial specialistIf a new slab is to be laid as part of the works, it is preferable to fit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane prior to the laying of the floor slab with the floor DPM extending upwards in front of the Membrane ready for the concrete pour.Cutting to Size:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be cut with a sharp utility knife, scissors or shearsDecide whether the membrane is to be fitted horizontally or verticallyMembrane Jointing:Joints may be made horizontally or verticallyJoints are created by butt jointing the two edges together and then oversealing the joints with Wykamol Mesh Tape.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken round corners. On particularly difficult shaped corners, cut the CM3 MESH Membrane and butt joint and seal as above.Wykamol Mesh Tape should be firmly pressed into the mesh of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane to facilitate the joint.In cold and damp conditions a heat gun should be used to gently evaporate surface moisture and then to assist in pressing the Mesh Tape into the mesh of the membraneSealing Around Protrusions:Where the membrane has to be cut around pipes or other protrusions, carefully cut the membrane around the protrusion and then seal around the protrusion with Newton® Sealing Mastic to ensure there is no bridging between the damp substrate and the new finish.Fixing to the Wall:Cut the membrane to size. Ideally, Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane should be continued up into ceiling voids and down past the slab to the oversite. If this is not possible, cut the membrane so that it finishes tightly to the soffit and floor finish. A gap is not required at the soffit or floor, indeed the system works more efficiently when the system is not ventilated as this impedes the natural vapour drive from inside the property to the outside that still continues through the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is fitted to the wall with the studs facing the wall and the flat meshed surface facing inwards towards the applicator. Fix the membrane to the wall with the Wykamol CM Plaster Plugs to all substrates except when fixing to plywood or timber, when a galvanised clout nail should be used, or to slightly friable mortar substrate, when the Wykamol Cob Plug should be used.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted horizontally or vertically.Fit the membrane as level as possible - best results are achieved when a long builders level or a rotating laser level is used. Care must be taken to ensure that the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is pulled tight and square while fixing as this will avoid sagging or bulging which can cause problems when plastering or rendering.Using a 7mm or 8mm drill bit (depending on substrate), drill through the membrane into the wall to a depth of the length of the Fixing Plug being used.OPTIONAL: Apply a bead of Newton 801-M Sealing Mastic around the hole to the membrane so that when the plug is hammered home, the Mastic will seal between the plug and the membrane and so prevent migration of dampness and salting from the substrate to the wall finish.Use a small number of fixings to initially fit the membrane to the wall as level as possible.Once the section of membrane is on the wall add the further fixingsHammer the plugs home using a wide headed hammer such as a lump hammer or malletA smaller-diameter bit can be used on softer substrate to ensure a tight fit for the plugFixing centres internally must not be greater than 250mmOn curved or uneven surfaces, closer fixings should be usedOn exposed areas closer fixings are recommended, to restrain possible thermal movementFit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane 300mm to return walls to isolate wall finishes from dampness transmitting from the main wall being treatedWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken into revealsFixing should not take place above 30°C and below -5°C.FinishingGeneral:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is suitable for wall finishes including plaster, render, hydraulic lime or plasterboard bonded to the membrane with a propriety adhesive compound.Whilst cement based renders are prone to cracking, careful application can reduce or avoid this. Problems occur when the scratch coat has not been allowed to fully cure prior to the float coat being applied, but the most common problem we see is where the render has not been allowed to fully cure due to accelerated drying. It is extremely important that the render is slowly cured for a period of 7-10 days, longer if possible. The render gets its strength from the chemical processes that take place between the cement content and the added water. The cement needs the correct amount of water to be available to it during the whole of the curing period. If the render dries too quickly due to exposure to sunlight, wind or even dehumidification, the cement will not be able to react with water, producing a weak render that will be prone to cracking.The render should be dampened regularly during the curing process and protected from accelerated drying with hessian and plastic sheeting.Hairline cracking can be made good with fine fillers or alternatively a high-build masonry paint can be applied.DO NOT APPLY DECORATIONS UNTIL PLASTERS OR RENDERS ARE THOROUGHLY DRY.Finishing Profile:It is recommended that renders and plasters are raised from the floor by 20-25mm to prevent bridging from the floor. Newton 800 Finishing Profile, available in 2 metre lengths, should be fitted to the bottom of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane as a plaster stop, guaranteeing that the plaster/render will stop short of the floor.Newton 800 Finishing Profile must be fixed at the same time as Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane and therefore before the plaster or render is applied.Newton 800 Finishing Profile is not recommended where the run of wall is uneven or when the membrane is extended down past the slab. Once the finish has been applied and has dried, the 20-25mm gap to the bottom of the plaster / render should be covered by a timber skirting.Plastering:The recommended plaster for Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is Tarmac Whitewall One Coat. Please note that we do not recommend that this product is used in one single coat to our Mesh membranes.The application of the plaster should be in two coats: 6mm scratch coat, 6mm second or float coat. If a finish coat is required this should be of 3mm.Tarmac Whitewall should be applied in accordance with good plastering practice as described in BS 8481:2006, BS EN 13914-2:2005.Always allow 24 hours drying time between coats of plaster. For a high impact resistant finish, use Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster.NOTE: Tarmac Whitewall and Tarmac Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster are not suitable for areas of high humidity and wet areas such as swimming pool surrounds.Rendering:Render with a mix of sand, cement and lime should be applied in two coats using the procedures defined within BS EN 13914-1:2005 to a total thickness of 14mm. A 3mm skim coat of finishing plaster can be added once the render is fully curedThe scratch coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 5 parts clean well-graded sharp sand. The second or float coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 6 parts clean well graded sharp sand. The scratch coat should be 7mm and the second or float coat should be 7mm.To lessen incidents of cracking, it is best to mix the lime and sand a day or more before use. Cement can then be added at the time of rendering.The work should be of two coats of render and if required, a third coat of finishing plaster. The purpose of the 7mm scratch coat is to stiffen up the lath and to provide rough and absorbent, backing for subsequent coats. Work this scratch coat well into the mesh. Each 7mm coat of render should be allowed to dry for a period of not less than seven, preferably ten days, longer if possible. Cracking may occur if shorter time is allowed between coats.It is important that the render coats are allowed to cure correctly over the 7 to 10 day period with the render dampened as required. If the scratch coat has not fully cured, slumping of the render can result.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is fully cured. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh must be fully cured also.In warm periods the render should be protected from excessive drying out by covering with damp hessian sheets and plastic sheeting over it.Dampen down the scratch coat before application of the float coat. A smooth finish is not recommended. Expansion joints should be trowelled in through the render to the membrane. These joints must be filled with a suitable flexible polymer-based sealant. Expanded metal angle beads and stop beads can be fixed where appropriate using dabs of the same material mixed as for the scratch coat.Hydraulic Lime:NHL (Natural Hydraulic Lime) 3.5 should be used to a combined depth of 20mm with a 10mm scratch coat and a 10mm second or float coat. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL, 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions. The 10mm scratch coat is pushed firmly into the membrane mesh.Check the application the day after and rub out any cracks. The surface should be thoroughly scratched without breaking the surface of the mesh. The scratch coat has to be left for a minimum of 7 days to set. It should be protected from draughts and extremes of temperature.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is set and reasonably hard. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh that has to be set.The second coat is the float coat and is applied then ruled off to flatten the wall surface. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions.The scratch coat has to be dampened down before application of the float coat.The work has to be protected and tended as per the scratch coat. The second coat is floated or trowelled so a finish coat or a further coat can be appliedPlasterboard on Dabs:Plaster board panels can be fixed to Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane by the dot and dab method, giving a dry surface ready for immediate decoration. ‘Dabs’ should be applied to the heads of the Plaster Plugs, board edges and membrane to cover 50% of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.NOTE: We do not recommend that laminated or insulated plasterboard is dot & dabbed to meshed membranes. Laminated boards have to be fixed to the wall with a mechanical fixing at each side of the board, just above half way up, so that the board does not come apart and block exits during a fire. This is a requirement of UK Building Code. It is not possible to mechanically fix through the laminated board without puncturing the membrane. If insulation is required to the wall build, use a Non-Meshed Membrane Damp Proofing Membrane (such as Wykamol CM3 Cavity Drain Membrane or Newton 803 Membrane), with an independently supported wall frame.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)BBA Certificate shopify_GB_4420454416483 shopify_GB_4420454416483_31778541600867 new 52.20 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Wykamol_CM3_Mesh_Membrane_1_grande.jpg?v=1575910298 Wykamol Group WYCM3M1020-075 Damp Proof Membranes (W) 1.0M x (L) 7.5M - (7.5M²) US 0.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol CM3 MESH - Damp Proof Membrane (3mm Stud) https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-cm3-mesh-membrane?variant=31778541535331 Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a High Quality, 3mm Stud, Damp Proof Meshed Membrane comprising of HDPE Membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh on the surface of one side, perfect for damp proofing. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.  Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is supported by BBA Certification Certificate Number 18/5595.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is available in 1.0 Metre, 1.2 Metre and 2.0 Metre Widths.Available in various Roll sizes ranging from 2.5M² to 40M².DescriptionWykamol CM3 MESH Damp Proof MembraneWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a composite damp proof membrane comprising of HDPE membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh heat-welded during the manufacturing process to the surface of one side. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is 0.5mm thick and has a pattern of raised 3mm studs. The studs face the wall and create air channels that allow for vapour equalisation to take place between the membrane and the wall.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is light, clean and easy to handle. It can be cut with a sharp knife, scissors or shears. The membrane is inert and is highly resistant to water, alkalies, saline solutions and organic acids, and it is not affected by minerals. It is also resistant to bacteria, fungi and other small organisms.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is guaranteed against deterioration for 30 years and has a life expectancy of at least 50 years.Benefits & Features:BBA ApprovedProvides a surface that is totally separated and unaffected by the dampness within the wall, ensuring that the wall finish will never be affected by moisture or saltsSuperb ‘key’ for renders or plastersCompletely moisture-resistant but allows vapour diffusionQuick and easy to installIn many cases the existing render can be left on the wallNo requirement for damaging preparation to the wall surfaceTechnical Data:MaterialHigh Density Polyethylene (HDPE)Unit Weight0.505 Kg/m²Sheet Thickness0.7mmStud Height3mmColourBeige (Semi-Transparent)Water Tightness - 60 kPa; 24h (EN 1928)PassWorking Temperature-50°C to +80°CSoftening Temperature126°CTensile Strength MD (BS 12311-2)416 NTensile Strength CD (BS 12311-2)488 NResistance to Static Loading (BS 12730)>20 KgCompressive Strength (BS EN ISO 25619-2)250 kNReaction to Fire (BS EN 13501-1 :2007+A1:2009)Class EType of ApplicationType VLife ExpectancyLifetime of StructureInstallationPreparation:Clean the substrate to remove all loose debris and organic matter. Plaster should be removed as it can soften over time, which will weaken the fix of the membrane to the wall. If the wall render is in good condition, it does not have to be removed and the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted directly over. If the render is damaged, local repairs may be requiredLoose or crumbling render should be removed and local repairs made. If the render is in very poor condition, all of it may need to be removedObtain as flat a surface as possible. If the wall is undulating, better results are produced if the wall surface is dubbed-out flat with sand & cement prior to installation of the membrane, rather than dubbing out over the top of Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane. A flat, uniform surface to the substrate means that the plaster or render above Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane will also be uniform and less likely to have cracking caused by differential thicknessesIf evidence of bacterial growth can be seen, use a fungicidal product prior to the fitting of the membraneIf any evidence of wet rot or dry rot is seen, have it dealt with by a qualified remedial specialistIf a new slab is to be laid as part of the works, it is preferable to fit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane prior to the laying of the floor slab with the floor DPM extending upwards in front of the Membrane ready for the concrete pour.Cutting to Size:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be cut with a sharp utility knife, scissors or shearsDecide whether the membrane is to be fitted horizontally or verticallyMembrane Jointing:Joints may be made horizontally or verticallyJoints are created by butt jointing the two edges together and then oversealing the joints with Wykamol Mesh Tape.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken round corners. On particularly difficult shaped corners, cut the CM3 MESH Membrane and butt joint and seal as above.Wykamol Mesh Tape should be firmly pressed into the mesh of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane to facilitate the joint.In cold and damp conditions a heat gun should be used to gently evaporate surface moisture and then to assist in pressing the Mesh Tape into the mesh of the membraneSealing Around Protrusions:Where the membrane has to be cut around pipes or other protrusions, carefully cut the membrane around the protrusion and then seal around the protrusion with Newton® Sealing Mastic to ensure there is no bridging between the damp substrate and the new finish.Fixing to the Wall:Cut the membrane to size. Ideally, Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane should be continued up into ceiling voids and down past the slab to the oversite. If this is not possible, cut the membrane so that it finishes tightly to the soffit and floor finish. A gap is not required at the soffit or floor, indeed the system works more efficiently when the system is not ventilated as this impedes the natural vapour drive from inside the property to the outside that still continues through the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is fitted to the wall with the studs facing the wall and the flat meshed surface facing inwards towards the applicator. Fix the membrane to the wall with the Wykamol CM Plaster Plugs to all substrates except when fixing to plywood or timber, when a galvanised clout nail should be used, or to slightly friable mortar substrate, when the Wykamol Cob Plug should be used.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted horizontally or vertically.Fit the membrane as level as possible - best results are achieved when a long builders level or a rotating laser level is used. Care must be taken to ensure that the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is pulled tight and square while fixing as this will avoid sagging or bulging which can cause problems when plastering or rendering.Using a 7mm or 8mm drill bit (depending on substrate), drill through the membrane into the wall to a depth of the length of the Fixing Plug being used.OPTIONAL: Apply a bead of Newton 801-M Sealing Mastic around the hole to the membrane so that when the plug is hammered home, the Mastic will seal between the plug and the membrane and so prevent migration of dampness and salting from the substrate to the wall finish.Use a small number of fixings to initially fit the membrane to the wall as level as possible.Once the section of membrane is on the wall add the further fixingsHammer the plugs home using a wide headed hammer such as a lump hammer or malletA smaller-diameter bit can be used on softer substrate to ensure a tight fit for the plugFixing centres internally must not be greater than 250mmOn curved or uneven surfaces, closer fixings should be usedOn exposed areas closer fixings are recommended, to restrain possible thermal movementFit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane 300mm to return walls to isolate wall finishes from dampness transmitting from the main wall being treatedWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken into revealsFixing should not take place above 30°C and below -5°C.FinishingGeneral:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is suitable for wall finishes including plaster, render, hydraulic lime or plasterboard bonded to the membrane with a propriety adhesive compound.Whilst cement based renders are prone to cracking, careful application can reduce or avoid this. Problems occur when the scratch coat has not been allowed to fully cure prior to the float coat being applied, but the most common problem we see is where the render has not been allowed to fully cure due to accelerated drying. It is extremely important that the render is slowly cured for a period of 7-10 days, longer if possible. The render gets its strength from the chemical processes that take place between the cement content and the added water. The cement needs the correct amount of water to be available to it during the whole of the curing period. If the render dries too quickly due to exposure to sunlight, wind or even dehumidification, the cement will not be able to react with water, producing a weak render that will be prone to cracking.The render should be dampened regularly during the curing process and protected from accelerated drying with hessian and plastic sheeting.Hairline cracking can be made good with fine fillers or alternatively a high-build masonry paint can be applied.DO NOT APPLY DECORATIONS UNTIL PLASTERS OR RENDERS ARE THOROUGHLY DRY.Finishing Profile:It is recommended that renders and plasters are raised from the floor by 20-25mm to prevent bridging from the floor. Newton 800 Finishing Profile, available in 2 metre lengths, should be fitted to the bottom of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane as a plaster stop, guaranteeing that the plaster/render will stop short of the floor.Newton 800 Finishing Profile must be fixed at the same time as Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane and therefore before the plaster or render is applied.Newton 800 Finishing Profile is not recommended where the run of wall is uneven or when the membrane is extended down past the slab. Once the finish has been applied and has dried, the 20-25mm gap to the bottom of the plaster / render should be covered by a timber skirting.Plastering:The recommended plaster for Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is Tarmac Whitewall One Coat. Please note that we do not recommend that this product is used in one single coat to our Mesh membranes.The application of the plaster should be in two coats: 6mm scratch coat, 6mm second or float coat. If a finish coat is required this should be of 3mm.Tarmac Whitewall should be applied in accordance with good plastering practice as described in BS 8481:2006, BS EN 13914-2:2005.Always allow 24 hours drying time between coats of plaster. For a high impact resistant finish, use Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster.NOTE: Tarmac Whitewall and Tarmac Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster are not suitable for areas of high humidity and wet areas such as swimming pool surrounds.Rendering:Render with a mix of sand, cement and lime should be applied in two coats using the procedures defined within BS EN 13914-1:2005 to a total thickness of 14mm. A 3mm skim coat of finishing plaster can be added once the render is fully curedThe scratch coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 5 parts clean well-graded sharp sand. The second or float coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 6 parts clean well graded sharp sand. The scratch coat should be 7mm and the second or float coat should be 7mm.To lessen incidents of cracking, it is best to mix the lime and sand a day or more before use. Cement can then be added at the time of rendering.The work should be of two coats of render and if required, a third coat of finishing plaster. The purpose of the 7mm scratch coat is to stiffen up the lath and to provide rough and absorbent, backing for subsequent coats. Work this scratch coat well into the mesh. Each 7mm coat of render should be allowed to dry for a period of not less than seven, preferably ten days, longer if possible. Cracking may occur if shorter time is allowed between coats.It is important that the render coats are allowed to cure correctly over the 7 to 10 day period with the render dampened as required. If the scratch coat has not fully cured, slumping of the render can result.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is fully cured. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh must be fully cured also.In warm periods the render should be protected from excessive drying out by covering with damp hessian sheets and plastic sheeting over it.Dampen down the scratch coat before application of the float coat. A smooth finish is not recommended. Expansion joints should be trowelled in through the render to the membrane. These joints must be filled with a suitable flexible polymer-based sealant. Expanded metal angle beads and stop beads can be fixed where appropriate using dabs of the same material mixed as for the scratch coat.Hydraulic Lime:NHL (Natural Hydraulic Lime) 3.5 should be used to a combined depth of 20mm with a 10mm scratch coat and a 10mm second or float coat. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL, 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions. The 10mm scratch coat is pushed firmly into the membrane mesh.Check the application the day after and rub out any cracks. The surface should be thoroughly scratched without breaking the surface of the mesh. The scratch coat has to be left for a minimum of 7 days to set. It should be protected from draughts and extremes of temperature.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is set and reasonably hard. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh that has to be set.The second coat is the float coat and is applied then ruled off to flatten the wall surface. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions.The scratch coat has to be dampened down before application of the float coat.The work has to be protected and tended as per the scratch coat. The second coat is floated or trowelled so a finish coat or a further coat can be appliedPlasterboard on Dabs:Plaster board panels can be fixed to Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane by the dot and dab method, giving a dry surface ready for immediate decoration. ‘Dabs’ should be applied to the heads of the Plaster Plugs, board edges and membrane to cover 50% of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.NOTE: We do not recommend that laminated or insulated plasterboard is dot & dabbed to meshed membranes. Laminated boards have to be fixed to the wall with a mechanical fixing at each side of the board, just above half way up, so that the board does not come apart and block exits during a fire. This is a requirement of UK Building Code. It is not possible to mechanically fix through the laminated board without puncturing the membrane. If insulation is required to the wall build, use a Non-Meshed Membrane Damp Proofing Membrane (such as Wykamol CM3 Cavity Drain Membrane or Newton 803 Membrane), with an independently supported wall frame.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)BBA Certificate shopify_GB_4420454416483 shopify_GB_4420454416483_31778541535331 new 67.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Wykamol_CM3_Mesh_Membrane_1_grande.jpg?v=1575910298 Wykamol Group WYCM3M1020-10 Damp Proof Membranes (W) 1.0M x (L) 10M - (10M²) US 0.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol CM3 MESH - Damp Proof Membrane (3mm Stud) https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-cm3-mesh-membrane?variant=31778541568099 Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a High Quality, 3mm Stud, Damp Proof Meshed Membrane comprising of HDPE Membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh on the surface of one side, perfect for damp proofing. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.  Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is supported by BBA Certification Certificate Number 18/5595.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is available in 1.0 Metre, 1.2 Metre and 2.0 Metre Widths.Available in various Roll sizes ranging from 2.5M² to 40M².DescriptionWykamol CM3 MESH Damp Proof MembraneWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a composite damp proof membrane comprising of HDPE membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh heat-welded during the manufacturing process to the surface of one side. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is 0.5mm thick and has a pattern of raised 3mm studs. The studs face the wall and create air channels that allow for vapour equalisation to take place between the membrane and the wall.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is light, clean and easy to handle. It can be cut with a sharp knife, scissors or shears. The membrane is inert and is highly resistant to water, alkalies, saline solutions and organic acids, and it is not affected by minerals. It is also resistant to bacteria, fungi and other small organisms.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is guaranteed against deterioration for 30 years and has a life expectancy of at least 50 years.Benefits & Features:BBA ApprovedProvides a surface that is totally separated and unaffected by the dampness within the wall, ensuring that the wall finish will never be affected by moisture or saltsSuperb ‘key’ for renders or plastersCompletely moisture-resistant but allows vapour diffusionQuick and easy to installIn many cases the existing render can be left on the wallNo requirement for damaging preparation to the wall surfaceTechnical Data:MaterialHigh Density Polyethylene (HDPE)Unit Weight0.505 Kg/m²Sheet Thickness0.7mmStud Height3mmColourBeige (Semi-Transparent)Water Tightness - 60 kPa; 24h (EN 1928)PassWorking Temperature-50°C to +80°CSoftening Temperature126°CTensile Strength MD (BS 12311-2)416 NTensile Strength CD (BS 12311-2)488 NResistance to Static Loading (BS 12730)>20 KgCompressive Strength (BS EN ISO 25619-2)250 kNReaction to Fire (BS EN 13501-1 :2007+A1:2009)Class EType of ApplicationType VLife ExpectancyLifetime of StructureInstallationPreparation:Clean the substrate to remove all loose debris and organic matter. Plaster should be removed as it can soften over time, which will weaken the fix of the membrane to the wall. If the wall render is in good condition, it does not have to be removed and the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted directly over. If the render is damaged, local repairs may be requiredLoose or crumbling render should be removed and local repairs made. If the render is in very poor condition, all of it may need to be removedObtain as flat a surface as possible. If the wall is undulating, better results are produced if the wall surface is dubbed-out flat with sand & cement prior to installation of the membrane, rather than dubbing out over the top of Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane. A flat, uniform surface to the substrate means that the plaster or render above Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane will also be uniform and less likely to have cracking caused by differential thicknessesIf evidence of bacterial growth can be seen, use a fungicidal product prior to the fitting of the membraneIf any evidence of wet rot or dry rot is seen, have it dealt with by a qualified remedial specialistIf a new slab is to be laid as part of the works, it is preferable to fit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane prior to the laying of the floor slab with the floor DPM extending upwards in front of the Membrane ready for the concrete pour.Cutting to Size:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be cut with a sharp utility knife, scissors or shearsDecide whether the membrane is to be fitted horizontally or verticallyMembrane Jointing:Joints may be made horizontally or verticallyJoints are created by butt jointing the two edges together and then oversealing the joints with Wykamol Mesh Tape.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken round corners. On particularly difficult shaped corners, cut the CM3 MESH Membrane and butt joint and seal as above.Wykamol Mesh Tape should be firmly pressed into the mesh of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane to facilitate the joint.In cold and damp conditions a heat gun should be used to gently evaporate surface moisture and then to assist in pressing the Mesh Tape into the mesh of the membraneSealing Around Protrusions:Where the membrane has to be cut around pipes or other protrusions, carefully cut the membrane around the protrusion and then seal around the protrusion with Newton® Sealing Mastic to ensure there is no bridging between the damp substrate and the new finish.Fixing to the Wall:Cut the membrane to size. Ideally, Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane should be continued up into ceiling voids and down past the slab to the oversite. If this is not possible, cut the membrane so that it finishes tightly to the soffit and floor finish. A gap is not required at the soffit or floor, indeed the system works more efficiently when the system is not ventilated as this impedes the natural vapour drive from inside the property to the outside that still continues through the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is fitted to the wall with the studs facing the wall and the flat meshed surface facing inwards towards the applicator. Fix the membrane to the wall with the Wykamol CM Plaster Plugs to all substrates except when fixing to plywood or timber, when a galvanised clout nail should be used, or to slightly friable mortar substrate, when the Wykamol Cob Plug should be used.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted horizontally or vertically.Fit the membrane as level as possible - best results are achieved when a long builders level or a rotating laser level is used. Care must be taken to ensure that the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is pulled tight and square while fixing as this will avoid sagging or bulging which can cause problems when plastering or rendering.Using a 7mm or 8mm drill bit (depending on substrate), drill through the membrane into the wall to a depth of the length of the Fixing Plug being used.OPTIONAL: Apply a bead of Newton 801-M Sealing Mastic around the hole to the membrane so that when the plug is hammered home, the Mastic will seal between the plug and the membrane and so prevent migration of dampness and salting from the substrate to the wall finish.Use a small number of fixings to initially fit the membrane to the wall as level as possible.Once the section of membrane is on the wall add the further fixingsHammer the plugs home using a wide headed hammer such as a lump hammer or malletA smaller-diameter bit can be used on softer substrate to ensure a tight fit for the plugFixing centres internally must not be greater than 250mmOn curved or uneven surfaces, closer fixings should be usedOn exposed areas closer fixings are recommended, to restrain possible thermal movementFit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane 300mm to return walls to isolate wall finishes from dampness transmitting from the main wall being treatedWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken into revealsFixing should not take place above 30°C and below -5°C.FinishingGeneral:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is suitable for wall finishes including plaster, render, hydraulic lime or plasterboard bonded to the membrane with a propriety adhesive compound.Whilst cement based renders are prone to cracking, careful application can reduce or avoid this. Problems occur when the scratch coat has not been allowed to fully cure prior to the float coat being applied, but the most common problem we see is where the render has not been allowed to fully cure due to accelerated drying. It is extremely important that the render is slowly cured for a period of 7-10 days, longer if possible. The render gets its strength from the chemical processes that take place between the cement content and the added water. The cement needs the correct amount of water to be available to it during the whole of the curing period. If the render dries too quickly due to exposure to sunlight, wind or even dehumidification, the cement will not be able to react with water, producing a weak render that will be prone to cracking.The render should be dampened regularly during the curing process and protected from accelerated drying with hessian and plastic sheeting.Hairline cracking can be made good with fine fillers or alternatively a high-build masonry paint can be applied.DO NOT APPLY DECORATIONS UNTIL PLASTERS OR RENDERS ARE THOROUGHLY DRY.Finishing Profile:It is recommended that renders and plasters are raised from the floor by 20-25mm to prevent bridging from the floor. Newton 800 Finishing Profile, available in 2 metre lengths, should be fitted to the bottom of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane as a plaster stop, guaranteeing that the plaster/render will stop short of the floor.Newton 800 Finishing Profile must be fixed at the same time as Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane and therefore before the plaster or render is applied.Newton 800 Finishing Profile is not recommended where the run of wall is uneven or when the membrane is extended down past the slab. Once the finish has been applied and has dried, the 20-25mm gap to the bottom of the plaster / render should be covered by a timber skirting.Plastering:The recommended plaster for Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is Tarmac Whitewall One Coat. Please note that we do not recommend that this product is used in one single coat to our Mesh membranes.The application of the plaster should be in two coats: 6mm scratch coat, 6mm second or float coat. If a finish coat is required this should be of 3mm.Tarmac Whitewall should be applied in accordance with good plastering practice as described in BS 8481:2006, BS EN 13914-2:2005.Always allow 24 hours drying time between coats of plaster. For a high impact resistant finish, use Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster.NOTE: Tarmac Whitewall and Tarmac Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster are not suitable for areas of high humidity and wet areas such as swimming pool surrounds.Rendering:Render with a mix of sand, cement and lime should be applied in two coats using the procedures defined within BS EN 13914-1:2005 to a total thickness of 14mm. A 3mm skim coat of finishing plaster can be added once the render is fully curedThe scratch coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 5 parts clean well-graded sharp sand. The second or float coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 6 parts clean well graded sharp sand. The scratch coat should be 7mm and the second or float coat should be 7mm.To lessen incidents of cracking, it is best to mix the lime and sand a day or more before use. Cement can then be added at the time of rendering.The work should be of two coats of render and if required, a third coat of finishing plaster. The purpose of the 7mm scratch coat is to stiffen up the lath and to provide rough and absorbent, backing for subsequent coats. Work this scratch coat well into the mesh. Each 7mm coat of render should be allowed to dry for a period of not less than seven, preferably ten days, longer if possible. Cracking may occur if shorter time is allowed between coats.It is important that the render coats are allowed to cure correctly over the 7 to 10 day period with the render dampened as required. If the scratch coat has not fully cured, slumping of the render can result.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is fully cured. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh must be fully cured also.In warm periods the render should be protected from excessive drying out by covering with damp hessian sheets and plastic sheeting over it.Dampen down the scratch coat before application of the float coat. A smooth finish is not recommended. Expansion joints should be trowelled in through the render to the membrane. These joints must be filled with a suitable flexible polymer-based sealant. Expanded metal angle beads and stop beads can be fixed where appropriate using dabs of the same material mixed as for the scratch coat.Hydraulic Lime:NHL (Natural Hydraulic Lime) 3.5 should be used to a combined depth of 20mm with a 10mm scratch coat and a 10mm second or float coat. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL, 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions. The 10mm scratch coat is pushed firmly into the membrane mesh.Check the application the day after and rub out any cracks. The surface should be thoroughly scratched without breaking the surface of the mesh. The scratch coat has to be left for a minimum of 7 days to set. It should be protected from draughts and extremes of temperature.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is set and reasonably hard. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh that has to be set.The second coat is the float coat and is applied then ruled off to flatten the wall surface. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions.The scratch coat has to be dampened down before application of the float coat.The work has to be protected and tended as per the scratch coat. The second coat is floated or trowelled so a finish coat or a further coat can be appliedPlasterboard on Dabs:Plaster board panels can be fixed to Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane by the dot and dab method, giving a dry surface ready for immediate decoration. ‘Dabs’ should be applied to the heads of the Plaster Plugs, board edges and membrane to cover 50% of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.NOTE: We do not recommend that laminated or insulated plasterboard is dot & dabbed to meshed membranes. Laminated boards have to be fixed to the wall with a mechanical fixing at each side of the board, just above half way up, so that the board does not come apart and block exits during a fire. This is a requirement of UK Building Code. It is not possible to mechanically fix through the laminated board without puncturing the membrane. If insulation is required to the wall build, use a Non-Meshed Membrane Damp Proofing Membrane (such as Wykamol CM3 Cavity Drain Membrane or Newton 803 Membrane), with an independently supported wall frame.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)BBA Certificate shopify_GB_4420454416483 shopify_GB_4420454416483_31778541568099 new 99.00 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Wykamol_CM3_Mesh_Membrane_1_grande.jpg?v=1575910298 Wykamol Group WYCM3M1020-15 Damp Proof Membranes (W) 1.0M x (L) 15M - (15M²) US 0.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol CM3 MESH - Damp Proof Membrane (3mm Stud) https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-cm3-mesh-membrane?variant=31778541731939 Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a High Quality, 3mm Stud, Damp Proof Meshed Membrane comprising of HDPE Membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh on the surface of one side, perfect for damp proofing. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.  Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is supported by BBA Certification Certificate Number 18/5595.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is available in 1.0 Metre, 1.2 Metre and 2.0 Metre Widths.Available in various Roll sizes ranging from 2.5M² to 40M².DescriptionWykamol CM3 MESH Damp Proof MembraneWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a composite damp proof membrane comprising of HDPE membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh heat-welded during the manufacturing process to the surface of one side. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is 0.5mm thick and has a pattern of raised 3mm studs. The studs face the wall and create air channels that allow for vapour equalisation to take place between the membrane and the wall.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is light, clean and easy to handle. It can be cut with a sharp knife, scissors or shears. The membrane is inert and is highly resistant to water, alkalies, saline solutions and organic acids, and it is not affected by minerals. It is also resistant to bacteria, fungi and other small organisms.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is guaranteed against deterioration for 30 years and has a life expectancy of at least 50 years.Benefits & Features:BBA ApprovedProvides a surface that is totally separated and unaffected by the dampness within the wall, ensuring that the wall finish will never be affected by moisture or saltsSuperb ‘key’ for renders or plastersCompletely moisture-resistant but allows vapour diffusionQuick and easy to installIn many cases the existing render can be left on the wallNo requirement for damaging preparation to the wall surfaceTechnical Data:MaterialHigh Density Polyethylene (HDPE)Unit Weight0.505 Kg/m²Sheet Thickness0.7mmStud Height3mmColourBeige (Semi-Transparent)Water Tightness - 60 kPa; 24h (EN 1928)PassWorking Temperature-50°C to +80°CSoftening Temperature126°CTensile Strength MD (BS 12311-2)416 NTensile Strength CD (BS 12311-2)488 NResistance to Static Loading (BS 12730)>20 KgCompressive Strength (BS EN ISO 25619-2)250 kNReaction to Fire (BS EN 13501-1 :2007+A1:2009)Class EType of ApplicationType VLife ExpectancyLifetime of StructureInstallationPreparation:Clean the substrate to remove all loose debris and organic matter. Plaster should be removed as it can soften over time, which will weaken the fix of the membrane to the wall. If the wall render is in good condition, it does not have to be removed and the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted directly over. If the render is damaged, local repairs may be requiredLoose or crumbling render should be removed and local repairs made. If the render is in very poor condition, all of it may need to be removedObtain as flat a surface as possible. If the wall is undulating, better results are produced if the wall surface is dubbed-out flat with sand & cement prior to installation of the membrane, rather than dubbing out over the top of Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane. A flat, uniform surface to the substrate means that the plaster or render above Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane will also be uniform and less likely to have cracking caused by differential thicknessesIf evidence of bacterial growth can be seen, use a fungicidal product prior to the fitting of the membraneIf any evidence of wet rot or dry rot is seen, have it dealt with by a qualified remedial specialistIf a new slab is to be laid as part of the works, it is preferable to fit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane prior to the laying of the floor slab with the floor DPM extending upwards in front of the Membrane ready for the concrete pour.Cutting to Size:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be cut with a sharp utility knife, scissors or shearsDecide whether the membrane is to be fitted horizontally or verticallyMembrane Jointing:Joints may be made horizontally or verticallyJoints are created by butt jointing the two edges together and then oversealing the joints with Wykamol Mesh Tape.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken round corners. On particularly difficult shaped corners, cut the CM3 MESH Membrane and butt joint and seal as above.Wykamol Mesh Tape should be firmly pressed into the mesh of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane to facilitate the joint.In cold and damp conditions a heat gun should be used to gently evaporate surface moisture and then to assist in pressing the Mesh Tape into the mesh of the membraneSealing Around Protrusions:Where the membrane has to be cut around pipes or other protrusions, carefully cut the membrane around the protrusion and then seal around the protrusion with Newton® Sealing Mastic to ensure there is no bridging between the damp substrate and the new finish.Fixing to the Wall:Cut the membrane to size. Ideally, Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane should be continued up into ceiling voids and down past the slab to the oversite. If this is not possible, cut the membrane so that it finishes tightly to the soffit and floor finish. A gap is not required at the soffit or floor, indeed the system works more efficiently when the system is not ventilated as this impedes the natural vapour drive from inside the property to the outside that still continues through the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is fitted to the wall with the studs facing the wall and the flat meshed surface facing inwards towards the applicator. Fix the membrane to the wall with the Wykamol CM Plaster Plugs to all substrates except when fixing to plywood or timber, when a galvanised clout nail should be used, or to slightly friable mortar substrate, when the Wykamol Cob Plug should be used.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted horizontally or vertically.Fit the membrane as level as possible - best results are achieved when a long builders level or a rotating laser level is used. Care must be taken to ensure that the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is pulled tight and square while fixing as this will avoid sagging or bulging which can cause problems when plastering or rendering.Using a 7mm or 8mm drill bit (depending on substrate), drill through the membrane into the wall to a depth of the length of the Fixing Plug being used.OPTIONAL: Apply a bead of Newton 801-M Sealing Mastic around the hole to the membrane so that when the plug is hammered home, the Mastic will seal between the plug and the membrane and so prevent migration of dampness and salting from the substrate to the wall finish.Use a small number of fixings to initially fit the membrane to the wall as level as possible.Once the section of membrane is on the wall add the further fixingsHammer the plugs home using a wide headed hammer such as a lump hammer or malletA smaller-diameter bit can be used on softer substrate to ensure a tight fit for the plugFixing centres internally must not be greater than 250mmOn curved or uneven surfaces, closer fixings should be usedOn exposed areas closer fixings are recommended, to restrain possible thermal movementFit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane 300mm to return walls to isolate wall finishes from dampness transmitting from the main wall being treatedWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken into revealsFixing should not take place above 30°C and below -5°C.FinishingGeneral:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is suitable for wall finishes including plaster, render, hydraulic lime or plasterboard bonded to the membrane with a propriety adhesive compound.Whilst cement based renders are prone to cracking, careful application can reduce or avoid this. Problems occur when the scratch coat has not been allowed to fully cure prior to the float coat being applied, but the most common problem we see is where the render has not been allowed to fully cure due to accelerated drying. It is extremely important that the render is slowly cured for a period of 7-10 days, longer if possible. The render gets its strength from the chemical processes that take place between the cement content and the added water. The cement needs the correct amount of water to be available to it during the whole of the curing period. If the render dries too quickly due to exposure to sunlight, wind or even dehumidification, the cement will not be able to react with water, producing a weak render that will be prone to cracking.The render should be dampened regularly during the curing process and protected from accelerated drying with hessian and plastic sheeting.Hairline cracking can be made good with fine fillers or alternatively a high-build masonry paint can be applied.DO NOT APPLY DECORATIONS UNTIL PLASTERS OR RENDERS ARE THOROUGHLY DRY.Finishing Profile:It is recommended that renders and plasters are raised from the floor by 20-25mm to prevent bridging from the floor. Newton 800 Finishing Profile, available in 2 metre lengths, should be fitted to the bottom of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane as a plaster stop, guaranteeing that the plaster/render will stop short of the floor.Newton 800 Finishing Profile must be fixed at the same time as Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane and therefore before the plaster or render is applied.Newton 800 Finishing Profile is not recommended where the run of wall is uneven or when the membrane is extended down past the slab. Once the finish has been applied and has dried, the 20-25mm gap to the bottom of the plaster / render should be covered by a timber skirting.Plastering:The recommended plaster for Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is Tarmac Whitewall One Coat. Please note that we do not recommend that this product is used in one single coat to our Mesh membranes.The application of the plaster should be in two coats: 6mm scratch coat, 6mm second or float coat. If a finish coat is required this should be of 3mm.Tarmac Whitewall should be applied in accordance with good plastering practice as described in BS 8481:2006, BS EN 13914-2:2005.Always allow 24 hours drying time between coats of plaster. For a high impact resistant finish, use Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster.NOTE: Tarmac Whitewall and Tarmac Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster are not suitable for areas of high humidity and wet areas such as swimming pool surrounds.Rendering:Render with a mix of sand, cement and lime should be applied in two coats using the procedures defined within BS EN 13914-1:2005 to a total thickness of 14mm. A 3mm skim coat of finishing plaster can be added once the render is fully curedThe scratch coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 5 parts clean well-graded sharp sand. The second or float coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 6 parts clean well graded sharp sand. The scratch coat should be 7mm and the second or float coat should be 7mm.To lessen incidents of cracking, it is best to mix the lime and sand a day or more before use. Cement can then be added at the time of rendering.The work should be of two coats of render and if required, a third coat of finishing plaster. The purpose of the 7mm scratch coat is to stiffen up the lath and to provide rough and absorbent, backing for subsequent coats. Work this scratch coat well into the mesh. Each 7mm coat of render should be allowed to dry for a period of not less than seven, preferably ten days, longer if possible. Cracking may occur if shorter time is allowed between coats.It is important that the render coats are allowed to cure correctly over the 7 to 10 day period with the render dampened as required. If the scratch coat has not fully cured, slumping of the render can result.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is fully cured. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh must be fully cured also.In warm periods the render should be protected from excessive drying out by covering with damp hessian sheets and plastic sheeting over it.Dampen down the scratch coat before application of the float coat. A smooth finish is not recommended. Expansion joints should be trowelled in through the render to the membrane. These joints must be filled with a suitable flexible polymer-based sealant. Expanded metal angle beads and stop beads can be fixed where appropriate using dabs of the same material mixed as for the scratch coat.Hydraulic Lime:NHL (Natural Hydraulic Lime) 3.5 should be used to a combined depth of 20mm with a 10mm scratch coat and a 10mm second or float coat. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL, 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions. The 10mm scratch coat is pushed firmly into the membrane mesh.Check the application the day after and rub out any cracks. The surface should be thoroughly scratched without breaking the surface of the mesh. The scratch coat has to be left for a minimum of 7 days to set. It should be protected from draughts and extremes of temperature.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is set and reasonably hard. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh that has to be set.The second coat is the float coat and is applied then ruled off to flatten the wall surface. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions.The scratch coat has to be dampened down before application of the float coat.The work has to be protected and tended as per the scratch coat. The second coat is floated or trowelled so a finish coat or a further coat can be appliedPlasterboard on Dabs:Plaster board panels can be fixed to Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane by the dot and dab method, giving a dry surface ready for immediate decoration. ‘Dabs’ should be applied to the heads of the Plaster Plugs, board edges and membrane to cover 50% of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.NOTE: We do not recommend that laminated or insulated plasterboard is dot & dabbed to meshed membranes. Laminated boards have to be fixed to the wall with a mechanical fixing at each side of the board, just above half way up, so that the board does not come apart and block exits during a fire. This is a requirement of UK Building Code. It is not possible to mechanically fix through the laminated board without puncturing the membrane. If insulation is required to the wall build, use a Non-Meshed Membrane Damp Proofing Membrane (such as Wykamol CM3 Cavity Drain Membrane or Newton 803 Membrane), with an independently supported wall frame.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)BBA Certificate shopify_GB_4420454416483 shopify_GB_4420454416483_31778541731939 new 84.00 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Wykamol_CM3_Mesh_Membrane_1_grande.jpg?v=1575910298 Wykamol Group WYCM3M1220-10 Damp Proof Membranes (W) 1.2M x (L) 10M - (12M²) US 0.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol CM3 MESH - Damp Proof Membrane (3mm Stud) https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-cm3-mesh-membrane?variant=31778541699171 Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a High Quality, 3mm Stud, Damp Proof Meshed Membrane comprising of HDPE Membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh on the surface of one side, perfect for damp proofing. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.  Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is supported by BBA Certification Certificate Number 18/5595.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is available in 1.0 Metre, 1.2 Metre and 2.0 Metre Widths.Available in various Roll sizes ranging from 2.5M² to 40M².DescriptionWykamol CM3 MESH Damp Proof MembraneWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a composite damp proof membrane comprising of HDPE membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh heat-welded during the manufacturing process to the surface of one side. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is 0.5mm thick and has a pattern of raised 3mm studs. The studs face the wall and create air channels that allow for vapour equalisation to take place between the membrane and the wall.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is light, clean and easy to handle. It can be cut with a sharp knife, scissors or shears. The membrane is inert and is highly resistant to water, alkalies, saline solutions and organic acids, and it is not affected by minerals. It is also resistant to bacteria, fungi and other small organisms.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is guaranteed against deterioration for 30 years and has a life expectancy of at least 50 years.Benefits & Features:BBA ApprovedProvides a surface that is totally separated and unaffected by the dampness within the wall, ensuring that the wall finish will never be affected by moisture or saltsSuperb ‘key’ for renders or plastersCompletely moisture-resistant but allows vapour diffusionQuick and easy to installIn many cases the existing render can be left on the wallNo requirement for damaging preparation to the wall surfaceTechnical Data:MaterialHigh Density Polyethylene (HDPE)Unit Weight0.505 Kg/m²Sheet Thickness0.7mmStud Height3mmColourBeige (Semi-Transparent)Water Tightness - 60 kPa; 24h (EN 1928)PassWorking Temperature-50°C to +80°CSoftening Temperature126°CTensile Strength MD (BS 12311-2)416 NTensile Strength CD (BS 12311-2)488 NResistance to Static Loading (BS 12730)>20 KgCompressive Strength (BS EN ISO 25619-2)250 kNReaction to Fire (BS EN 13501-1 :2007+A1:2009)Class EType of ApplicationType VLife ExpectancyLifetime of StructureInstallationPreparation:Clean the substrate to remove all loose debris and organic matter. Plaster should be removed as it can soften over time, which will weaken the fix of the membrane to the wall. If the wall render is in good condition, it does not have to be removed and the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted directly over. If the render is damaged, local repairs may be requiredLoose or crumbling render should be removed and local repairs made. If the render is in very poor condition, all of it may need to be removedObtain as flat a surface as possible. If the wall is undulating, better results are produced if the wall surface is dubbed-out flat with sand & cement prior to installation of the membrane, rather than dubbing out over the top of Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane. A flat, uniform surface to the substrate means that the plaster or render above Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane will also be uniform and less likely to have cracking caused by differential thicknessesIf evidence of bacterial growth can be seen, use a fungicidal product prior to the fitting of the membraneIf any evidence of wet rot or dry rot is seen, have it dealt with by a qualified remedial specialistIf a new slab is to be laid as part of the works, it is preferable to fit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane prior to the laying of the floor slab with the floor DPM extending upwards in front of the Membrane ready for the concrete pour.Cutting to Size:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be cut with a sharp utility knife, scissors or shearsDecide whether the membrane is to be fitted horizontally or verticallyMembrane Jointing:Joints may be made horizontally or verticallyJoints are created by butt jointing the two edges together and then oversealing the joints with Wykamol Mesh Tape.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken round corners. On particularly difficult shaped corners, cut the CM3 MESH Membrane and butt joint and seal as above.Wykamol Mesh Tape should be firmly pressed into the mesh of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane to facilitate the joint.In cold and damp conditions a heat gun should be used to gently evaporate surface moisture and then to assist in pressing the Mesh Tape into the mesh of the membraneSealing Around Protrusions:Where the membrane has to be cut around pipes or other protrusions, carefully cut the membrane around the protrusion and then seal around the protrusion with Newton® Sealing Mastic to ensure there is no bridging between the damp substrate and the new finish.Fixing to the Wall:Cut the membrane to size. Ideally, Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane should be continued up into ceiling voids and down past the slab to the oversite. If this is not possible, cut the membrane so that it finishes tightly to the soffit and floor finish. A gap is not required at the soffit or floor, indeed the system works more efficiently when the system is not ventilated as this impedes the natural vapour drive from inside the property to the outside that still continues through the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is fitted to the wall with the studs facing the wall and the flat meshed surface facing inwards towards the applicator. Fix the membrane to the wall with the Wykamol CM Plaster Plugs to all substrates except when fixing to plywood or timber, when a galvanised clout nail should be used, or to slightly friable mortar substrate, when the Wykamol Cob Plug should be used.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted horizontally or vertically.Fit the membrane as level as possible - best results are achieved when a long builders level or a rotating laser level is used. Care must be taken to ensure that the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is pulled tight and square while fixing as this will avoid sagging or bulging which can cause problems when plastering or rendering.Using a 7mm or 8mm drill bit (depending on substrate), drill through the membrane into the wall to a depth of the length of the Fixing Plug being used.OPTIONAL: Apply a bead of Newton 801-M Sealing Mastic around the hole to the membrane so that when the plug is hammered home, the Mastic will seal between the plug and the membrane and so prevent migration of dampness and salting from the substrate to the wall finish.Use a small number of fixings to initially fit the membrane to the wall as level as possible.Once the section of membrane is on the wall add the further fixingsHammer the plugs home using a wide headed hammer such as a lump hammer or malletA smaller-diameter bit can be used on softer substrate to ensure a tight fit for the plugFixing centres internally must not be greater than 250mmOn curved or uneven surfaces, closer fixings should be usedOn exposed areas closer fixings are recommended, to restrain possible thermal movementFit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane 300mm to return walls to isolate wall finishes from dampness transmitting from the main wall being treatedWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken into revealsFixing should not take place above 30°C and below -5°C.FinishingGeneral:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is suitable for wall finishes including plaster, render, hydraulic lime or plasterboard bonded to the membrane with a propriety adhesive compound.Whilst cement based renders are prone to cracking, careful application can reduce or avoid this. Problems occur when the scratch coat has not been allowed to fully cure prior to the float coat being applied, but the most common problem we see is where the render has not been allowed to fully cure due to accelerated drying. It is extremely important that the render is slowly cured for a period of 7-10 days, longer if possible. The render gets its strength from the chemical processes that take place between the cement content and the added water. The cement needs the correct amount of water to be available to it during the whole of the curing period. If the render dries too quickly due to exposure to sunlight, wind or even dehumidification, the cement will not be able to react with water, producing a weak render that will be prone to cracking.The render should be dampened regularly during the curing process and protected from accelerated drying with hessian and plastic sheeting.Hairline cracking can be made good with fine fillers or alternatively a high-build masonry paint can be applied.DO NOT APPLY DECORATIONS UNTIL PLASTERS OR RENDERS ARE THOROUGHLY DRY.Finishing Profile:It is recommended that renders and plasters are raised from the floor by 20-25mm to prevent bridging from the floor. Newton 800 Finishing Profile, available in 2 metre lengths, should be fitted to the bottom of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane as a plaster stop, guaranteeing that the plaster/render will stop short of the floor.Newton 800 Finishing Profile must be fixed at the same time as Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane and therefore before the plaster or render is applied.Newton 800 Finishing Profile is not recommended where the run of wall is uneven or when the membrane is extended down past the slab. Once the finish has been applied and has dried, the 20-25mm gap to the bottom of the plaster / render should be covered by a timber skirting.Plastering:The recommended plaster for Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is Tarmac Whitewall One Coat. Please note that we do not recommend that this product is used in one single coat to our Mesh membranes.The application of the plaster should be in two coats: 6mm scratch coat, 6mm second or float coat. If a finish coat is required this should be of 3mm.Tarmac Whitewall should be applied in accordance with good plastering practice as described in BS 8481:2006, BS EN 13914-2:2005.Always allow 24 hours drying time between coats of plaster. For a high impact resistant finish, use Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster.NOTE: Tarmac Whitewall and Tarmac Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster are not suitable for areas of high humidity and wet areas such as swimming pool surrounds.Rendering:Render with a mix of sand, cement and lime should be applied in two coats using the procedures defined within BS EN 13914-1:2005 to a total thickness of 14mm. A 3mm skim coat of finishing plaster can be added once the render is fully curedThe scratch coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 5 parts clean well-graded sharp sand. The second or float coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 6 parts clean well graded sharp sand. The scratch coat should be 7mm and the second or float coat should be 7mm.To lessen incidents of cracking, it is best to mix the lime and sand a day or more before use. Cement can then be added at the time of rendering.The work should be of two coats of render and if required, a third coat of finishing plaster. The purpose of the 7mm scratch coat is to stiffen up the lath and to provide rough and absorbent, backing for subsequent coats. Work this scratch coat well into the mesh. Each 7mm coat of render should be allowed to dry for a period of not less than seven, preferably ten days, longer if possible. Cracking may occur if shorter time is allowed between coats.It is important that the render coats are allowed to cure correctly over the 7 to 10 day period with the render dampened as required. If the scratch coat has not fully cured, slumping of the render can result.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is fully cured. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh must be fully cured also.In warm periods the render should be protected from excessive drying out by covering with damp hessian sheets and plastic sheeting over it.Dampen down the scratch coat before application of the float coat. A smooth finish is not recommended. Expansion joints should be trowelled in through the render to the membrane. These joints must be filled with a suitable flexible polymer-based sealant. Expanded metal angle beads and stop beads can be fixed where appropriate using dabs of the same material mixed as for the scratch coat.Hydraulic Lime:NHL (Natural Hydraulic Lime) 3.5 should be used to a combined depth of 20mm with a 10mm scratch coat and a 10mm second or float coat. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL, 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions. The 10mm scratch coat is pushed firmly into the membrane mesh.Check the application the day after and rub out any cracks. The surface should be thoroughly scratched without breaking the surface of the mesh. The scratch coat has to be left for a minimum of 7 days to set. It should be protected from draughts and extremes of temperature.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is set and reasonably hard. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh that has to be set.The second coat is the float coat and is applied then ruled off to flatten the wall surface. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions.The scratch coat has to be dampened down before application of the float coat.The work has to be protected and tended as per the scratch coat. The second coat is floated or trowelled so a finish coat or a further coat can be appliedPlasterboard on Dabs:Plaster board panels can be fixed to Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane by the dot and dab method, giving a dry surface ready for immediate decoration. ‘Dabs’ should be applied to the heads of the Plaster Plugs, board edges and membrane to cover 50% of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.NOTE: We do not recommend that laminated or insulated plasterboard is dot & dabbed to meshed membranes. Laminated boards have to be fixed to the wall with a mechanical fixing at each side of the board, just above half way up, so that the board does not come apart and block exits during a fire. This is a requirement of UK Building Code. It is not possible to mechanically fix through the laminated board without puncturing the membrane. If insulation is required to the wall build, use a Non-Meshed Membrane Damp Proofing Membrane (such as Wykamol CM3 Cavity Drain Membrane or Newton 803 Membrane), with an independently supported wall frame.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)BBA Certificate shopify_GB_4420454416483 shopify_GB_4420454416483_31778541699171 new 162.00 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Wykamol_CM3_Mesh_Membrane_1_grande.jpg?v=1575910298 Wykamol Group WYCM3M1220 Damp Proof Membranes (W) 1.2M x (L) 20M - (24M²) US 0.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol CM3 MESH - Damp Proof Membrane (3mm Stud) https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-cm3-mesh-membrane?variant=31778541797475 Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a High Quality, 3mm Stud, Damp Proof Meshed Membrane comprising of HDPE Membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh on the surface of one side, perfect for damp proofing. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.  Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is supported by BBA Certification Certificate Number 18/5595.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is available in 1.0 Metre, 1.2 Metre and 2.0 Metre Widths.Available in various Roll sizes ranging from 2.5M² to 40M².DescriptionWykamol CM3 MESH Damp Proof MembraneWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a composite damp proof membrane comprising of HDPE membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh heat-welded during the manufacturing process to the surface of one side. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is 0.5mm thick and has a pattern of raised 3mm studs. The studs face the wall and create air channels that allow for vapour equalisation to take place between the membrane and the wall.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is light, clean and easy to handle. It can be cut with a sharp knife, scissors or shears. The membrane is inert and is highly resistant to water, alkalies, saline solutions and organic acids, and it is not affected by minerals. It is also resistant to bacteria, fungi and other small organisms.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is guaranteed against deterioration for 30 years and has a life expectancy of at least 50 years.Benefits & Features:BBA ApprovedProvides a surface that is totally separated and unaffected by the dampness within the wall, ensuring that the wall finish will never be affected by moisture or saltsSuperb ‘key’ for renders or plastersCompletely moisture-resistant but allows vapour diffusionQuick and easy to installIn many cases the existing render can be left on the wallNo requirement for damaging preparation to the wall surfaceTechnical Data:MaterialHigh Density Polyethylene (HDPE)Unit Weight0.505 Kg/m²Sheet Thickness0.7mmStud Height3mmColourBeige (Semi-Transparent)Water Tightness - 60 kPa; 24h (EN 1928)PassWorking Temperature-50°C to +80°CSoftening Temperature126°CTensile Strength MD (BS 12311-2)416 NTensile Strength CD (BS 12311-2)488 NResistance to Static Loading (BS 12730)>20 KgCompressive Strength (BS EN ISO 25619-2)250 kNReaction to Fire (BS EN 13501-1 :2007+A1:2009)Class EType of ApplicationType VLife ExpectancyLifetime of StructureInstallationPreparation:Clean the substrate to remove all loose debris and organic matter. Plaster should be removed as it can soften over time, which will weaken the fix of the membrane to the wall. If the wall render is in good condition, it does not have to be removed and the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted directly over. If the render is damaged, local repairs may be requiredLoose or crumbling render should be removed and local repairs made. If the render is in very poor condition, all of it may need to be removedObtain as flat a surface as possible. If the wall is undulating, better results are produced if the wall surface is dubbed-out flat with sand & cement prior to installation of the membrane, rather than dubbing out over the top of Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane. A flat, uniform surface to the substrate means that the plaster or render above Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane will also be uniform and less likely to have cracking caused by differential thicknessesIf evidence of bacterial growth can be seen, use a fungicidal product prior to the fitting of the membraneIf any evidence of wet rot or dry rot is seen, have it dealt with by a qualified remedial specialistIf a new slab is to be laid as part of the works, it is preferable to fit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane prior to the laying of the floor slab with the floor DPM extending upwards in front of the Membrane ready for the concrete pour.Cutting to Size:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be cut with a sharp utility knife, scissors or shearsDecide whether the membrane is to be fitted horizontally or verticallyMembrane Jointing:Joints may be made horizontally or verticallyJoints are created by butt jointing the two edges together and then oversealing the joints with Wykamol Mesh Tape.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken round corners. On particularly difficult shaped corners, cut the CM3 MESH Membrane and butt joint and seal as above.Wykamol Mesh Tape should be firmly pressed into the mesh of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane to facilitate the joint.In cold and damp conditions a heat gun should be used to gently evaporate surface moisture and then to assist in pressing the Mesh Tape into the mesh of the membraneSealing Around Protrusions:Where the membrane has to be cut around pipes or other protrusions, carefully cut the membrane around the protrusion and then seal around the protrusion with Newton® Sealing Mastic to ensure there is no bridging between the damp substrate and the new finish.Fixing to the Wall:Cut the membrane to size. Ideally, Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane should be continued up into ceiling voids and down past the slab to the oversite. If this is not possible, cut the membrane so that it finishes tightly to the soffit and floor finish. A gap is not required at the soffit or floor, indeed the system works more efficiently when the system is not ventilated as this impedes the natural vapour drive from inside the property to the outside that still continues through the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is fitted to the wall with the studs facing the wall and the flat meshed surface facing inwards towards the applicator. Fix the membrane to the wall with the Wykamol CM Plaster Plugs to all substrates except when fixing to plywood or timber, when a galvanised clout nail should be used, or to slightly friable mortar substrate, when the Wykamol Cob Plug should be used.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted horizontally or vertically.Fit the membrane as level as possible - best results are achieved when a long builders level or a rotating laser level is used. Care must be taken to ensure that the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is pulled tight and square while fixing as this will avoid sagging or bulging which can cause problems when plastering or rendering.Using a 7mm or 8mm drill bit (depending on substrate), drill through the membrane into the wall to a depth of the length of the Fixing Plug being used.OPTIONAL: Apply a bead of Newton 801-M Sealing Mastic around the hole to the membrane so that when the plug is hammered home, the Mastic will seal between the plug and the membrane and so prevent migration of dampness and salting from the substrate to the wall finish.Use a small number of fixings to initially fit the membrane to the wall as level as possible.Once the section of membrane is on the wall add the further fixingsHammer the plugs home using a wide headed hammer such as a lump hammer or malletA smaller-diameter bit can be used on softer substrate to ensure a tight fit for the plugFixing centres internally must not be greater than 250mmOn curved or uneven surfaces, closer fixings should be usedOn exposed areas closer fixings are recommended, to restrain possible thermal movementFit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane 300mm to return walls to isolate wall finishes from dampness transmitting from the main wall being treatedWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken into revealsFixing should not take place above 30°C and below -5°C.FinishingGeneral:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is suitable for wall finishes including plaster, render, hydraulic lime or plasterboard bonded to the membrane with a propriety adhesive compound.Whilst cement based renders are prone to cracking, careful application can reduce or avoid this. Problems occur when the scratch coat has not been allowed to fully cure prior to the float coat being applied, but the most common problem we see is where the render has not been allowed to fully cure due to accelerated drying. It is extremely important that the render is slowly cured for a period of 7-10 days, longer if possible. The render gets its strength from the chemical processes that take place between the cement content and the added water. The cement needs the correct amount of water to be available to it during the whole of the curing period. If the render dries too quickly due to exposure to sunlight, wind or even dehumidification, the cement will not be able to react with water, producing a weak render that will be prone to cracking.The render should be dampened regularly during the curing process and protected from accelerated drying with hessian and plastic sheeting.Hairline cracking can be made good with fine fillers or alternatively a high-build masonry paint can be applied.DO NOT APPLY DECORATIONS UNTIL PLASTERS OR RENDERS ARE THOROUGHLY DRY.Finishing Profile:It is recommended that renders and plasters are raised from the floor by 20-25mm to prevent bridging from the floor. Newton 800 Finishing Profile, available in 2 metre lengths, should be fitted to the bottom of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane as a plaster stop, guaranteeing that the plaster/render will stop short of the floor.Newton 800 Finishing Profile must be fixed at the same time as Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane and therefore before the plaster or render is applied.Newton 800 Finishing Profile is not recommended where the run of wall is uneven or when the membrane is extended down past the slab. Once the finish has been applied and has dried, the 20-25mm gap to the bottom of the plaster / render should be covered by a timber skirting.Plastering:The recommended plaster for Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is Tarmac Whitewall One Coat. Please note that we do not recommend that this product is used in one single coat to our Mesh membranes.The application of the plaster should be in two coats: 6mm scratch coat, 6mm second or float coat. If a finish coat is required this should be of 3mm.Tarmac Whitewall should be applied in accordance with good plastering practice as described in BS 8481:2006, BS EN 13914-2:2005.Always allow 24 hours drying time between coats of plaster. For a high impact resistant finish, use Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster.NOTE: Tarmac Whitewall and Tarmac Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster are not suitable for areas of high humidity and wet areas such as swimming pool surrounds.Rendering:Render with a mix of sand, cement and lime should be applied in two coats using the procedures defined within BS EN 13914-1:2005 to a total thickness of 14mm. A 3mm skim coat of finishing plaster can be added once the render is fully curedThe scratch coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 5 parts clean well-graded sharp sand. The second or float coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 6 parts clean well graded sharp sand. The scratch coat should be 7mm and the second or float coat should be 7mm.To lessen incidents of cracking, it is best to mix the lime and sand a day or more before use. Cement can then be added at the time of rendering.The work should be of two coats of render and if required, a third coat of finishing plaster. The purpose of the 7mm scratch coat is to stiffen up the lath and to provide rough and absorbent, backing for subsequent coats. Work this scratch coat well into the mesh. Each 7mm coat of render should be allowed to dry for a period of not less than seven, preferably ten days, longer if possible. Cracking may occur if shorter time is allowed between coats.It is important that the render coats are allowed to cure correctly over the 7 to 10 day period with the render dampened as required. If the scratch coat has not fully cured, slumping of the render can result.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is fully cured. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh must be fully cured also.In warm periods the render should be protected from excessive drying out by covering with damp hessian sheets and plastic sheeting over it.Dampen down the scratch coat before application of the float coat. A smooth finish is not recommended. Expansion joints should be trowelled in through the render to the membrane. These joints must be filled with a suitable flexible polymer-based sealant. Expanded metal angle beads and stop beads can be fixed where appropriate using dabs of the same material mixed as for the scratch coat.Hydraulic Lime:NHL (Natural Hydraulic Lime) 3.5 should be used to a combined depth of 20mm with a 10mm scratch coat and a 10mm second or float coat. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL, 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions. The 10mm scratch coat is pushed firmly into the membrane mesh.Check the application the day after and rub out any cracks. The surface should be thoroughly scratched without breaking the surface of the mesh. The scratch coat has to be left for a minimum of 7 days to set. It should be protected from draughts and extremes of temperature.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is set and reasonably hard. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh that has to be set.The second coat is the float coat and is applied then ruled off to flatten the wall surface. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions.The scratch coat has to be dampened down before application of the float coat.The work has to be protected and tended as per the scratch coat. The second coat is floated or trowelled so a finish coat or a further coat can be appliedPlasterboard on Dabs:Plaster board panels can be fixed to Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane by the dot and dab method, giving a dry surface ready for immediate decoration. ‘Dabs’ should be applied to the heads of the Plaster Plugs, board edges and membrane to cover 50% of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.NOTE: We do not recommend that laminated or insulated plasterboard is dot & dabbed to meshed membranes. Laminated boards have to be fixed to the wall with a mechanical fixing at each side of the board, just above half way up, so that the board does not come apart and block exits during a fire. This is a requirement of UK Building Code. It is not possible to mechanically fix through the laminated board without puncturing the membrane. If insulation is required to the wall build, use a Non-Meshed Membrane Damp Proofing Membrane (such as Wykamol CM3 Cavity Drain Membrane or Newton 803 Membrane), with an independently supported wall frame.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)BBA Certificate shopify_GB_4420454416483 shopify_GB_4420454416483_31778541797475 new 130.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Wykamol_CM3_Mesh_Membrane_1_grande.jpg?v=1575910298 Wykamol Group WYCM3M2220-10 Damp Proof Membranes (W) 2.0M x (L) 10M - (20M²) US 0.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol CM3 MESH - Damp Proof Membrane (3mm Stud) https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-cm3-mesh-membrane?variant=31778541764707 Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a High Quality, 3mm Stud, Damp Proof Meshed Membrane comprising of HDPE Membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh on the surface of one side, perfect for damp proofing. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.  Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is supported by BBA Certification Certificate Number 18/5595.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is available in 1.0 Metre, 1.2 Metre and 2.0 Metre Widths.Available in various Roll sizes ranging from 2.5M² to 40M².DescriptionWykamol CM3 MESH Damp Proof MembraneWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is a composite damp proof membrane comprising of HDPE membrane with a rot-proof HDPE mesh heat-welded during the manufacturing process to the surface of one side. The meshed surface creates a mechanical key to allow the membrane to be plastered, rendered or to receive dot & dab plasterboard.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is 0.5mm thick and has a pattern of raised 3mm studs. The studs face the wall and create air channels that allow for vapour equalisation to take place between the membrane and the wall.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is light, clean and easy to handle. It can be cut with a sharp knife, scissors or shears. The membrane is inert and is highly resistant to water, alkalies, saline solutions and organic acids, and it is not affected by minerals. It is also resistant to bacteria, fungi and other small organisms.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is guaranteed against deterioration for 30 years and has a life expectancy of at least 50 years.Benefits & Features:BBA ApprovedProvides a surface that is totally separated and unaffected by the dampness within the wall, ensuring that the wall finish will never be affected by moisture or saltsSuperb ‘key’ for renders or plastersCompletely moisture-resistant but allows vapour diffusionQuick and easy to installIn many cases the existing render can be left on the wallNo requirement for damaging preparation to the wall surfaceTechnical Data:MaterialHigh Density Polyethylene (HDPE)Unit Weight0.505 Kg/m²Sheet Thickness0.7mmStud Height3mmColourBeige (Semi-Transparent)Water Tightness - 60 kPa; 24h (EN 1928)PassWorking Temperature-50°C to +80°CSoftening Temperature126°CTensile Strength MD (BS 12311-2)416 NTensile Strength CD (BS 12311-2)488 NResistance to Static Loading (BS 12730)>20 KgCompressive Strength (BS EN ISO 25619-2)250 kNReaction to Fire (BS EN 13501-1 :2007+A1:2009)Class EType of ApplicationType VLife ExpectancyLifetime of StructureInstallationPreparation:Clean the substrate to remove all loose debris and organic matter. Plaster should be removed as it can soften over time, which will weaken the fix of the membrane to the wall. If the wall render is in good condition, it does not have to be removed and the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted directly over. If the render is damaged, local repairs may be requiredLoose or crumbling render should be removed and local repairs made. If the render is in very poor condition, all of it may need to be removedObtain as flat a surface as possible. If the wall is undulating, better results are produced if the wall surface is dubbed-out flat with sand & cement prior to installation of the membrane, rather than dubbing out over the top of Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane. A flat, uniform surface to the substrate means that the plaster or render above Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane will also be uniform and less likely to have cracking caused by differential thicknessesIf evidence of bacterial growth can be seen, use a fungicidal product prior to the fitting of the membraneIf any evidence of wet rot or dry rot is seen, have it dealt with by a qualified remedial specialistIf a new slab is to be laid as part of the works, it is preferable to fit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane prior to the laying of the floor slab with the floor DPM extending upwards in front of the Membrane ready for the concrete pour.Cutting to Size:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be cut with a sharp utility knife, scissors or shearsDecide whether the membrane is to be fitted horizontally or verticallyMembrane Jointing:Joints may be made horizontally or verticallyJoints are created by butt jointing the two edges together and then oversealing the joints with Wykamol Mesh Tape.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken round corners. On particularly difficult shaped corners, cut the CM3 MESH Membrane and butt joint and seal as above.Wykamol Mesh Tape should be firmly pressed into the mesh of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane to facilitate the joint.In cold and damp conditions a heat gun should be used to gently evaporate surface moisture and then to assist in pressing the Mesh Tape into the mesh of the membraneSealing Around Protrusions:Where the membrane has to be cut around pipes or other protrusions, carefully cut the membrane around the protrusion and then seal around the protrusion with Newton® Sealing Mastic to ensure there is no bridging between the damp substrate and the new finish.Fixing to the Wall:Cut the membrane to size. Ideally, Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane should be continued up into ceiling voids and down past the slab to the oversite. If this is not possible, cut the membrane so that it finishes tightly to the soffit and floor finish. A gap is not required at the soffit or floor, indeed the system works more efficiently when the system is not ventilated as this impedes the natural vapour drive from inside the property to the outside that still continues through the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is fitted to the wall with the studs facing the wall and the flat meshed surface facing inwards towards the applicator. Fix the membrane to the wall with the Wykamol CM Plaster Plugs to all substrates except when fixing to plywood or timber, when a galvanised clout nail should be used, or to slightly friable mortar substrate, when the Wykamol Cob Plug should be used.Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be fitted horizontally or vertically.Fit the membrane as level as possible - best results are achieved when a long builders level or a rotating laser level is used. Care must be taken to ensure that the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is pulled tight and square while fixing as this will avoid sagging or bulging which can cause problems when plastering or rendering.Using a 7mm or 8mm drill bit (depending on substrate), drill through the membrane into the wall to a depth of the length of the Fixing Plug being used.OPTIONAL: Apply a bead of Newton 801-M Sealing Mastic around the hole to the membrane so that when the plug is hammered home, the Mastic will seal between the plug and the membrane and so prevent migration of dampness and salting from the substrate to the wall finish.Use a small number of fixings to initially fit the membrane to the wall as level as possible.Once the section of membrane is on the wall add the further fixingsHammer the plugs home using a wide headed hammer such as a lump hammer or malletA smaller-diameter bit can be used on softer substrate to ensure a tight fit for the plugFixing centres internally must not be greater than 250mmOn curved or uneven surfaces, closer fixings should be usedOn exposed areas closer fixings are recommended, to restrain possible thermal movementFit Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane 300mm to return walls to isolate wall finishes from dampness transmitting from the main wall being treatedWykamol CM3 MESH Membrane can be taken into revealsFixing should not take place above 30°C and below -5°C.FinishingGeneral:Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is suitable for wall finishes including plaster, render, hydraulic lime or plasterboard bonded to the membrane with a propriety adhesive compound.Whilst cement based renders are prone to cracking, careful application can reduce or avoid this. Problems occur when the scratch coat has not been allowed to fully cure prior to the float coat being applied, but the most common problem we see is where the render has not been allowed to fully cure due to accelerated drying. It is extremely important that the render is slowly cured for a period of 7-10 days, longer if possible. The render gets its strength from the chemical processes that take place between the cement content and the added water. The cement needs the correct amount of water to be available to it during the whole of the curing period. If the render dries too quickly due to exposure to sunlight, wind or even dehumidification, the cement will not be able to react with water, producing a weak render that will be prone to cracking.The render should be dampened regularly during the curing process and protected from accelerated drying with hessian and plastic sheeting.Hairline cracking can be made good with fine fillers or alternatively a high-build masonry paint can be applied.DO NOT APPLY DECORATIONS UNTIL PLASTERS OR RENDERS ARE THOROUGHLY DRY.Finishing Profile:It is recommended that renders and plasters are raised from the floor by 20-25mm to prevent bridging from the floor. Newton 800 Finishing Profile, available in 2 metre lengths, should be fitted to the bottom of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane as a plaster stop, guaranteeing that the plaster/render will stop short of the floor.Newton 800 Finishing Profile must be fixed at the same time as Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane and therefore before the plaster or render is applied.Newton 800 Finishing Profile is not recommended where the run of wall is uneven or when the membrane is extended down past the slab. Once the finish has been applied and has dried, the 20-25mm gap to the bottom of the plaster / render should be covered by a timber skirting.Plastering:The recommended plaster for Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane is Tarmac Whitewall One Coat. Please note that we do not recommend that this product is used in one single coat to our Mesh membranes.The application of the plaster should be in two coats: 6mm scratch coat, 6mm second or float coat. If a finish coat is required this should be of 3mm.Tarmac Whitewall should be applied in accordance with good plastering practice as described in BS 8481:2006, BS EN 13914-2:2005.Always allow 24 hours drying time between coats of plaster. For a high impact resistant finish, use Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster.NOTE: Tarmac Whitewall and Tarmac Whitewall High Impact Backing Plaster are not suitable for areas of high humidity and wet areas such as swimming pool surrounds.Rendering:Render with a mix of sand, cement and lime should be applied in two coats using the procedures defined within BS EN 13914-1:2005 to a total thickness of 14mm. A 3mm skim coat of finishing plaster can be added once the render is fully curedThe scratch coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 5 parts clean well-graded sharp sand. The second or float coat should be a mix of 1 part lime: 1 part cement: and 6 parts clean well graded sharp sand. The scratch coat should be 7mm and the second or float coat should be 7mm.To lessen incidents of cracking, it is best to mix the lime and sand a day or more before use. Cement can then be added at the time of rendering.The work should be of two coats of render and if required, a third coat of finishing plaster. The purpose of the 7mm scratch coat is to stiffen up the lath and to provide rough and absorbent, backing for subsequent coats. Work this scratch coat well into the mesh. Each 7mm coat of render should be allowed to dry for a period of not less than seven, preferably ten days, longer if possible. Cracking may occur if shorter time is allowed between coats.It is important that the render coats are allowed to cure correctly over the 7 to 10 day period with the render dampened as required. If the scratch coat has not fully cured, slumping of the render can result.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is fully cured. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh must be fully cured also.In warm periods the render should be protected from excessive drying out by covering with damp hessian sheets and plastic sheeting over it.Dampen down the scratch coat before application of the float coat. A smooth finish is not recommended. Expansion joints should be trowelled in through the render to the membrane. These joints must be filled with a suitable flexible polymer-based sealant. Expanded metal angle beads and stop beads can be fixed where appropriate using dabs of the same material mixed as for the scratch coat.Hydraulic Lime:NHL (Natural Hydraulic Lime) 3.5 should be used to a combined depth of 20mm with a 10mm scratch coat and a 10mm second or float coat. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL, 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions. The 10mm scratch coat is pushed firmly into the membrane mesh.Check the application the day after and rub out any cracks. The surface should be thoroughly scratched without breaking the surface of the mesh. The scratch coat has to be left for a minimum of 7 days to set. It should be protected from draughts and extremes of temperature.Before applying the second or float coat, carefully drill or scratch out a small section into an area behind the mesh, within the membrane stud, to confirm that it is set and reasonably hard. The surface will cure quite quickly but the area behind the mesh that has to be set.The second coat is the float coat and is applied then ruled off to flatten the wall surface. The mix ratio is 2.5 parts sand to 1 part NHL 3.5 mixed as per manufacturers instructions.The scratch coat has to be dampened down before application of the float coat.The work has to be protected and tended as per the scratch coat. The second coat is floated or trowelled so a finish coat or a further coat can be appliedPlasterboard on Dabs:Plaster board panels can be fixed to Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane by the dot and dab method, giving a dry surface ready for immediate decoration. ‘Dabs’ should be applied to the heads of the Plaster Plugs, board edges and membrane to cover 50% of the Wykamol CM3 MESH Membrane.NOTE: We do not recommend that laminated or insulated plasterboard is dot & dabbed to meshed membranes. Laminated boards have to be fixed to the wall with a mechanical fixing at each side of the board, just above half way up, so that the board does not come apart and block exits during a fire. This is a requirement of UK Building Code. It is not possible to mechanically fix through the laminated board without puncturing the membrane. If insulation is required to the wall build, use a Non-Meshed Membrane Damp Proofing Membrane (such as Wykamol CM3 Cavity Drain Membrane or Newton 803 Membrane), with an independently supported wall frame.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)BBA Certificate shopify_GB_4420454416483 shopify_GB_4420454416483_31778541764707 new 243.00 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Wykamol_CM3_Mesh_Membrane_1_grande.jpg?v=1575910298 Wykamol Group WYCM3M2220 Damp Proof Membranes (W) 2.0M x (L) 20M - (40M²) US 0.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol CM20 Waterproof Floor Membrane (20mm Stud) https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-cm20-waterproof-membrane?variant=31830026518627 Wykamol CM20 is a High Quality, 20mm Stud, Cavity Drain Basement Waterproofing Floor Membrane made from High Density Polyethylene (HDPE).Wykamol CM20 Membrane is used as a high drainage capacity floor membrane and is generally specified where it is anticipated that there may be a risk of severe water penetration.  Wykamol CM20 Waterproof Floor Membrane is supported by BBA Certification Certificate Number 18/5595.Supplied in 2.07M x 10M (20M²) Rolls.DescriptionWykamol CM20 Cavity Drain Floor MembraneWykamol CM20 Membrane is a Cavity Drain Waterproofing Membrane made from High Density Polyethylene (HDPE).With its 20mm deep stud profile, Wykamol CM20 Membrane is used as a high drainage capacity floor membrane and is generally specified where it is anticipated that there may be a risk of severe water penetration.Wykamol CM20 Membrane is suitable for Type C waterproofing while delivering a grade 3 environment to BS8102:2009 and NHBC Chapter 5.4.Wykamol CM20 Membrane has a life expectancy of at least the design life of the building. It is inert and, therefore, non-polluting to drinking water, highly resistant to water, alkalies, saline solutions and organic acids, and not affected by minerals and hydro-carbons. It is also impervious to root penetration, is rot-proof, and resistant to bacteria, fungi and other small organisms.Benefits & Features:BBA ApprovedPart of a Type C Cavity Drain Membrane System in Line With BS8102:2009Gives a High Water Void Volume of 14 Litres/m²Quick to Install - Easy to Roll Out Along FloorsCreates a Dry, Habitable Living Space in Areas Previously Suffering From Damp / Wet ConditionsEasily Cut Down Using a Sharp BladeWaterproof, Salt Inhibiting, Root and Contaminate ResistantLittle or No Damage to the Existing StructureLow and High Temperature ToleranceHigh Grade MaterialTechnical Data:MaterialHigh Density Polyethylene (HDPE)Unit Weight1kg/m²Sheet Thickness1mmStud Height20mmColourBlackWater Tightness - 60 kPa; 24h (EN 1928)PassWorking Temperature-50°C to +80°CSoftening Temperature126°CTensile Strength MD (BS 12311-2)416 NTensile Strength CD (BS 12311-2)488 NResistance to Static Loading (BS 12730)>20 KgCompressive Strength (BS EN ISO 25619-2)170 kNReaction to Fire (BS EN 13501-1 :2007+A1:2009)Class EType of ApplicationType VLife ExpectancyLifetime of StructureInstallationPreparation:Wykamol CM20 Membrane should only be used on floors. Before the system is installed, the area must be assessed to determine what preparation is required:All timber and other organic material must be removed to prevent risk of fungal or bacterial growth behind the System. If evidence of rot exists, this must be dealt with by a specialist contractor prior to installation of the system.Brush the floor clean and remove any sharp protrusions. Fill all non-structural cracks above 1mm wide, all structural cracks should be repaired or treated.New concrete should be treated with Wykamol Microsealer or Platinum Lime Inhibitor which prevents free lime from the curing concrete being drawn out by ingressing water.Installation Method:It is very rare for water to pass through a solid concrete slab or concrete raft, but where the slab or raft is of questionable quality it is possible for water to pass through cracks in a poorly constructed floor. If the quality of the slab is questionable, Wykamol CM20 Membrane should be used as the floor membrane.Starting at one side of the room, unroll the membrane with the studs down and cut to fit the room as one would a carpet. The next membrane width is rolled out so that the flanged edge overlaps onto the edge of the previous roll of membrane. Clean both edges.Wykamol Membrane Tape is then applied to the high flat area between the first two studs at the edge of the previous roll of membrane with the backing paper still intact.Check the two widths for alignment, with the flange covering the backing paper.Starting from the end of the joint, remove the backing paper and press down on the joint sealing the two sections together. This process is repeated until all areas are covered. Seal the Wykamol CM20 Membrane to the up-stand of the perimeter drainage channel (i.e Wykamol Waterguard Channel) with Wykamol Corner Strip Tape.Where the floor membrane is required to be jointed to horizontal DPC’s through internal and external walls, these joints should be sealed with Wykamol Membrane Tape. Ensure both surfaces are clean and dry before attempting to make these joints.If there are any services up through the floor, the membrane can be cut and trimmed around them, and the gap filled and sealed using a high quality MS Polymer or SMX Polymer Adhesive.If necessary, a patch of membrane or plain DPC is laid over and sealed to the service with Wykamol Rope, and around its perimeter with Wykamol Membrane Tape.It should be noted that protrusions through the floor slab/raft should be avoided wherever possible as they create weaknesses that allow unnecessary water ingress.The specified floor finish can now be laid directly over the floor membrane, which must not be punctured by any fixings through the floor. When a timber floor finish is preferred you must allow an expansion gap around the wall edge.Speak to the supplier of the floor finish to confirm the correct size of this expansion gap.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)BBA Certificate shopify_GB_4433424711779 shopify_GB_4433424711779_31830026518627 new 128.40 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Wykamol_CM20_Membrane_1_grande.jpg?v=1593698812 Wykamol Group WYCM2020-10 Basement Waterproof Membranes (W) 2.07M x (L) 10M (20M²) US 20.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol CM20 Waterproof Floor Membrane (20mm Stud) https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wykamol-cm20-waterproof-membrane?variant=31830026551395 Wykamol CM20 is a High Quality, 20mm Stud, Cavity Drain Basement Waterproofing Floor Membrane made from High Density Polyethylene (HDPE).Wykamol CM20 Membrane is used as a high drainage capacity floor membrane and is generally specified where it is anticipated that there may be a risk of severe water penetration.  Wykamol CM20 Waterproof Floor Membrane is supported by BBA Certification Certificate Number 18/5595.Supplied in 2.07M x 10M (20M²) Rolls.DescriptionWykamol CM20 Cavity Drain Floor MembraneWykamol CM20 Membrane is a Cavity Drain Waterproofing Membrane made from High Density Polyethylene (HDPE).With its 20mm deep stud profile, Wykamol CM20 Membrane is used as a high drainage capacity floor membrane and is generally specified where it is anticipated that there may be a risk of severe water penetration.Wykamol CM20 Membrane is suitable for Type C waterproofing while delivering a grade 3 environment to BS8102:2009 and NHBC Chapter 5.4.Wykamol CM20 Membrane has a life expectancy of at least the design life of the building. It is inert and, therefore, non-polluting to drinking water, highly resistant to water, alkalies, saline solutions and organic acids, and not affected by minerals and hydro-carbons. It is also impervious to root penetration, is rot-proof, and resistant to bacteria, fungi and other small organisms.Benefits & Features:BBA ApprovedPart of a Type C Cavity Drain Membrane System in Line With BS8102:2009Gives a High Water Void Volume of 14 Litres/m²Quick to Install - Easy to Roll Out Along FloorsCreates a Dry, Habitable Living Space in Areas Previously Suffering From Damp / Wet ConditionsEasily Cut Down Using a Sharp BladeWaterproof, Salt Inhibiting, Root and Contaminate ResistantLittle or No Damage to the Existing StructureLow and High Temperature ToleranceHigh Grade MaterialTechnical Data:MaterialHigh Density Polyethylene (HDPE)Unit Weight1kg/m²Sheet Thickness1mmStud Height20mmColourBlackWater Tightness - 60 kPa; 24h (EN 1928)PassWorking Temperature-50°C to +80°CSoftening Temperature126°CTensile Strength MD (BS 12311-2)416 NTensile Strength CD (BS 12311-2)488 NResistance to Static Loading (BS 12730)>20 KgCompressive Strength (BS EN ISO 25619-2)170 kNReaction to Fire (BS EN 13501-1 :2007+A1:2009)Class EType of ApplicationType VLife ExpectancyLifetime of StructureInstallationPreparation:Wykamol CM20 Membrane should only be used on floors. Before the system is installed, the area must be assessed to determine what preparation is required:All timber and other organic material must be removed to prevent risk of fungal or bacterial growth behind the System. If evidence of rot exists, this must be dealt with by a specialist contractor prior to installation of the system.Brush the floor clean and remove any sharp protrusions. Fill all non-structural cracks above 1mm wide, all structural cracks should be repaired or treated.New concrete should be treated with Wykamol Microsealer or Platinum Lime Inhibitor which prevents free lime from the curing concrete being drawn out by ingressing water.Installation Method:It is very rare for water to pass through a solid concrete slab or concrete raft, but where the slab or raft is of questionable quality it is possible for water to pass through cracks in a poorly constructed floor. If the quality of the slab is questionable, Wykamol CM20 Membrane should be used as the floor membrane.Starting at one side of the room, unroll the membrane with the studs down and cut to fit the room as one would a carpet. The next membrane width is rolled out so that the flanged edge overlaps onto the edge of the previous roll of membrane. Clean both edges.Wykamol Membrane Tape is then applied to the high flat area between the first two studs at the edge of the previous roll of membrane with the backing paper still intact.Check the two widths for alignment, with the flange covering the backing paper.Starting from the end of the joint, remove the backing paper and press down on the joint sealing the two sections together. This process is repeated until all areas are covered. Seal the Wykamol CM20 Membrane to the up-stand of the perimeter drainage channel (i.e Wykamol Waterguard Channel) with Wykamol Corner Strip Tape.Where the floor membrane is required to be jointed to horizontal DPC’s through internal and external walls, these joints should be sealed with Wykamol Membrane Tape. Ensure both surfaces are clean and dry before attempting to make these joints.If there are any services up through the floor, the membrane can be cut and trimmed around them, and the gap filled and sealed using a high quality MS Polymer or SMX Polymer Adhesive.If necessary, a patch of membrane or plain DPC is laid over and sealed to the service with Wykamol Rope, and around its perimeter with Wykamol Membrane Tape.It should be noted that protrusions through the floor slab/raft should be avoided wherever possible as they create weaknesses that allow unnecessary water ingress.The specified floor finish can now be laid directly over the floor membrane, which must not be punctured by any fixings through the floor. When a timber floor finish is preferred you must allow an expansion gap around the wall edge.Speak to the supplier of the floor finish to confirm the correct size of this expansion gap.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)BBA Certificate shopify_GB_4433424711779 shopify_GB_4433424711779_31830026551395 new 234.00 GBPout of stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Wykamol_CM20_Membrane_1_grande.jpg?v=1593698812 Wykamol Group WYCM2020 Basement Waterproof Membranes (W) 2.07M x (L) 20M (40M²) US 20.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol Brunosol Concentrate 6X - Masonry Dry Rot Treatment https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/brunosol-dry-rot-treatment-masonry?variant=7653399789598 Brunosol Concentrate 6X is a High Strength Surface Biocide for the treatment of Dry Rot (Serpula Lacrymans) on masonry and brickwork.FOR USE ONLY AS A BIOCIDE BY PROFESSIONAL OPERATORS.  Brunosol Concentrate 6X carries the HSE Approval No 7325.Supplied in 4.2 Litre Containers, concentrated solution, dilutes to make 25 litres.DescriptionBrunosol Concentrate 6XBrunosol Concentrate 6X is a High Strength water soluble surface biocide based on Sodium 2-phenyl phenoxide used for the treatment of Dry Rot (Serpula Lacrymans) on masonry and brickwork.Whilst Serpula Lacrymans does not derive nutrient from brickwork or masonry, viable spores or dormant vegetative growth within the structure can act as a source of re-infestation unless contained or eradicated. Brunosol Concentrate 6X fulfills this purpose by providing a biocidal barrier within the wall.Approved under the Control of Pesticides Regulations 1986.Product Benefits:Dilutes to make 25 litres of working strength solution.High Strength FormulationInstantaneous action against Dry RotDeep penetration in MasonryNon-flammableActive Ingredients:Sodium Phenylphenoxide 27.53% (w/w).ApplicationPreparation:Rectify the defects contributing to the damp conditions which caused the outbreak (e.g. repair rain water drainage systems, roof leaks, etc; improve sub-floor ventilation, install DPC).Expose the full extent of the outbreak, including a margin of clearance beyond the last visible signs of growth in all directions, remove all mycelium, built-in timber lintels, wall plates, bonding timbers and plugs from the affected walls and clearance areas and dispose of by burning.N.B. If it is considered impractical to remove all timbers from infected walls etc, it may be possible to protect them in situ depending on the precise conditions prevailing etc.1 part Brunosol Concentrate 6X should be diluted with 5 parts water.A 4.2 litre bottle should be diluted to produce 25 litres of working strength solution, rinse container prior to disposal.Health & Safety Recommendations:WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING (COVERALLS) AND SYNTHETIC RUBBER/PVC GLOVES PLUS EYE PROTECTION WHEN DILUTING OR SPRAYING OVERHEAD. SEE OUR SAFETY & PPE PRODUCTSAVOID EXCESSIVE CONTAMINATION OF COVERALLS AND LAUNDER REGULARLY. COVER WATER STORAGE TANKS BEFORE APPLICATION. DO NOT BREATHE SPRAY MIST.WHEN USING DO NOT EAT, DRINK OR SMOKE, DO NOT CONTAMINATED WATERCOURSES OR GROUND, PREVENT ANY SURFACE RUN-OFF FROM ENTERING DRAINS DISPOSE OF WASTE MATERIAL OR CONTAINER SAFELY.Application on Walls:Walls should be treated in depth with diluted Brunosol Concentrate 6X at the rate of 10 litres per m³ of brickwork or masonry.4½” (115mm) brick walls can normally be treated by generous low pressure Spray Application (at 1 litre/2m²) to both sides of the wall.Thicker walls will need to be drilled at approximately 230mm staggered intervals over the area to be treated (12- 16 mm drill bit).Holes should be angled downwards between 30° and 45° to facilitate filling them with the treatment solution.When the walls are drilled from both sides, the depth of the hole should reach the centre of the wall. If the walls are drilled from one side only, the depth of the holes should extend to within approximately 50mm of the reverse face of the wall.Such treatments should be completed by surface application to both faces of the walls, although external walls need not be sprayed from the outside.11” (280mm) cavity walls can be treated as two separate 4½” (115mm) walls providing sufficient access at suitable intervals to the cavity has been made to ensure proper application of the Brunosol Concentrate 6X to the faces of the brickwork exposed within the cavity. It should be ensured that the cavity is clear and where possible ventilated.Local conditions, wall materials and type of construction would determine any variations which may be necessary to the suggested method of treatment to ensure the correct quantity of fluid (10 litres per m³) is evenly distributed within the mass of brickwork or masonry being treated.Application on Floors:Where the fungal growth has extended into the sub-floor area below a timber ground floor structure, the base of the structural walls, sleeper walls and oversite of the affected area must also be treated with Brunosol Concentrate 6X.Where the growth has penetrated a concrete oversite or subsoil it should be excavated and the exposed surface treated with Brunosol Concentrate 6X solution.Note: Areas below ground level (where sources of moisture cannot be isolated) may not be suitable for treatment using the above procedures.Coverage:1 litre of diluted product treats 2m² - 5m², 10 litres/m³.Finishing:N.B. UNPROTECTED PERSONS AND ANIMALS SHOULD BE KEPT AWAY FROM TREATED AREAS FOR 48 HOURS OR UNTIL SURFACES ARE DRY.Ideally, any area affected by dry rot should be left exposed as long as possible after treatment to facilitate rapid drying out of the masonry / oversite. Nevertheless, re-instatement including re-plastering can proceed without delay after the application of Brunosol Concentrate 6X if required.All replacement timbers should be treated with a suitable Wood Preservative and isolated from direct contact with masonry (e.g. use DPC material behind studwork for dry lining plasterboard or galvanised steel hangers to support joist ends). In cases where damp conditions are likely to persist, timbers should be treated by industrial pre-treatment as detail in BS 5589 : 1989.If an inadequate sub-floor ventilation system was a contributory factor to the Dry Rot outbreak, steps must be taken to improve the system. This can normally be achieved by inserting additional or larger air bricks, strategically placed and free from obstruction (see BRE DAS 73, 1986).Any obstructions within the sub-floor areas which would impede the cross flow movement of air must be dealt with. A satisfactory sub-floor ventilation system is one which will maintain the moisture content of the under side of the floor structure below 20%.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552087683102 shopify_GB_552087683102_7653399789598 new 33.00 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/BRUNOSOL_grande.jpg?v=1524753520 Wykamol Group WYDR05 Masonry Biocide 4.2 Litres (Concentrate) US 4.5 kg Wykamol Group Wykamol 'DPC No. 1' Solvent Based Damp Proofing Fluid https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proofing-fluid-solvent-based?variant=7653627822110 'DPC No.1' Damp Proofing Injection Fluid is an Organic Solvent-Based Stearate Resin (POAS) solution designed for the creation of chemical damp proof courses in walls above ground level.Supplied in 25 Litre Containers, Ready-to-use Product.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Description'DPC No.1' Solvent Based Damp Proofing Injection FluidAll treatments should be in accordance with BS 6576:1985 (Code of Practice for the installation of chemical damp proof courses). In particular, the inserted DPC should be below the level of a timber floor unless prevented by structural considerations. Such floors should be inspected due to the risk of fungal decay.Amorphous substrates such as solid chalk, (unfired) clay tec. may not be suitable for chemical damp proofing treatments. Stone walls filled with earth are similarly unsuitable.Note: DPC No.1 is designed to control capillary moisture movement only. Walls heavily impregnated with microscopic salts or suffering from the effects of penetrating or condensation dampness may require further measures to create a dry internal environment.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'ApplicationHealth & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.PPE should be worn during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods and soakaways to ensure that they are in good order and clean, repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If the internal floor level is at or below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm (6”) below the proposed DPC level. Do not excavate below footing level or affect the structural stability of the wall.If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Carry our any repairs or re-pointing and leave to cure (a minimum of 4 - 6 weeks) before installing the DPC.Remove skirting’s, fixings and plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC.Plaster which may be affected by hygroscopic salts should be removed to not less than 300mm (12”) above the last visible signs of dampness or 1 metre above the proposed line of the DPC, whichever is the higher.Check the removed skirting’s and, if required, put sound items to one side for reinstatement. Inspect other associated joinery and flooring timbers and if fungal decay is located take the appropriate remedial measures.Ensure wall cavities are clear of debris. Remove all external render to expose the line of the proposed DPC. If it is suspected that the render is contaminated by hygroscopic salts and / or is physically unsound, it should be removed to an appropriate height.In the case of semi-detached / terraced houses etc. Inform occupants of adjoining properties before treatments commence. The drilling of party walls in particular may cause disturbance to decorations and or ornaments.Also, DPC No.1 may give off volatile vapours and it is essential that no fires or any other naked flames are present during and for up to two days after injection. Full ventilation must be provided during this time to both the treated and adjoining areas.Cavity fill materials such as urea formaldehyde and mineral wool are not normally affected by DPC No.1 but may retain the solvent odour. Cavity walls filled with polystyrene must not be treated with DPC No.1. It may also damage existing bitumen DPCs and certain types of floor tiles, adhesives and polystyrene laid as floor insulant.Installation - General:Select the course to be treated. This should be at least 150 mm (6”) above external ground level.Where suspended timbers are present, the DPC should be formed below joist / wall plate level wherever possible.In the case of solid floors, the DPC should be inserted as close to the floor as possible and, where necessary, linked to the floor damp proof membrane by the application of a suitable water-proof compound.Vertical DPCs should be installed to connect staggered DPC levels and to isolate untreated wall areas, e.g. adjoining properties, fireplace and not treated due to lack of access and abutting garden walls. The vertical DPC should extend to at least 1 metre above the DPC level.If very high levels of hygroscopic ground salts (chlorides, nitrates) are present in the property, our Technical Department should be consulted regarding suitable methods of treatment and reinstatement.The spillage of DPC No.1 may present a contact hazard to unprotected persons. Soak up immediately or rinse away with strong detergent (as appropriate). Do not allow DPC No1 to come into contact with glass.All treatments should be in accordance with BS 6576: 2005 Code of Practice for the installation of chemical damp-proof courses. Special precautions should be taken to isolate structural flooring timbers which will remain below the level of the injected DPC.Installation - Brickwork:Drill the selected course. Spacing should be 120mm to 150mm apart. (2 per stretcher, 1 per header) to an average depth of 75mm. The diameter of the holes should be between 10 -15mm dependent on the injector rods used.Single skin (115mm) walls are drilled from one side (avoid percussion drills). Solid walls (230mm or more) should, where possible, be treated from both sides.If access is restricted injection can be carried out from one side. The first brick is treated normally. A hole is then drilled through into the next brick skin and injection undertaken using the time taken for successful treatment of the first brick as a guideline (see illustrations). Walls of greater thicknesses may be similarly treated in an incremental manner.Treatment may be carried out into the mortar course if required using a similar drilling pattern (maximum 100mm spacings). The course selected should allow reasonable pressure retention during injection and a lower pressure and longer injection times used to achieve good continuity of treatment (see ‘Injection’ below).A combination of mortar joints and brickwork can be treated by using the brick drilling pattern above but drilling at an angle (ca. 45º) to end in a mortar joint at the level of the proposed DPC (in such cases, for walls of greater than 340mm depth, special drilling patterns may be required).Installation - Stonework:Treatment of solid stonework should be carried out in a similar manner to ‘Brickwork’ with adjustments being made to the drilling pattern to take account of the construction.Installation - Rubble Infill Walls:Both solid external skins should be treated in a similar manner to ‘Brickwork’. One set of drill holes can then be drilled through into the centre of the wall and the rubble infill treated.Injection:Injection is carried out by inserting injector rods into the pre-drilled holes and forming a seal. In brick / stone DPC No.1 is injected at an approximate pressure of 500-700 kPa (70-100lbs/in²) until a continuous band of treatment is visible on the face of the wall. If treatment is being carried out into the mortar joints the pressure should be reduced to approximately 200-350 kPa (30-50lbs/in²).Coverage:3-4 litres per metre based on 225mm (9") solid brickwork (or pro rata). In other words, a 25 litre container should cover around 6.25 to 8.25 linear metres on a standard 9" thick brick, depending on porosity of substrate.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours, suitable for 10mm - 12mm wide Drill Holes).Curing:Usually within 2 - 7 days of installation depending on the thickness of the wall. Very low temperatures which slow down solvent evaporation will extend curing times.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with DPC No. 1 to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.External Works:Where appropriate, external renders should be applied in accordance with BS 5262:1991 and terminate in a bell mouth just above the DPC level.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552125038622 shopify_GB_552125038622_7653627822110 new 83.40 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/DPC_NO.1_NEW_grande.jpg?v=1542900418 Wykamol Group WYKD11 Damp Proofing Fluid 25 Litres US 25.0 kg Wykamol Group Wykabor 40.1 Boron Injection Paste - Woodworm & Dry Rot Treatment https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/boron-injection-paste-wykabor-40?variant=7653400674334 Wykabor 40.1 is a specialist Boron Based Wood Preservative containing disodium octaborate tetrahydrate, designed for use by injection into larger dimension timbers, to protect against Woodworm and Fungal Decay (Dry Rot). Wykabor 40.1 Boron Injection Paste is particularly suited for use in damp / wet timbers in contact with masonry (e.g. joist ends, wall plates etc.) where the active ingredients can diffuse into ‘high risk’ areas.Supplied in 400ml Cartridges, complete with Extension Nozzle.  Wykabor 40.1 carries the HSE Approval No 10362.  Read our Guides on 'How to Treat Woodworm & Wood Boring Insects' and 'How to Identify & Treat Dry Rot and Wet Rot on Timbers'DescriptionWykabor 40.1 - Boron Injection PasteWykabor 40.1 is a glycol-based wood preservative formulation containing disodium octaborate tetrahydrate.Wykabor 40.1 Boron Injection Paste is designed for use by injection into larger dimension timbers, to protect against wood boring insects and fungal decay.Wykabor 40.1 Boron Injection Paste is particularly suited for use in damp / wet timbers in contact with masonry (e.g. joist ends, wall plates etc.) where the active ingredients can diffuse into ‘high risk’ areas.Treatments may be supplemented by a surface application of Wykabor 10.1.Wykabor 40.1 Boron Injection Paste is approved for use only by professional operators under The Control of Pesticides Regulations 1986. Read the label before use.  Read our Guides on 'How to Treat Woodworm & Wood Boring Insects' and 'How to Identify & Treat Dry Rot and Wet Rot on Timbers'Product Benefits:Deep penetration in wet and dry wood.Odourless.Highly effective, dual purpose preservative.Active Ingredients:Disodium Octaborate 40% w/w.ApplicationBats:All bats are protected under The Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981. Before treating any structure used by bats, consult Natural England, Scottish National Heritage, The Countryside Council for Wales or The Department of the Environment for Northern Ireland.Wykabor 40.1 is suitable for use in bat roosts.Preparation:Before deciding on appropriate preservative treatment, carefully evaluate the structural integrity of timbers and repair and / or replace those considered unsound (isolated from masonry where possible). Locate and rectify any sources of dampness.Wykabor 40.1 can be used to treat sound (new or existing) timbers. For timbers already suffering from fungal decay / insect attack, treatments can be applied effectively as long as measures are also taken to remove sources of moisture and / or improve ventilation in the adjoining areas.Timbers left in direct contact with masonry below ground level, or in other situations where there is a known continuing source of moisture, can be treated in-situ but should be re-inspected periodically to access their condition.Cover water storage tanks and remove or cover fish tanks and bowls and any food stuffs etc. before application. Do not use on food preparation or storage surfaces.Wykabor 40.1 is a deeply penetrating product which causes staining to both the treated timber and any porous materials it is contact with (e.g. plaster, masonry).Further, when timbers are dry, the boron salts may appear as surface crystals in places.THESE FACTORS MAKE THIS PRODUCT SUITABLE ONLY FOR THE TREATMENT OF STRUCTURAL TIMBERS WHICH WILL NOT BE EXPOSED AS A DECORATIVE FEATURE.If sensitive linings or overlay materials are to be used in direct contact with treated timbers they should be isolated by the use of an impervious barrier.If treatments are being carried out as part of a dry rot eradication program carefully establish the full extent of the infestation and use Wykabor 10.1 to sterilise affected masonry as necessary.Drilling Holes in Face of Beams:Holes of 10-12mm diameter should be drilled at intervals of 100mm along the grain and to within 15mm of the full depth of the timber (and otherwise as per the table below).Inject the Wykabor 40.1 to within c. 10mm of the face of the timber and seal with timber dowling or Plastic Plugs.Timer DimensionsDrill Hole DepthNo. of RowsMetres per Cartridge (Approx)100mm x 50mm35mm1 (Centred)20 Metres225mm x 75mm60mm2 (75mm Spacing)7 Metres300mm x 150mm135mm2 (100mm Spacing)2 MetresDrilling Holes on Edge of Beams:Holes of 10-12mm diameter should be drilled at intervals of 150mm along the grain and to within 30-75mm of the full depth of the timber (see the table below).Inject the Wykabor 40.1 to within 30mm of the near face and seal with timber dowling or Plastic Plugs.Timer DimensionsDrill Hole DepthNo. of RowsMetres per Cartridge (Approx)100mm x 50mm70mm1 (Centred)20 Metres225mm x 75mm175mm1 (Centred)7 Metres300mm x 150mm225mm2 (50mm Spacing)2 MetresCoverage:Approx. 5 kg/m³ (Refer to Drilling Patterns in tables above)Finishing:Provide a physical barrier to prevent unprotected persons and / or animals coming into contact with treated surfaces until dry (inaccessible timbers are considered to be outside this requirement).Dispose of empty cartridges carefully; transfer old nozzles to new cartridges wherever possible.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552087978014 shopify_GB_552087978014_7653400674334 new 15.30 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WYKABOR_40.1_grande.jpg?v=1541589981 Wykamol Group WYKB40 Boron Wood Treatments 400ml Cartridge US 0.4 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Wykabor 20.1 Boron Gel - Woodworm & Dry Rot Treatment https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/boron-wood-treatment-gel-wykabor-20?variant=7653406179358 Wykabor 20.1 is a Highly Effective, Boron Based Gel which is used for the prevention and treatment of Woodworm and Dry Rot on Timbers. Wykabor 20.1 can either be brush applied or injected into timbers in 'high risk areas' such as joist ends, purlins, wall plates, cut ends and rafter ends.Supplied in 5 Litre Buckets.  Wykabor 20.1 carries the HSE Approval No 10361.  Read our Guides on 'How to Treat Woodworm & Wood Boring Insects' and 'How to Identify & Treat Dry Rot and Wet Rot on Timbers'DescriptionWykabor 20.1 Boron GelWykabor 20.1 Boron Gel is a special boron-based, brushable and injectable gel for use in high risk areas. This Boron Gel is an effective woodworm treatment and also protects against dry rot and wet rot.Wykabor 20.1 Boron Gel has been designed for use in all timbers at high risk of damage or decay such as joist ends, purlins, wall plates, cut ends and rafter ends.Wykabor 20.1  Boron Gel leaves no surface residues after treatment, is non-staining and can be over-painted in time.Wykabor 20.1 Boron Gel is approved for Professional Use under The Control of Pesticides Regulations 1986. Read the label before use.  Read our Guides on 'How to Treat Woodworm & Wood Boring Insects' and 'How to Identify & Treat Dry Rot and Wet Rot on Timbers'Product Benefits:Brushable and injectable multi-use gel.Excellent highly penetrating preservative for the control of wood rotting fungi and wood boring insects.Approved under COPR 1986 for use as a wood preservative.Low environmental hazard.Clean, easy to handle and virtually non-drip.Non-staining preservative gel.Odourless and non-flammable.Permanent protection because the active ingredient does not breakdown.Active Ingredients:Disodium Octaborate 19.8% (w/w) (243g/l).ApplicationBats:All bats are protected under The Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981. Before treating any structure used by bats, consult English Nature, Scottish National Heritage, The Countryside Council for Wales or The Department of the Environment for Northern Ireland.Preparation:Clean all wooden surfaces using a brush or vacuum cleaner.To aid brushing out on any timbers which are very dry or remain dusty, apply a little water to the surface before the application of Wykabor 20.1 Gel.Application Method:Apply a generous brush coat of Wykabor 20.1 Gel, taking care to ensure that end grains, corners and joints are well treated. Brush apply to any surfaces exposed by cutting after initial treatment.Brush the Wykabor 20.1 Gel well into the surface taking care not to overload the brush with product, particularly on overhead, horizontal faces.Wykabor 20.1 Gel may be used in outdoor conditions provided that the timber treated is then protected from weathering by an appropriate coating or sealant.As a surface application the gel will not penetrate through paint, varnishes or other coatings and these should be removed before treatment. Wykabor 20.1 Gel can be injected through predrilled holes in areas where paint and coatings cannot be removed.Clean all tools, brushes and equipment with waterCoverage:By Brush: 1 litre to 2m² - 2.5m² of timber surface. Large dimensional timbers may need more than one coat or additional treatment with Wykabor 20.1 Gel.By Injection: Apply as necessary or until refusal through pre-drilled holesData SheetsTechnical Data Sheet Safety Data Sheet  shopify_GB_552089026590 shopify_GB_552089026590_7653406179358 new 57.60 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WYKABOR_20.1_GEL_grande.JPG?v=1551867285 5060207860970 Wykamol Group WYRT20 Boron Wood Treatments 5 Litre Bucket US 5.0 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Wykabor 10.1 - Boron Woodworm & Dry Rot Treatment https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/boron-wood-treatment-wykabor-10?variant=7653403000862 Wykabor 10.1 is a Boron Based, Ready to use, Woodworm & Dry Rot Treatment based on Disodium Octaborate and Benazalkonium Chloride, used for the effective treatment of Woodworm (and other Wood Boring Insects) and Dry Rot on Timbers.Available in 5 Litre and 25 Litre Containers, ready-to-use solution.  Wykabor 10.1 carries the HSE Approval No 10359.  Read our Guides on 'How to Treat Woodworm & Wood Boring Insects' and 'How to Identify & Treat Dry Rot and Wet Rot on Timbers'DescriptionWykabor 10.1 - Boron Wood TreatmentWykabor 10.1 is an aqueous wood preservative based on disodium octaborate and benazalkonium chloride used for the treatment of Woodworm and Dry Rot on Timbers. When used as a woodworm treatment, Wykabor 10.1 is effective against Common Furniture Beetle (Anobium Punctatum) and other wood boring insects in building timbers.Wykabor 10.1 is also used for the prevention of fungal decay (Dry Rot) in sound timbers following the removal of moisture.Wykabor 10.1 Boron Wood Treatment may also be used in conjunction with Wykabor 40.1 as part of an eradication treatment against fungal decay.Wykabor 10.1 Boron Wood Treatment is approved for Professional Use under The Control of Pesticides Regulations 1986. Read the label before use.  Read our Guides on 'How to Treat Woodworm & Wood Boring Insects' and 'How to Identify & Treat Dry Rot and Wet Rot on Timbers'Product Benefits:Ready-to-use solution, no diluting required.Excellent penetrationVery low odourNon-flammableHighly effective dual purpose preservativeActive Ingredients:Disodium Octaborate Tetrahydrate 10%Benzalkonium Chloride 2%.ApplicationBats:All bats are protected under The Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981. Before treating any structure used by bats, consult English Nature, Scottish National Heritage, The Countryside Council for Wales or The Department of the Environment for Northern Ireland.Preparation - Beetle Infestations:Ensure that all timbers to be treated adequately exposed and cleaned, (vacuum cleaning preferred). Any paint or varnish finishes or any severely damaged sapwood edges of timbers (‘frass’) should be removed prior to treatment where possible.Remove thermal insulation in roof spaces (or roll up and completely cover) and do not reinstate until timbers are dry.Cover fitted insulation (lagging on pipes) with polythene and cover water storage tanks with heavy grade polythene to be left in-situ after treatment.Isolate electrical circuits in the treatment area during and for 8 hours after treatment and ensure that junction boxes etc. are adequately protected against the ingress of the fluid. Remove or cover all food-stuff before application as well as fish tanks / bowls.Do not apply to surfaces on which food is prepared or stored.Where applicable, notify occupants of adjoining properties before treatments commence.Display Safety Notices conspicuously during treatment and leave on site after treatment for at least 48 hours.Preparation - Fungal Decay - Dry Rot / Wet Rot:Same as (Beetle Infestations) above plus - locate and rectify the source of dampness.Cut out all structurally unsound timbers and make repairs isolating timbers where possible from damp masonry etc. and ensuring adequate ventilation.For treatments of decayed timbers in-situ see Wykabor 40.1.Application Method:Wear suitable protective clothing (coveralls), synthetic rubber/PVC gloves and face protection.Wykabor 10.1 can be applied to timbers by brush or coarse spray (low pressure; 210-350 kPa, 30-50 lbs/in²) or by immersion (minimum 3 minute dip) to achieve the coverage rates noted below.During spray application some respiratory / face protection will normally be required.In the case of timber sub-floor areas, the base of the structural walls, sleeper walls and oversite (solum) should be treated with Wykabor 10.1. If dry rot mycelium has spread beneath a concrete floor or into subsoil it should be excavated and replaced following a suitable surface treatment .Provide adequate ventilation following treatments and maintain as long as possible after re-occupation.Please note that any metallic surfaces (such as copper pipes) should be isolated from the treatment area as the boron salts may cause a chemical reaction causing surface pitting of the metal.Coverage:By Brush / Spray: 1 litre per 4m² of timber surface.By Dipping: Approx. 5 - 20 litres/m³ (dependant on timber dimensions etc).Finishing:As long as timbers are dry, re-occupation can take place 48 hours after treatments are completed.Floor coverings should not be laid for at least 72 hours (or longer for certain impermeable or other floor materials, e.g. vinyls, foam-backed carpets etc.) In all cases, use lining papers to protect coverings from direct contact with timbers.Treated timbers can be over coated when dry with a range of decorative / protective paints etc. (to ensure compatibility check a small area first).Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552088535070 shopify_GB_552088535070_7653403000862 new 23.94 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WYKABOR_10.1_5L_NEW_grande.JPG?v=1551867252 5060207860864 Wykamol Group WYRT15 Boron Wood Treatments 5 Litres US 5.0 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Wykabor 10.1 - Boron Woodworm & Dry Rot Treatment https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/boron-wood-treatment-wykabor-10?variant=7676916138014 Wykabor 10.1 is a Boron Based, Ready to use, Woodworm & Dry Rot Treatment based on Disodium Octaborate and Benazalkonium Chloride, used for the effective treatment of Woodworm (and other Wood Boring Insects) and Dry Rot on Timbers.Available in 5 Litre and 25 Litre Containers, ready-to-use solution.  Wykabor 10.1 carries the HSE Approval No 10359.  Read our Guides on 'How to Treat Woodworm & Wood Boring Insects' and 'How to Identify & Treat Dry Rot and Wet Rot on Timbers'DescriptionWykabor 10.1 - Boron Wood TreatmentWykabor 10.1 is an aqueous wood preservative based on disodium octaborate and benazalkonium chloride used for the treatment of Woodworm and Dry Rot on Timbers. When used as a woodworm treatment, Wykabor 10.1 is effective against Common Furniture Beetle (Anobium Punctatum) and other wood boring insects in building timbers.Wykabor 10.1 is also used for the prevention of fungal decay (Dry Rot) in sound timbers following the removal of moisture.Wykabor 10.1 Boron Wood Treatment may also be used in conjunction with Wykabor 40.1 as part of an eradication treatment against fungal decay.Wykabor 10.1 Boron Wood Treatment is approved for Professional Use under The Control of Pesticides Regulations 1986. Read the label before use.  Read our Guides on 'How to Treat Woodworm & Wood Boring Insects' and 'How to Identify & Treat Dry Rot and Wet Rot on Timbers'Product Benefits:Ready-to-use solution, no diluting required.Excellent penetrationVery low odourNon-flammableHighly effective dual purpose preservativeActive Ingredients:Disodium Octaborate Tetrahydrate 10%Benzalkonium Chloride 2%.ApplicationBats:All bats are protected under The Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981. Before treating any structure used by bats, consult English Nature, Scottish National Heritage, The Countryside Council for Wales or The Department of the Environment for Northern Ireland.Preparation - Beetle Infestations:Ensure that all timbers to be treated adequately exposed and cleaned, (vacuum cleaning preferred). Any paint or varnish finishes or any severely damaged sapwood edges of timbers (‘frass’) should be removed prior to treatment where possible.Remove thermal insulation in roof spaces (or roll up and completely cover) and do not reinstate until timbers are dry.Cover fitted insulation (lagging on pipes) with polythene and cover water storage tanks with heavy grade polythene to be left in-situ after treatment.Isolate electrical circuits in the treatment area during and for 8 hours after treatment and ensure that junction boxes etc. are adequately protected against the ingress of the fluid. Remove or cover all food-stuff before application as well as fish tanks / bowls.Do not apply to surfaces on which food is prepared or stored.Where applicable, notify occupants of adjoining properties before treatments commence.Display Safety Notices conspicuously during treatment and leave on site after treatment for at least 48 hours.Preparation - Fungal Decay - Dry Rot / Wet Rot:Same as (Beetle Infestations) above plus - locate and rectify the source of dampness.Cut out all structurally unsound timbers and make repairs isolating timbers where possible from damp masonry etc. and ensuring adequate ventilation.For treatments of decayed timbers in-situ see Wykabor 40.1.Application Method:Wear suitable protective clothing (coveralls), synthetic rubber/PVC gloves and face protection.Wykabor 10.1 can be applied to timbers by brush or coarse spray (low pressure; 210-350 kPa, 30-50 lbs/in²) or by immersion (minimum 3 minute dip) to achieve the coverage rates noted below.During spray application some respiratory / face protection will normally be required.In the case of timber sub-floor areas, the base of the structural walls, sleeper walls and oversite (solum) should be treated with Wykabor 10.1. If dry rot mycelium has spread beneath a concrete floor or into subsoil it should be excavated and replaced following a suitable surface treatment .Provide adequate ventilation following treatments and maintain as long as possible after re-occupation.Please note that any metallic surfaces (such as copper pipes) should be isolated from the treatment area as the boron salts may cause a chemical reaction causing surface pitting of the metal.Coverage:By Brush / Spray: 1 litre per 4m² of timber surface.By Dipping: Approx. 5 - 20 litres/m³ (dependant on timber dimensions etc).Finishing:As long as timbers are dry, re-occupation can take place 48 hours after treatments are completed.Floor coverings should not be laid for at least 72 hours (or longer for certain impermeable or other floor materials, e.g. vinyls, foam-backed carpets etc.) In all cases, use lining papers to protect coverings from direct contact with timbers.Treated timbers can be over coated when dry with a range of decorative / protective paints etc. (to ensure compatibility check a small area first).Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552088535070 shopify_GB_552088535070_7676916138014 new 59.10 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WYKABOR_10.1_25L_NEW_grande.JPG?v=1551867252 5060207862103 Wykamol Group WYRT16 Boron Wood Treatments 25 Litre US 25.0 kg 0.00 GBP Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Woven Polypropylene Hessian Sacks https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/hessian-builders-sacks?variant=8761988153443 Woven Polypropylene Hessian Sacks are Heavy Duty Builders Bags suitable for carrying a variety of materials, including bricks, concrete, soil, cement and garden refuse.Supplied in Packs of 100 Bags.DescriptionWoven Polypropylene Builders SacksWoven Polypropylene Builders Sacks are suitable for carrying a variety of materials, including bricks, concrete, soil, cement and garden refuse.Product Benefits:RobustDurableTear ResistantRe-usableProduct Details:Bag Size: (W) 20' x (L) 31.5'Colour: WhiteMaterial: Heavy Duty Woven Polypropylene shopify_GB_783691743331 shopify_GB_783691743331_8761988153443 new 29.94 GBPout of stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Woven_Polypropylene_Sacks_2_grande.jpg?v=1528726890 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WM05 Builders Sacks 5.0 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WoodGuard Insecticide - Woodworm Treatment https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/woodworm-treatment-insecticide?variant=30718895456355 WoodGuard Insecticide is a very effective Concentrated Woodworm Treatment used for the eradication and prevention of Woodworm and other wood boring insects. WoodGuard Insecticide Woodworm Treatment dilutes with water to make up to 25 Litres of Ready-to-use product.Supplied in 250ml Containers, Concentrated Solution.  WoodGuard Insecticide Woodworm Treatment carries the HSE Approval No 10641.  Read our Guide on 'How to Treat Woodworm & Wood Boring Insects'DescriptionWoodGuard Insecticide - Woodworm TreatmentWoodGuard Insecticide is a Woodworm Treatment supplied as a 250g concentrate which requires dilution with water to form a ready to use product.The formulation of WoodGuard Insecticide is based on micro-emulsion technology to achieve the desired effect in a non solvent and VOC free based system.The active ingredients of WoodGuard Insecticide are designed to give the maximum spectrum of biological activity against a wide range of wood boring insects (specifically woodworm) including their larvae.WoodGuard Insecticide provides rapid absorption into the timber giving high levels of penetration.WoodGuard Insecticide has virtually no odour and can be applied either by brush or low pressure spray to give long lasting protection.  Read our Guide on 'How to Treat Woodworm & Wood Boring Insects'Product Benefits:Dilutes to make up to 25 litres of Ready-to-use ProductEradicates Wood Boring InsectsPrevents Re-infestationMicroemulsion Water Based FormulaVirtually No OdourHas an HSE Statutory 1-hour Re-entry TimeNon FlammableActive Ingredients:PermethrinPermethrin 20.0% w/w: The insecticide is effective against all life stages of wood boring insects whilst the surfactant system used in the formulation promotes rapid absorption and deep penetration into timber.ApplicationHealth & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.PPE should be worn during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Preparation:Wood should be clean and free from wood dust and other contaminants.Application Method:Apply by Brush or Low Pressure Spray.Coverage:Apply at 250 - 333ml/m² (1L per 3 - 4m²) once diluted.Re-Entry Time:Woodguard Insecticide has a HSE statutory 1-hour re-entry time.Finish:Product does not have a finish and leaves the same effect as applying water or solvent. It is always advisable to try on a small inconspicuous area before application to ensure product finish is as expected. Stability:Product is stable in original packaging for 2 years when stored under ambient conditions. After 2 years product should be re-tested every 6 months to ensure active ingredient levels are within specification.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_4260932124771 shopify_GB_4260932124771_30718895456355 new 20.34 GBP16.74 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WOODGUARD_INSECTICIDE_grande.jpg?v=1571152462 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd RT01 Woodworm Treatment 250g (Concentrate) US 0.25 kg 0.00 GBP Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WoodGuard Dual Fungicide & Insecticide - Woodworm & Dry Rot Timber Treatment https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dry-rot-wood-treatment?variant=31222451929187 WoodGuard Dual Fungicide & Insecticide is a very effective Concentrated Woodworm & Timber Rot Treatment used for the eradication and prevention of Woodworm (and other wood boring insects) and Wood Rotting Fungi (Dry Rot and Wet Rot).WoodGuard Dual Fungicide & Insecticide should only be used on Timbers. For an effective Dry Rot Treatment on Masonry substrates, see Platinum Masonry Biocide.WoodGuard Dual Fungicide & Insecticide dilutes with water to make up to 25 Litres of Ready-to-use product.Supplied in 500ml Containers, Concentrated Solution.  WoodGuard Dual Fungicide & Insecticide carries the HSE Approval No 10640.  Read our Guides on 'How to Treat Woodworm & Wood Boring Insects' and 'How to Identify & Treat Dry Rot and Wet Rot on Timbers'DescriptionWoodGuard Dual Fungicide & Insecticide - Woodworm & Timber Rot TreatmentWoodGuard Dual Fungicide & Insecticide is a Dual Woodworm & Dry Rot Timber Treatment supplied as a 500g concentrate which requires dilution with water to form a ready to use product.The formulation of WoodGuard Dual Fungicide / Insecticide is based on micro-emulsion technology to achieve the desired effect in a non solvent and VOC free based system.The active ingredients of WoodGuard Dual Fungicide / Insecticide are designed to give the maximum spectrum of biological activity against a wide range of wood rotting fungi and wood boring insects (specifically woodworm) including their larvae.WoodGuard Dual Fungicide / Insecticide provides rapid absorption into the timber giving high levels of penetration. It has virtually no odour and can be applied either by brush or low pressure spray to give long lasting protection.  Read our Guides on 'How to Treat Woodworm & Wood Boring Insects' and 'How to Identify & Treat Dry Rot and Wet Rot on Timbers'Product Benefits:Dilutes to make up to 25 litres of Ready-to-use ProductEradicates Wood Boring Insects and Wood Rotting FungiPrevents Re-infestationMicroemulsion Water Based FormulaVirtually No OdourHas an HSE Statutory 1-hour Re-entry TimeNon FlammableActive Ingredients:PermethrinPermethrin 10.0% w/w: The insecticide is effective against all life stages of wood boring insects whilst the surfactant system used in the formulation promotes rapid absorption and deep penetration into timber.PropiconazolePropiconazole 10.0% w/w: A Triazole Fungicide which has excellent efficacy against a range of wood destroying fungi.IPBC (3-Iodo-2-Propynyl Butyl Carbamate)IPBC (3-Iodo-2-Propynyl Butyl Carbamate) 10.0% w/w: A Carbamate Fungicide which is added to improve the efficacy envelope even further providing excellent efficacy against a range of wood staining fungi.ApplicationHealth & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.PPE should be worn during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Preparation:Wood should be clean and free from wood dust and other contaminants.Application Method:Apply by Brush or Low Pressure Spray.Coverage:Apply at 250 - 333ml/m² (1L per 3 - 4m²) once diluted.Re-Entry Time:WoodGuard Dual Fungicide & Insecticide has a HSE statutory 1-hour re-entry time.Finish:Product does not have a finish and leaves the same effect as applying water or solvent. It is always advisable to try on a small inconspicuous area before application to ensure product finish is as expected. Stability:Product is stable in original packaging for 2 years when stored under ambient conditions. After 2 years product should be re-tested every 6 months to ensure active ingredient levels are within specification.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_4341301346403 shopify_GB_4341301346403_31222451929187 new 30.90 GBP28.74 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WOODGUARD_DUAL_PURPOSE_grande.jpg?v=1572626750 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd RT02 Woodworm & Dry Rot Treatment 500g (Concentrate) US 0.5 kg 0.00 GBP Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 780 DEXCUT - Nitrile Palm - Thermal & Cut Resistant Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-780-dexcut-gloves?variant=12781823328355 Wonder Grip 780 Dexcut Gloves are Premium Quality, Heavy Duty, Cut-5 Resistant Grip Gloves which are also Oil, Water and Extra-Cold Resistant. Wonder Grip 780 Dexcut Gloves are Nitrile Palm Coated and incorporate a 10 Gauge / Aramid, Glass Fiber & Acrylic Liner. Wonder Grip 780 Dexcut Gloves are resistant to low temperature whilst maintaining flexibility at temperatures as low as -20°C.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 780 Dexcut GlovesThe Wonder Grip 780 Dexcut is a breakthrough of Nitrile Coated, Cold Resistant Glove that also offers EN388 Cut 5 Protection.The Wonder Grip 780 Dexcut is developed using Wonder Grips innovative nitrile coating that is resistant to low temperature whilst maintaining flexibility at temperatures as low as -20°C.The Wonder Grip 780 Dexcut is also manufactured with a 10-gauge acrylic pile liner combining aramid and glass fibre, offering cut protection at the highest level.The napped liner makes the hands feel warmer in cold conditions and nitrile coating with Wonder Grips original finish offers strong grip and can be used in below freezing temperatures.Glove Coating: Nitrile Single Palm CoatingLiner: 10 Gauge / Aramid, Glass Fiber & AcrylicProduct Benefits:Cut Resistance - Protects against environments with mechanical hazards.Extra Cold Resistance - Appropriate for work in cold regions and ideal for all tasks in cold rooms or outside in cold weather conditions. Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 4)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 5)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 3)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 2)  This product meets EN 511 standards.(a) Convective Cold (Performance Level X)(b) Contact Cold (Performance Level 1)(c) Waterproofness (Performance Level X) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_1465616138339 shopify_GB_1465616138339_12781823328355 new 13.50 GBP11.40 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG780_Dexcut_grande.jpg?v=1544631084 6959234406031 Wonder Grip® GLWG780L Wonder Grip® Nitrile Type Gloves Size 9 (Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 780 DEXCUT - Nitrile Palm - Thermal & Cut Resistant Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-780-dexcut-gloves?variant=12781823361123 Wonder Grip 780 Dexcut Gloves are Premium Quality, Heavy Duty, Cut-5 Resistant Grip Gloves which are also Oil, Water and Extra-Cold Resistant. Wonder Grip 780 Dexcut Gloves are Nitrile Palm Coated and incorporate a 10 Gauge / Aramid, Glass Fiber & Acrylic Liner. Wonder Grip 780 Dexcut Gloves are resistant to low temperature whilst maintaining flexibility at temperatures as low as -20°C.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 780 Dexcut GlovesThe Wonder Grip 780 Dexcut is a breakthrough of Nitrile Coated, Cold Resistant Glove that also offers EN388 Cut 5 Protection.The Wonder Grip 780 Dexcut is developed using Wonder Grips innovative nitrile coating that is resistant to low temperature whilst maintaining flexibility at temperatures as low as -20°C.The Wonder Grip 780 Dexcut is also manufactured with a 10-gauge acrylic pile liner combining aramid and glass fibre, offering cut protection at the highest level.The napped liner makes the hands feel warmer in cold conditions and nitrile coating with Wonder Grips original finish offers strong grip and can be used in below freezing temperatures.Glove Coating: Nitrile Single Palm CoatingLiner: 10 Gauge / Aramid, Glass Fiber & AcrylicProduct Benefits:Cut Resistance - Protects against environments with mechanical hazards.Extra Cold Resistance - Appropriate for work in cold regions and ideal for all tasks in cold rooms or outside in cold weather conditions. Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 4)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 5)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 3)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 2)  This product meets EN 511 standards.(a) Convective Cold (Performance Level X)(b) Contact Cold (Performance Level 1)(c) Waterproofness (Performance Level X) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_1465616138339 shopify_GB_1465616138339_12781823361123 new 13.50 GBP11.40 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG780_Dexcut_grande.jpg?v=1544631084 6959234406048 Wonder Grip® GLWG780XL Wonder Grip® Nitrile Type Gloves Size 10 (X-Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 718 DEXCUT - Triple Nitrile Palm - Cut, Oil & Wet Resistant Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-dexcut-gloves?variant=7654340919326 Wonder Grip 718 Dexcut Gloves are Premium Quality, Heavy Duty, Cut-5 Resistant Grip Gloves which are also Oil and Water Resistant. Wonder Grip 718 Dexcut Gloves are Triple-Nitrile Palm Coated and incorporate a 13 Gauge / HPPE, Glass Fiber & Spandex Liner. Wonder Grip 718 Dexcut Gloves are regarded as the 'Ultimate Industrial Glove' due to its extremely high performance values.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 718 Dexcut GlovesThe Wonder Grip 718 Dexcut is Nitrile Coated 13 Gauge HPPE with Glass Fiber and Spandex. This flexible liner and triple nitrile back coating glove is most suitable for working in wet or oily environments especially when requiring protection against cuts.The Wonder Grip 718 Dexcut Glove has the highest EN338 Cut 5 Resistance Level and combined with Triple Back Coating makes it the ultimate industrial glove available.Glove Coating: Triple Nitrile Palm & Back CoatingLiner: 13 Gauge / HPPE, Glass Fiber & SpandexProduct Benefits:Cut Resistance - Cut 5 Resistance, protects against environments with mechanical hazards.Oil & Wet Resistance - Triple nitrile coating allows for a controlled grip in wet and difficult oily environment.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 4)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 5)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 4)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 3) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_552220491806 shopify_GB_552220491806_7654340919326 new 10.20 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG718_Dexcut_grande.jpg?v=1544625902 6959234404532 Wonder Grip® GLWG718L Wonder Grip® Nitrile Type Gloves Size 9 (Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 718 DEXCUT - Triple Nitrile Palm - Cut, Oil & Wet Resistant Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-dexcut-gloves?variant=7654340952094 Wonder Grip 718 Dexcut Gloves are Premium Quality, Heavy Duty, Cut-5 Resistant Grip Gloves which are also Oil and Water Resistant. Wonder Grip 718 Dexcut Gloves are Triple-Nitrile Palm Coated and incorporate a 13 Gauge / HPPE, Glass Fiber & Spandex Liner. Wonder Grip 718 Dexcut Gloves are regarded as the 'Ultimate Industrial Glove' due to its extremely high performance values.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 718 Dexcut GlovesThe Wonder Grip 718 Dexcut is Nitrile Coated 13 Gauge HPPE with Glass Fiber and Spandex. This flexible liner and triple nitrile back coating glove is most suitable for working in wet or oily environments especially when requiring protection against cuts.The Wonder Grip 718 Dexcut Glove has the highest EN338 Cut 5 Resistance Level and combined with Triple Back Coating makes it the ultimate industrial glove available.Glove Coating: Triple Nitrile Palm & Back CoatingLiner: 13 Gauge / HPPE, Glass Fiber & SpandexProduct Benefits:Cut Resistance - Cut 5 Resistance, protects against environments with mechanical hazards.Oil & Wet Resistance - Triple nitrile coating allows for a controlled grip in wet and difficult oily environment.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 4)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 5)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 4)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 3) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_552220491806 shopify_GB_552220491806_7654340952094 new 10.20 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG718_Dexcut_grande.jpg?v=1544625902 6959234404549 Wonder Grip® GLWG718XL Wonder Grip® Nitrile Type Gloves Size 10 (X-Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 555 DUO - Foam Nitrile Palm - General Purpose Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-duo-gloves-555?variant=12783189295203 Wonder Grip 555 Duo Gloves are the Ultimate, Light Duty, Nitrile Coated Work Gloves. Wonder Grip 555 Duo Gloves have a breathable Foam Nitrile Coating which contributes to keep your hands dry, and maintains a great grip in a wide variety of applications, helping you overcome work challenges every day.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 555 Duo GlovesThe ULTIMATE Light Duty NITRILE Coated Work Glove, the Wonder Grip 555 Duo is based on an innovative dual liner: the nylon knit wrist goes up to the middle of the hand to ensure a snug and secure fit, while the breathable microfiber knit liner for the knuckles and fingers provides excellent dexterity, softness and unlimited fingertip precision.The breathable Foam Nitrile Coating of the Wonder Grip 555 Duo contributes to keep your hands dry, and maintains a great grip in a wide variety of applications, helping you overcome work challenges every day.Thanks to its ergonomic design, the Wonder Grip 555 Duo provides the best fit and comfort in its category.Level 4 abrasion resistance gives the Wonder Grip 555 Duo excellent durability.With ultimate fit, comfort, dexterity and precision, the Wonder Grip 555 Duo is the best glove available for work situations where fingertip dexterity and precision handling are essential to productivity.Glove Coating: Nitrile Single Palm CoatingLiner: 15 Gauge, Microfiber & NylonProduct Benefits:Precision Handling - Allows for a controlled grip in dry and oily applications.Dexterity - Provides a high level of dexterity in a glove for use in strictly controlled work.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 4)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 2)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_1465807437923 shopify_GB_1465807437923_12783189295203 new 3.83 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG555_Duo_grande.jpg?v=1544712847 6959234407229 Wonder Grip® GLWG555L Wonder Grip® Nitrile Type Gloves Size 9 (Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 555 DUO - Foam Nitrile Palm - General Purpose Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-duo-gloves-555?variant=12783189327971 Wonder Grip 555 Duo Gloves are the Ultimate, Light Duty, Nitrile Coated Work Gloves. Wonder Grip 555 Duo Gloves have a breathable Foam Nitrile Coating which contributes to keep your hands dry, and maintains a great grip in a wide variety of applications, helping you overcome work challenges every day.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 555 Duo GlovesThe ULTIMATE Light Duty NITRILE Coated Work Glove, the Wonder Grip 555 Duo is based on an innovative dual liner: the nylon knit wrist goes up to the middle of the hand to ensure a snug and secure fit, while the breathable microfiber knit liner for the knuckles and fingers provides excellent dexterity, softness and unlimited fingertip precision.The breathable Foam Nitrile Coating of the Wonder Grip 555 Duo contributes to keep your hands dry, and maintains a great grip in a wide variety of applications, helping you overcome work challenges every day.Thanks to its ergonomic design, the Wonder Grip 555 Duo provides the best fit and comfort in its category.Level 4 abrasion resistance gives the Wonder Grip 555 Duo excellent durability.With ultimate fit, comfort, dexterity and precision, the Wonder Grip 555 Duo is the best glove available for work situations where fingertip dexterity and precision handling are essential to productivity.Glove Coating: Nitrile Single Palm CoatingLiner: 15 Gauge, Microfiber & NylonProduct Benefits:Precision Handling - Allows for a controlled grip in dry and oily applications.Dexterity - Provides a high level of dexterity in a glove for use in strictly controlled work.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 4)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 2)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_1465807437923 shopify_GB_1465807437923_12783189327971 new 3.83 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG555_Duo_grande.jpg?v=1544712847 6959234407236 Wonder Grip® GLWG555XL Wonder Grip® Nitrile Type Gloves Size 10 (X-Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 550 AIR LITE - Foam Nitrile Palm - Lightweight Breathable Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-gloves-air-lite?variant=7654341017630 Wonder Grip 550 Air Lite Gloves are Premium Quality, Breathable, Lightweight, Nitrile Palm Coated Gloves incorporating a 15-gauge nylon and polyester liner. Wonder Grip 550 Air Lite Gloves are highly elastic, making hand movements easier and comfortable, also increasing dexterity when performing precision tasks. Wonder Grip 550 Air Lite Gloves also offer controlled grip in wet and difficult oily applications.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 550 Air Lite GlovesThe Wonder Grip 550 Air Lite is a Breathable Lightweight Nitrile Palm Coated Grip Glove incorporating a single Nitrile Foam coating on a 15-gauge nylon and polyester liner.Wonder Grip 550 Air Lite Gloves have more elasticity making hand movements easier, increasing the dexterity needed when performing precision tasks.The improved coating is designed to give the best breathability in our Wonder Grip range making it the most comfortable glove to wear for prolonged periods.Glove Coating: Foam Nitrile Palm Coating.Liner: 15 Gauge / Polyester & Nylon.Product Benefits:Oil & Wet Resistance - Allows for a controlled grip in wet and difficult oily applications in non-hazardous chemical environments.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 4)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 2)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_552220524574 shopify_GB_552220524574_7654341017630 new 2.82 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG550_Air_Lite_grande.jpg?v=1544625877 6959234406666 Wonder Grip® GLWG550L Wonder Grip® Nitrile Type Gloves Size 9 (Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 550 AIR LITE - Foam Nitrile Palm - Lightweight Breathable Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-gloves-air-lite?variant=7654340984862 Wonder Grip 550 Air Lite Gloves are Premium Quality, Breathable, Lightweight, Nitrile Palm Coated Gloves incorporating a 15-gauge nylon and polyester liner. Wonder Grip 550 Air Lite Gloves are highly elastic, making hand movements easier and comfortable, also increasing dexterity when performing precision tasks. Wonder Grip 550 Air Lite Gloves also offer controlled grip in wet and difficult oily applications.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 550 Air Lite GlovesThe Wonder Grip 550 Air Lite is a Breathable Lightweight Nitrile Palm Coated Grip Glove incorporating a single Nitrile Foam coating on a 15-gauge nylon and polyester liner.Wonder Grip 550 Air Lite Gloves have more elasticity making hand movements easier, increasing the dexterity needed when performing precision tasks.The improved coating is designed to give the best breathability in our Wonder Grip range making it the most comfortable glove to wear for prolonged periods.Glove Coating: Foam Nitrile Palm Coating.Liner: 15 Gauge / Polyester & Nylon.Product Benefits:Oil & Wet Resistance - Allows for a controlled grip in wet and difficult oily applications in non-hazardous chemical environments.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 4)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 2)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_552220524574 shopify_GB_552220524574_7654340984862 new 2.82 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG550_Air_Lite_grande.jpg?v=1544625877 6959234406673 Wonder Grip® GLWG550XL Wonder Grip® Nitrile Type Gloves Size 10 (X-Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 538 FREEZE FLEX PLUS - Nitrile Palm - Cold Resistant & Thermal Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-freeze-flex-plus-gloves?variant=12783151153251 Wonder Grip 538 Freeze Flex Plus Gloves are Premium Quality, Double-Nitrile Fully Coated, Water Repellent and Cold Resistant Gloves which incorporate a 13 Gauge Polyester and 10 Gauge Acrylic Fleece Knit Liner. Wonder Grip 538 Freeze Flex Plus Gloves have a Contact Cold Performance Level 2 and can keep hands warm at temperatures as low as -30°C / -22°F, perfect for use in below freezing conditions.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 538 Freeze Flex Plus GlovesThe latest innovation in cold-resistant hand protection from Wonder Grip, the Wonder Grip 538 Freeze Flex Plus is a fully double coated cold resistant glove (Contact Cold Performance Level 2) keeping your hands warm at temperatures as low as -30°C / -22°F.Using a specifically developed innovative nitrile coating, the Wonder Grip 538 Freeze Flex Plus remains flexible and comfortable to use in below freezing conditions, while ensuring ultimate abrasion resistance.The Wonder Grip 538 Freeze Flex Plus is a certified 'Food Contact Application' Glove (CE1935 / 2004).Liner: 13 Gauge Polyester and 10 Gauge Acrylic Fleece KnitGlove Coating: Blue Special Cold Resistant Double Nitrile Coating. Hydrophobic and oleophobic technology. High Resistance to industrial oils, exceptional grip and abrasion resistance in any conditions.Product Benefits:Water Repellent - Ultimate comfort and grip in dry and humid conditions.Cold Protection - Highest level of dexterity and comfort in cold conditions thanks to Polyester and Acrylic fleece knit.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 4)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 3)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1)  This product meets EN 511 standards.(a) Convective Cold (Performance Level X)(b) Contact Cold (Performance Level 2)(c) Waterproofness (Performance Level X) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_1465800753251 shopify_GB_1465800753251_12783151153251 new 7.50 GBP6.90 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG538_Freeze_Flex_Plus_grande.jpg?v=1544711864 6959234406987 Wonder Grip® GLWG538L Wonder Grip® Nitrile Type Gloves Size 9 (Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 538 FREEZE FLEX PLUS - Nitrile Palm - Cold Resistant & Thermal Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-freeze-flex-plus-gloves?variant=12783151186019 Wonder Grip 538 Freeze Flex Plus Gloves are Premium Quality, Double-Nitrile Fully Coated, Water Repellent and Cold Resistant Gloves which incorporate a 13 Gauge Polyester and 10 Gauge Acrylic Fleece Knit Liner. Wonder Grip 538 Freeze Flex Plus Gloves have a Contact Cold Performance Level 2 and can keep hands warm at temperatures as low as -30°C / -22°F, perfect for use in below freezing conditions.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 538 Freeze Flex Plus GlovesThe latest innovation in cold-resistant hand protection from Wonder Grip, the Wonder Grip 538 Freeze Flex Plus is a fully double coated cold resistant glove (Contact Cold Performance Level 2) keeping your hands warm at temperatures as low as -30°C / -22°F.Using a specifically developed innovative nitrile coating, the Wonder Grip 538 Freeze Flex Plus remains flexible and comfortable to use in below freezing conditions, while ensuring ultimate abrasion resistance.The Wonder Grip 538 Freeze Flex Plus is a certified 'Food Contact Application' Glove (CE1935 / 2004).Liner: 13 Gauge Polyester and 10 Gauge Acrylic Fleece KnitGlove Coating: Blue Special Cold Resistant Double Nitrile Coating. Hydrophobic and oleophobic technology. High Resistance to industrial oils, exceptional grip and abrasion resistance in any conditions.Product Benefits:Water Repellent - Ultimate comfort and grip in dry and humid conditions.Cold Protection - Highest level of dexterity and comfort in cold conditions thanks to Polyester and Acrylic fleece knit.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 4)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 3)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1)  This product meets EN 511 standards.(a) Convective Cold (Performance Level X)(b) Contact Cold (Performance Level 2)(c) Waterproofness (Performance Level X) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_1465800753251 shopify_GB_1465800753251_12783151186019 new 7.50 GBP6.90 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG538_Freeze_Flex_Plus_grande.jpg?v=1544711864 6959234406994 Wonder Grip® GLWG538XL Wonder Grip® Nitrile Type Gloves Size 10 (X-Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 528L OIL GUARD - Triple-Nitrile Fully Coated - Oil Resistant Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-oil-guard-gloves?variant=12783146664035 Wonder Grip 528L Oil Guard Gloves are Premium Quality, Triple-Nitrile Fully Coated Gloves incorporating a 15 gauge nylon liner. Wonder Grip 528L Oil Guard Gloves offer excellent grip in dry, wet and oily conditions while enhancing in durability and high resistance to abrasion and tear due to the triple-nitrile coating.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 528L Oil Guard Gloves The Wonder Grip 528L Oil Guard offers 15 gauge nylon liner with a triple nitrile full coating, delivering excellent grip in dry, wet and oily condition.The unique triple coating technology makes it possible to enhance in durability and high resistance to abrasion and tear.In addition, full coating protects against water and liquid keeping the hand dry in prolonged use.The Wonder Grip 528L Oil Guard's lightweight and soft finish ensures comfort and great dexterity minimalizing hand fatigue in any working condition.Glove Coating: Nitrile Triple Fully CoatingLiner: 15 Gauge, NylonProduct Benefits:Oil Resistance - Offers controlled grip under oily and slippery environment.Water & Liquid Resistance - Suitable for handling in wet applications.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 4)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 3)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 2) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_1465799901283 shopify_GB_1465799901283_12783146664035 new 4.79 GBPout of stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG528L_Oil_Guard_grande.jpg?v=1544710206 6959234404839 Wonder Grip® GLWG528L Wonder Grip® Nitrile Type Gloves Size 9 (Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 528L OIL GUARD - Triple-Nitrile Fully Coated - Oil Resistant Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-oil-guard-gloves?variant=12783146696803 Wonder Grip 528L Oil Guard Gloves are Premium Quality, Triple-Nitrile Fully Coated Gloves incorporating a 15 gauge nylon liner. Wonder Grip 528L Oil Guard Gloves offer excellent grip in dry, wet and oily conditions while enhancing in durability and high resistance to abrasion and tear due to the triple-nitrile coating.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 528L Oil Guard Gloves The Wonder Grip 528L Oil Guard offers 15 gauge nylon liner with a triple nitrile full coating, delivering excellent grip in dry, wet and oily condition.The unique triple coating technology makes it possible to enhance in durability and high resistance to abrasion and tear.In addition, full coating protects against water and liquid keeping the hand dry in prolonged use.The Wonder Grip 528L Oil Guard's lightweight and soft finish ensures comfort and great dexterity minimalizing hand fatigue in any working condition.Glove Coating: Nitrile Triple Fully CoatingLiner: 15 Gauge, NylonProduct Benefits:Oil Resistance - Offers controlled grip under oily and slippery environment.Water & Liquid Resistance - Suitable for handling in wet applications.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 4)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 3)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 2) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_1465799901283 shopify_GB_1465799901283_12783146696803 new 4.79 GBPout of stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG528L_Oil_Guard_grande.jpg?v=1544710206 6959234404846 Wonder Grip® GLWG528XL Wonder Grip® Nitrile Type Gloves Size 10 (X-Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 518W OIL PLUS - Double-Nitrile Palm Coated - Oil Resistant Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-gloves-oil-plus?variant=12783129788515 Wonder Grip 518W Oil Plus Gloves are Premium Quality, Double-Nitrile Coated Gloves incorporating a seamless knitted 15 gauge nylon liner which offer excellent grip in dry, wet and oily conditions. The Double-Nitrile Coating provides durability and high resistance to abrasion.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 518W Oil Plus GlovesThe Wonder Grip 518W Oil Plus incorporates a seamless knitted 15 gauge nylon liner with a double-nitrile coating which delivers excellent grip in dry, wet and oily conditions.The Wonder Grip 518W Oil Plus double-coating technology provides durability and high resistance to abrasion, yet unique soft finish offers great dexterity and flexibility with minimal hand fatigue.Glove Coating: Nitrile Double Palm CoatingLiner: 15 Gauge, NylonProduct Benefits:Oil Resistance - Offers controlled grip under oily and slippery environment.Water & Liquid Resistance - Suitable for handling in wet applications.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 4)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 2)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_1465798066275 shopify_GB_1465798066275_12783129788515 new 3.59 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG518W_Oil_Plus_grande.jpg?v=1544709160 6959234406840 Wonder Grip® GLWG518L Wonder Grip® Nitrile Type Gloves Size 9 (Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 518W OIL PLUS - Double-Nitrile Palm Coated - Oil Resistant Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-gloves-oil-plus?variant=12783129821283 Wonder Grip 518W Oil Plus Gloves are Premium Quality, Double-Nitrile Coated Gloves incorporating a seamless knitted 15 gauge nylon liner which offer excellent grip in dry, wet and oily conditions. The Double-Nitrile Coating provides durability and high resistance to abrasion.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 518W Oil Plus GlovesThe Wonder Grip 518W Oil Plus incorporates a seamless knitted 15 gauge nylon liner with a double-nitrile coating which delivers excellent grip in dry, wet and oily conditions.The Wonder Grip 518W Oil Plus double-coating technology provides durability and high resistance to abrasion, yet unique soft finish offers great dexterity and flexibility with minimal hand fatigue.Glove Coating: Nitrile Double Palm CoatingLiner: 15 Gauge, NylonProduct Benefits:Oil Resistance - Offers controlled grip under oily and slippery environment.Water & Liquid Resistance - Suitable for handling in wet applications.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 4)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 2)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_1465798066275 shopify_GB_1465798066275_12783129821283 new 3.59 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG518W_Oil_Plus_grande.jpg?v=1544709160 6959234406857 Wonder Grip® GLWG518XL Wonder Grip® Nitrile Type Gloves Size 10 (X-Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 500 FLEX - Nitrile Palm - Oil & Wet Resistant Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-gloves-flex-500?variant=12783121858659 Wonder Grip 500 Flex Gloves are Premium Quality, Single-Nitrile Palm Coated Gloves incorporating a 13-gauge nylon liner. Wonder Grip 500 Flex Gloves are an excellent, basic protective glove offering Dry Grip, Wet Grip, Oil Grip, Dexterity, Breathability, and Comfortability.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 500 Flex GlovesThe Wonder Grip 500 Flex, with the original Wonder Grip nitrile coating, has a single nitrile coating and 13-gauge nylon liner.EN388 and Wonder Grip's original research evaluation (Dry Grip, Wet Grip, Oil Grip, Dexterity, Breathability, and Comfortability) show that the Wonder Grip 500 Flex is an excellent, basic protective glove.Moreover, the Wonder Grip 500 Flex focuses on comfort.Glove Coating: Nitrile Single Palm CoatingLiner: 13 Gauge, NylonProduct Benefits:Oil & Wet Resistance - Allows for a controlled grip in wet and oily applications.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 4)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 3)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_1465796788323 shopify_GB_1465796788323_12783121858659 new 3.36 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG500_Flex_grande.jpg?v=1544708125 6959234402828 Wonder Grip® GLWG500L Wonder Grip® Nitrile Type Gloves Size 9 (Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 500 FLEX - Nitrile Palm - Oil & Wet Resistant Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-gloves-flex-500?variant=12783121891427 Wonder Grip 500 Flex Gloves are Premium Quality, Single-Nitrile Palm Coated Gloves incorporating a 13-gauge nylon liner. Wonder Grip 500 Flex Gloves are an excellent, basic protective glove offering Dry Grip, Wet Grip, Oil Grip, Dexterity, Breathability, and Comfortability.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 500 Flex GlovesThe Wonder Grip 500 Flex, with the original Wonder Grip nitrile coating, has a single nitrile coating and 13-gauge nylon liner.EN388 and Wonder Grip's original research evaluation (Dry Grip, Wet Grip, Oil Grip, Dexterity, Breathability, and Comfortability) show that the Wonder Grip 500 Flex is an excellent, basic protective glove.Moreover, the Wonder Grip 500 Flex focuses on comfort.Glove Coating: Nitrile Single Palm CoatingLiner: 13 Gauge, NylonProduct Benefits:Oil & Wet Resistance - Allows for a controlled grip in wet and oily applications.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 4)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 3)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_1465796788323 shopify_GB_1465796788323_12783121891427 new 3.36 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG500_Flex_grande.jpg?v=1544708125 6959234402835 Wonder Grip® GLWG500XL Wonder Grip® Nitrile Type Gloves Size 10 (X-Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 355 DUAL - Latex Double-Palm Coated - General Purpose Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-gloves-dual-355?variant=12783112355939 Wonder Grip 355 Dual Gloves are the Ultimate, Light Duty Latex Coated Grip Gloves. Wonder Grip 355 Dual Gloves offer ultimate dexterity andmaintain a great grip in a wet and dry conditions. Wonder Grip 355 Dual Gloves provide unparalleled comfort at work reducing ergonomic stresses and assuring better work performances.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 355 Dual GlovesThe ULTIMATE Light Duty LATEX Coated Work Glove, the Wonder Grip 355 Dual is based on an innovative dual liner : the nylon knit wrist goes up to the middle of the hand to ensure a snug and secure fit, while the breathable microfiber knit liner for the knuckles and fingers provides excellent dexterity, softness and unlimited fingertip precision.The latex coating of the Wonder Grip 355 Dual offers ultimate dexterity andmaintains a great grip in a wet and dry conditions.With ultimate fit, comfort and tactility, the Wonder Grip 355 Dual provides unparalleled comfort at work reducing ergonomic stresses and assuring better work performances.Glove Coating: Latex Double-Palm CoatingLiner: 15 Gauge, Microfiber & NylonProduct Benefits:Precision Handling - Allows for a controlled grip in dry and wet applications.Dexterity - Provides a high level of dexterity in a glove for use in strictly controlled work. Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 2)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 2)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_1465794822243 shopify_GB_1465794822243_12783112355939 new 3.36 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG355_Dual_grande.jpg?v=1544706919 6959234407342 Wonder Grip® GLWG355L Wonder Grip® Latex Type Gloves Size 9 (Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 355 DUAL - Latex Double-Palm Coated - General Purpose Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-gloves-dual-355?variant=12783112388707 Wonder Grip 355 Dual Gloves are the Ultimate, Light Duty Latex Coated Grip Gloves. Wonder Grip 355 Dual Gloves offer ultimate dexterity andmaintain a great grip in a wet and dry conditions. Wonder Grip 355 Dual Gloves provide unparalleled comfort at work reducing ergonomic stresses and assuring better work performances.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 355 Dual GlovesThe ULTIMATE Light Duty LATEX Coated Work Glove, the Wonder Grip 355 Dual is based on an innovative dual liner : the nylon knit wrist goes up to the middle of the hand to ensure a snug and secure fit, while the breathable microfiber knit liner for the knuckles and fingers provides excellent dexterity, softness and unlimited fingertip precision.The latex coating of the Wonder Grip 355 Dual offers ultimate dexterity andmaintains a great grip in a wet and dry conditions.With ultimate fit, comfort and tactility, the Wonder Grip 355 Dual provides unparalleled comfort at work reducing ergonomic stresses and assuring better work performances.Glove Coating: Latex Double-Palm CoatingLiner: 15 Gauge, Microfiber & NylonProduct Benefits:Precision Handling - Allows for a controlled grip in dry and wet applications.Dexterity - Provides a high level of dexterity in a glove for use in strictly controlled work. Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 2)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 2)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_1465794822243 shopify_GB_1465794822243_12783112388707 new 3.36 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG355_Dual_grande.jpg?v=1544706919 6959234407359 Wonder Grip® GLWG355XL Wonder Grip® Latex Type Gloves Size 10 (X-Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 338 THERMO-PLUS - Thermal & Water Resistant Grip Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-gloves-thermo-plus?variant=7654347178014 Wonder Grip 338 Thermo-Plus Gloves are Premium Quality, Thermal Lined and Water Resistant Gloves which are fully double-coated with latex on the back of the hand and includes a 13-gauge napped acrylic liner. Wonder Grip 338 Thermo-Plus Gloves are particularly suitable for use in situations requiring dexterity in wet and cold conditions.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 338 Thermo-Plus GlovesThe Wonder Grip 338 Thermo-Plus Glove is fully double-coated with latex on the back of the hand and includes a 13-gauge napped acrylic liner.The Wonder Grip 338 Thermo-Plus includes both the 'Wonder Grip Aqua' and 'Wonder Grip Thermos' advantages; therefore, it can be used in situations requiring dexterity in wet and cold conditions.Furthermore, the Wonder Grip 338 Thermo-Plus maintains dexterity and comfort while keeping the hands warm.Glove Coating: Latex Double Back CoatingLiner: 13 Gauge / Brushed Piled AcrylicProduct Benefits:Water Resistance - Designed for all handling tasks in water conditions.Extra Cold Resistance - Appropriate for work in cold regions and ideal for all tasks in cold rooms or outside in cold weather conditions.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 2)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 2)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 3)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1)  This product meets EN 511 standards.(a) Convective Cold (Performance Level 0)(b) Contact Cold (Performance Level 1)(c) Waterproofness (Performance Level X) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Conformity shopify_GB_552221835294 shopify_GB_552221835294_7654347178014 new 5.76 GBP5.40 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG338_Thermo_Plus_grande.jpg?v=1544625772 6959234401340 Wonder Grip® GLWG338L Wonder Grip® Latex Type Gloves Size 9 (Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 338 THERMO-PLUS - Thermal & Water Resistant Grip Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-gloves-thermo-plus?variant=7654347145246 Wonder Grip 338 Thermo-Plus Gloves are Premium Quality, Thermal Lined and Water Resistant Gloves which are fully double-coated with latex on the back of the hand and includes a 13-gauge napped acrylic liner. Wonder Grip 338 Thermo-Plus Gloves are particularly suitable for use in situations requiring dexterity in wet and cold conditions.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 338 Thermo-Plus GlovesThe Wonder Grip 338 Thermo-Plus Glove is fully double-coated with latex on the back of the hand and includes a 13-gauge napped acrylic liner.The Wonder Grip 338 Thermo-Plus includes both the 'Wonder Grip Aqua' and 'Wonder Grip Thermos' advantages; therefore, it can be used in situations requiring dexterity in wet and cold conditions.Furthermore, the Wonder Grip 338 Thermo-Plus maintains dexterity and comfort while keeping the hands warm.Glove Coating: Latex Double Back CoatingLiner: 13 Gauge / Brushed Piled AcrylicProduct Benefits:Water Resistance - Designed for all handling tasks in water conditions.Extra Cold Resistance - Appropriate for work in cold regions and ideal for all tasks in cold rooms or outside in cold weather conditions.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 2)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 2)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 3)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1)  This product meets EN 511 standards.(a) Convective Cold (Performance Level 0)(b) Contact Cold (Performance Level 1)(c) Waterproofness (Performance Level X) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Conformity shopify_GB_552221835294 shopify_GB_552221835294_7654347145246 new 5.76 GBP5.40 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG338_Thermo_Plus_grande.jpg?v=1544625772 6959234401357 Wonder Grip® GLWG338XL Wonder Grip® Latex Type Gloves Size 10 (X-Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 318 AQUA - Water Resistant Grip Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-aqua-gloves?variant=7654348455966 Wonder Grip 318 Aqua Gloves are Premium Quality, Waterproof Grip Gloves which feature a 13-gauge nylon liner and a fully coated waterproof latex layer on the back of the hand. Wonder Grip 318 Aqua Gloves have been specifically designed for all handling tasks in wet and damp conditions.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 318 Aqua Gloves Wonder Grip 318 Aqua Waterproof Grip Gloves incorporate a 13-gauge nylon liner and is fully coated with latex on the back of the hand; it protects the hands against water.Wonder Grip 318 Aqua Gloves provide an excellent grip, whether in dry, wet, or water applications. Moreover, excellent dexterity, flexibility, and comfort are retained.Glove Coating: Latex Double Back CoatingLiner: 13 Gauge / Brushed Piled AcrylicProduct Benefits:Water Resistant - Designed for all handling tasks in water conditions.Dexterity & Comfort - Provides excellent dexterity and prevents fatigue in a wide variety of uses.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 2)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 3)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Conformity shopify_GB_552222195742 shopify_GB_552222195742_7654348455966 new 4.20 GBP3.90 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG318_Aqua_grande.jpg?v=1544625749 6959234400558 Wonder Grip® GLWG318L Wonder Grip® Latex Type Gloves Size 9 (Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 318 AQUA - Water Resistant Grip Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-aqua-gloves?variant=7654348488734 Wonder Grip 318 Aqua Gloves are Premium Quality, Waterproof Grip Gloves which feature a 13-gauge nylon liner and a fully coated waterproof latex layer on the back of the hand. Wonder Grip 318 Aqua Gloves have been specifically designed for all handling tasks in wet and damp conditions.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 318 Aqua Gloves Wonder Grip 318 Aqua Waterproof Grip Gloves incorporate a 13-gauge nylon liner and is fully coated with latex on the back of the hand; it protects the hands against water.Wonder Grip 318 Aqua Gloves provide an excellent grip, whether in dry, wet, or water applications. Moreover, excellent dexterity, flexibility, and comfort are retained.Glove Coating: Latex Double Back CoatingLiner: 13 Gauge / Brushed Piled AcrylicProduct Benefits:Water Resistant - Designed for all handling tasks in water conditions.Dexterity & Comfort - Provides excellent dexterity and prevents fatigue in a wide variety of uses.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 2)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 3)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Conformity shopify_GB_552222195742 shopify_GB_552222195742_7654348488734 new 4.20 GBP3.90 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG318_Aqua_grande.jpg?v=1544625749 6959234400565 Wonder Grip® GLWG318XL Wonder Grip® Latex Type Gloves Size 10 (X-Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 310H COMFORT - Latex Double-Palm Coated - General Purpose Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-gloves-comfort-310h?variant=12780531417187 Wonder Grip 310H Comfort Gloves are High Quality, Light Duty Grip Gloves which feature a double-latex palm on a 13-gauge nylon liner. Wonder Grip 310H Comfort provide great comfort for the user and offer precision handling in wet and dry conditions.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 310H Comfort GlovesThe Wonder Grip 310H Comfort is a High Quality 'Light Duty' grip glove with a double-latex palm coating and a 13-gauge nylon liner.Wonder Grip 310H Comfort offers special comfort and sensitivity for precision handling in wet and dry environments.Wonder Grip 310H Comfort provides an excellent natural fit, a high degree of comfort, and reduced hand fatigue for a strong, effective grip.Glove Coating: Latex Double Palm CoatingLiner: 13 Gauge / PolyesterProduct Benefits:Precision Handling - Allows for a controlled grip in dry and wet applications.Dexterity - Provides a high level of dexterity in a glove for use in strictly controlled work.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 2)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 3)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_1465358483555 shopify_GB_1465358483555_12780531417187 new 2.82 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG310H_Comfort_c0a38e1a-35d3-4bc9-b937-b68305bea75b_grande.jpg?v=1544701303 6959234404051 Wonder Grip® GLWG310HVYL Wonder Grip® Latex Type Gloves Size 9 (Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 310H COMFORT - Latex Double-Palm Coated - General Purpose Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-gloves-comfort-310h?variant=12780531449955 Wonder Grip 310H Comfort Gloves are High Quality, Light Duty Grip Gloves which feature a double-latex palm on a 13-gauge nylon liner. Wonder Grip 310H Comfort provide great comfort for the user and offer precision handling in wet and dry conditions.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 310H Comfort GlovesThe Wonder Grip 310H Comfort is a High Quality 'Light Duty' grip glove with a double-latex palm coating and a 13-gauge nylon liner.Wonder Grip 310H Comfort offers special comfort and sensitivity for precision handling in wet and dry environments.Wonder Grip 310H Comfort provides an excellent natural fit, a high degree of comfort, and reduced hand fatigue for a strong, effective grip.Glove Coating: Latex Double Palm CoatingLiner: 13 Gauge / PolyesterProduct Benefits:Precision Handling - Allows for a controlled grip in dry and wet applications.Dexterity - Provides a high level of dexterity in a glove for use in strictly controlled work.Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 2)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 3)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_1465358483555 shopify_GB_1465358483555_12780531449955 new 2.82 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG310H_Comfort_c0a38e1a-35d3-4bc9-b937-b68305bea75b_grande.jpg?v=1544701303 6959234404068 Wonder Grip® GLWG310HVYXL Wonder Grip® Latex Type Gloves Size 10 (X-Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 300 COMFORT LITE - Latex Palm - General Purpose Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-gloves-comfort-lite?variant=12783069102179 Wonder Grip 300 Comfort Lite Gloves are High Quality, Lightweight, General Purpose Gloves with a single latex grip coating on a 15-gauge nylon and polyester liner. The Latex Grip palm allows for a controlled grip in dry and wet applications.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 300 Comfort Lite GlovesThe Wonder Grip 300 Comfort Lite is a High Quality entry level product from Wonder Grip for the Latex range.With a single latex coating on a 15-gauge nylon and polyester, the Wonder Grip 300 Comfort Lite offers great elasticity making hand movements easier, increasing the dexterity needed when performing tasks.Glove Coating: Latex Single Palm CoatingLiner: 15 Gauge, Polyester & NylonProduct Benefits:Precision Handling - Allows for a controlled grip in dry and wet applications.Dexterity - Provides a high level of dexterity in a glove for use in strictly controlled work. Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 2)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 3)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_1465789251683 shopify_GB_1465789251683_12783069102179 new 2.15 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG300_Comfort_Lite_grande.jpg?v=1544703007 6959234406540 Wonder Grip® GLWG300L Wonder Grip® Latex Type Gloves Size 9 (Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 300 COMFORT LITE - Latex Palm - General Purpose Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-gloves-comfort-lite?variant=12783069134947 Wonder Grip 300 Comfort Lite Gloves are High Quality, Lightweight, General Purpose Gloves with a single latex grip coating on a 15-gauge nylon and polyester liner. The Latex Grip palm allows for a controlled grip in dry and wet applications.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 300 Comfort Lite GlovesThe Wonder Grip 300 Comfort Lite is a High Quality entry level product from Wonder Grip for the Latex range.With a single latex coating on a 15-gauge nylon and polyester, the Wonder Grip 300 Comfort Lite offers great elasticity making hand movements easier, increasing the dexterity needed when performing tasks.Glove Coating: Latex Single Palm CoatingLiner: 15 Gauge, Polyester & NylonProduct Benefits:Precision Handling - Allows for a controlled grip in dry and wet applications.Dexterity - Provides a high level of dexterity in a glove for use in strictly controlled work. Product Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 2)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 3)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_1465789251683 shopify_GB_1465789251683_12783069134947 new 1.79 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG300_Comfort_Lite_grande.jpg?v=1544703007 6959234406557 Wonder Grip® GLWG300XL Wonder Grip® Latex Type Gloves Size 10 (X-Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 1857 NEO - Nitrile Palm - Ultra Lightweight Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-gloves-neo-1857?variant=12779102961763 Wonder Grip 1857 Neo Gloves are Premium Quality, Ultra-Lightweight Gloves which features microfiber knitting, a single nitrile coating, and 18-gauge nylon. Wonder Grip 1857 Neo gloves are thinner and softer than traditional nitrile gloves.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 1857 Neo GlovesThe Wonder Grip 1857 Neo is a futuristic model from Wonder Grip which features microfiber knitting, a single nitrile coating, and 18-gauge nylon.Wonder Grip 1857 Neo gloves are thinner and softer than traditional nitrile gloves.The Wonder Grip 1857 Neo is designed and developed as a breathable glove with mixed spandex; consequently, they provide the feel of bare hands.Wonder Grip 1857 Neo allows such tasks as typing on a keyboard or handwriting.Glove Coating: Nitrile Single Palm CoatingLiner: 18 Gauge / Nylon & SpandexProduct Benefits:Dexterity - The most flexible Wonder Grip glove of all; it is therefore suitable for working with precision machinery or semiconductors.Oil & Wet Resistance - Provides a controlled grip in wet and oily applications.Abrasion Strength - A high level of abrasion resistance allows long term use.Breathable - Provides excellent coolness and flexibilityProduct Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 4)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 3)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Conformity shopify_GB_1465129861219 shopify_GB_1465129861219_12779102961763 new 3.48 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG1857_Neo_grande.jpg?v=1544625674 6959234403177 Wonder Grip® GLWG1857L Wonder Grip® Nitrile Type Gloves Size 9 (Large) US 0.1 kg Wonder Grip® Wonder Grip 1857 NEO - Nitrile Palm - Ultra Lightweight Gloves https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wonder-grip-gloves-neo-1857?variant=12779102994531 Wonder Grip 1857 Neo Gloves are Premium Quality, Ultra-Lightweight Gloves which features microfiber knitting, a single nitrile coating, and 18-gauge nylon. Wonder Grip 1857 Neo gloves are thinner and softer than traditional nitrile gloves.Available in sizes Large (Size 9) and X-Large (Size 10).DescriptionWonder Grip 1857 Neo GlovesThe Wonder Grip 1857 Neo is a futuristic model from Wonder Grip which features microfiber knitting, a single nitrile coating, and 18-gauge nylon.Wonder Grip 1857 Neo gloves are thinner and softer than traditional nitrile gloves.The Wonder Grip 1857 Neo is designed and developed as a breathable glove with mixed spandex; consequently, they provide the feel of bare hands.Wonder Grip 1857 Neo allows such tasks as typing on a keyboard or handwriting.Glove Coating: Nitrile Single Palm CoatingLiner: 18 Gauge / Nylon & SpandexProduct Benefits:Dexterity - The most flexible Wonder Grip glove of all; it is therefore suitable for working with precision machinery or semiconductors.Oil & Wet Resistance - Provides a controlled grip in wet and oily applications.Abrasion Strength - A high level of abrasion resistance allows long term use.Breathable - Provides excellent coolness and flexibilityProduct Standards: This product meets EN 388 standards.(a) Abrasion Resistance (Performance Level 4)(b) Blade-Cut Resistance (Performance Level 1)(c) Tear Resistance (Performance Level 3)(d) Puncture Resistance (Performance Level 1) This product complies with basic requirements laid down by the EEC directive.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Conformity shopify_GB_1465129861219 shopify_GB_1465129861219_12779102994531 new 3.48 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WG1857_Neo_grande.jpg?v=1544625674 6959234403184 Wonder Grip® GLWG1858XL Wonder Grip® Nitrile Type Gloves Size 10 (X-Large) US 0.1 kg Wedgit® Wedgit Plastic Interlocking Wedges - YELLOW https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/yellow-plastic-wedges?variant=7653417353246 Plastic Interlocking Wedges allow adjustment for levelling and aligning various building components. As they are exactly complementary pairs, they present parallel faces for even loading so providing a support block of consistent dimensions. Interlocking ribbed surfaces make incremental adjustment easy providing grip to prevent subsequent slipping.Wedge Size:  (H) 25mm, (W) 45mm, (L) 150mmSupplied in Boxes of 64 Wedges.DescriptionWedgit YELLOW Plastic Interlocking WedgesToday’s technologies and materials have combined to produce builders wedges of such consistent shape, strength and durability as to make them suitable for a whole range of uses for professional contractors and joiners.Folded Plastic Wedges allow adjustment for levelling and aligning various building components. As they are exactly complementary pairs, they present parallel faces for even loading so providing a support block of consistent dimensions.Interlocking ribbed surfaces make incremental adjustment easy providing grip to prevent subsequent slipping.Unlike wooden wedges, these Plastic Wedges need no preparation, they don't rot, shrink, crack or split and can be nailed through for final fixing providing a stable and permanent installation.The increasingly popular wood flooring and decking is a dream to install with Wedgit, as are window and door casings, wall claddings, roofing timbers and rafters even heavy precast sections.Product Benefits:Made under certified ISO 9001 quality control proceduresQuick and convenient to use - no preparation neededInterlocking teeth prevent slippageWill not split when nailedWill not rot, corrode or shrinkMoisture resistantAmazingly strongGood soundproofing characteristicsNon-toxic emissions when burnedProperties:Product: Yellow Wedgit Interlocking Wedges Size: (H) 25mm, (W) 45mm, (L) 150mmMaximum Load: 2200kg - Max load capacity achieved when ribbed surfaces of a pair of wedges are fully engaged. Fitting instructions included.Typical Applications: Joists, Beams shopify_GB_552090632222 shopify_GB_552090632222_7653417353246 new 36.60 GBPout of stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/YELLOW_WEDGES_grande.jpg?v=1542640157 5060008750524 Wedgit® EQ5520 Interlocking Wedges 3.5 kg Wedgit® Wedgit Plastic Interlocking Wedges - BROWN https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/brown-plastic-wedges-wedgit?variant=7653416042526 Plastic Interlocking Wedges allow adjustment for levelling and aligning various building components. As they are exactly complementary pairs, they present parallel faces for even loading so providing a support block of consistent dimensions. Interlocking ribbed surfaces make incremental adjustment easy providing grip to prevent subsequent slipping.Wedge Size: (H) 15mm, (W) 45mm, (L) 90mmSupplied in Boxes of 50 Wedges.DescriptionWedgit BROWN Plastic Interlocking WedgesToday’s technologies and materials have combined to produce builders wedges of such consistent shape, strength and durability as to make them suitable for a whole range of uses for professional contractors and joiners.Folded plastic wedges allow adjustment for levelling and aligning various building components. As they are exactly complementary pairs, they present parallel faces for even loading so providing a support block of consistent dimensions.Interlocking ribbed surfaces make incremental adjustment easy providing grip to prevent subsequent slipping.Unlike wooden wedges, these plastic wedges need no preparation, they don't rot, shrink, crack or split and can be nailed through for final fixing providing a stable and permanent installation.The increasingly popular wood flooring and decking is a dream to install with Wedgit plastic wedges, as are window and door casings, wall claddings, roofing timbers and rafters even heavy precast sections. Product Benefits:Made under certified ISO 9001 quality control proceduresQuick and convenient to use - no preparation neededInterlocking teeth prevent slippageWill not split when nailedWill not rot, corrode or shrinkMoisture resistantAmazingly strongGood soundproofing characteristicsNon-toxic emissions when burnedProperties:Product: Brown Wedgit Plastic Interlocking WedgesSize: (H) 15mm, (W) 45mm, (L) 90mmMaximum Load: 1700kg - Max load capacity achieved when ribbed surfaces of a pair of wedges are fully engaged. Fitting instructions included.Typical Applications: Joists, Beams shopify_GB_552090435614 shopify_GB_552090435614_7653416042526 new 16.20 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/BROWN_WEDGES_grande.jpg?v=1542640827 5060008750326 Wedgit® EQ5521 Interlocking Wedges 1.5 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Wall Tie Setting Tool https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/wall-tie-setting-tool?variant=8735529828451 Wall Tie Setting Tool for fast repetitive fixing of interest fixings.DescriptionWall Tie Setting ToolThe Wall Tie Setting Tool is used for fast repetitive fixing of interest fixings.Suitable for use with Neoprene and Brass Wall Ties.Associated Products:Neoprene Wall TiesBrass Wall Ties11mm SDS-Plus Hammer Drill Bit shopify_GB_781302530147 shopify_GB_781302530147_8735529828451 new 13.20 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/WALL_TIE_SETTING_TOOL_2_grande.JPG?v=1549546390 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WTST1 Wall Ties 0.1 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7936070418462 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7936070418462 new 3.30 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_TERACOTTA_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD04 Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 0.1 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7676854665246 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7676854665246 new 7.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_TERACOTTA_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD04-250 Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 0.25 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7936086474782 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7936086474782 new 14.34 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_TERACOTTA_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD04-500 Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 0.5 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7936091291678 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7936091291678 new 25.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_TERACOTTA_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD04-1000 Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 1.0 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7936051314718 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7936051314718 new 3.30 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_LIGHT_GREY_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD05 Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 0.1 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7653593382942 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7653593382942 new 7.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_LIGHT_GREY_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD05-250 Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 0.25 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7936084115486 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7936084115486 new 14.34 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_LIGHT_GREY_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD05-500 Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 0.5 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7936089948190 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7936089948190 new 25.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_LIGHT_GREY_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD05-1000 Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 1.0 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7936066191390 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7936066191390 new 3.30 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_DARK_GREY_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD05D Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 0.1 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7676848341022 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7676848341022 new 7.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_DARK_GREY_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD05D-250 Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 0.25 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7936085655582 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7936085655582 new 14.34 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_DARK_GREY_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD05D-500 Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 0.5 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7936090308638 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7936090308638 new 25.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_DARK_GREY_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD05D-1000 Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 1.0 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7936073367582 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7936073367582 new 3.30 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_BUFF_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD03 Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 0.1 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7676851650590 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7676851650590 new 7.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_BUFF_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD03-250 Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 0.25 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7936087654430 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7936087654430 new 14.34 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_BUFF_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD03-500 Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 0.5 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7936091947038 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7936091947038 new 25.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_BUFF_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD03-1000 Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 1.0 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7936080248862 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7936080248862 new 3.30 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_BROWN_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD06 Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 0.1 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7936075759646 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7936075759646 new 7.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_BROWN_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD06-250 Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 0.25 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7936088277022 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7936088277022 new 14.34 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_BROWN_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD06-500 Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 0.5 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Universal DPC Injection Plugs https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-wall-plugs?variant=7936092700702 Universal DPC Injection Plugs have been designed to offer a solution to the problem of sealing holes drilled in bricks and mortar for the installation of Damp Proofing Creams & Fluids.For this application, holes will be 10mm or 12mm in diameter depending on the DPC system.Available to order in 5 Colours (terracotta, light grey, dark grey, buff, brown, in various pack sizes. shopify_GB_552120254494 shopify_GB_552120254494_7936092700702 new 25.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UNIVERSAL_PLUGS_-_BROWN_grande.jpg?v=1526054942 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd WYKD06-1000 Damp Proofing Injection Plugs 1.0 kg Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof DPC Cream https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-injection-cream-ultracure?variant=7653623136286 Ultracure Damp Proof DPC Cream is a BBA Approved silane based DPC Cream used for injection into brickwork for the control of Rising Damp.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.Available in 380ml Cartridges, 1 Litre Cartridges and 3 Litre Buckets.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof DPC CreamUltracure is a unique silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.The DPC cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts. Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosingVirtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationProduct Sizes & Applicator Required:Ultracure - 380ml Cartridge: Applied by use of a standard C4 Skeleton Gun and Extension Nozzle (Extension Nozzle supplied with product, spare Nozzles can be purchased separately).Ultracure - 1 Litre Cartridge: Applied by use of the Cox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass Injection NozzleUltracure - 3 Litre Tub: Applied by use of the Selecta 7 DPC Injection Pump or Osatu Tango 7 DPC Injection Pump.Injection:Insert Ultracure Cartridge into appropriate gun applicator (Or pour contents into Injection Pump if using a 3 Litre Tub).Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled. Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 380ml Cartridge4.5M2.25M1.12M1.0MPer 1 Litre11.25M5.62M2.80M2.50M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_552124612638 shopify_GB_552124612638_7653623136286 new 11.40 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/ULTRACURE_380ML_grande.jpg?v=1575287260 5060207860048 Wykamol Group WY400 Damp Proof Cream 380ml Cartridge (Inc. Nozzle) US 0.4 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof DPC Cream https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-injection-cream-ultracure?variant=7676833562654 Ultracure Damp Proof DPC Cream is a BBA Approved silane based DPC Cream used for injection into brickwork for the control of Rising Damp.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.Available in 380ml Cartridges, 1 Litre Cartridges and 3 Litre Buckets.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof DPC CreamUltracure is a unique silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.The DPC cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts. Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosingVirtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationProduct Sizes & Applicator Required:Ultracure - 380ml Cartridge: Applied by use of a standard C4 Skeleton Gun and Extension Nozzle (Extension Nozzle supplied with product, spare Nozzles can be purchased separately).Ultracure - 1 Litre Cartridge: Applied by use of the Cox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass Injection NozzleUltracure - 3 Litre Tub: Applied by use of the Selecta 7 DPC Injection Pump or Osatu Tango 7 DPC Injection Pump.Injection:Insert Ultracure Cartridge into appropriate gun applicator (Or pour contents into Injection Pump if using a 3 Litre Tub).Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled. Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 380ml Cartridge4.5M2.25M1.12M1.0MPer 1 Litre11.25M5.62M2.80M2.50M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_552124612638 shopify_GB_552124612638_7676833562654 new 17.94 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/ULTRACURE_1L_grande.jpg?v=1575287273 5060207860475 Wykamol Group WY1000 Damp Proof Cream 1 Litre Cartridge US 1.0 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof DPC Cream https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/dpc-injection-cream-ultracure?variant=7676837003294 Ultracure Damp Proof DPC Cream is a BBA Approved silane based DPC Cream used for injection into brickwork for the control of Rising Damp.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.Available in 380ml Cartridges, 1 Litre Cartridges and 3 Litre Buckets.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof DPC CreamUltracure is a unique silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.The DPC cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts. Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosingVirtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationProduct Sizes & Applicator Required:Ultracure - 380ml Cartridge: Applied by use of a standard C4 Skeleton Gun and Extension Nozzle (Extension Nozzle supplied with product, spare Nozzles can be purchased separately).Ultracure - 1 Litre Cartridge: Applied by use of the Cox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass Injection NozzleUltracure - 3 Litre Tub: Applied by use of the Selecta 7 DPC Injection Pump or Osatu Tango 7 DPC Injection Pump.Injection:Insert Ultracure Cartridge into appropriate gun applicator (Or pour contents into Injection Pump if using a 3 Litre Tub).Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled. Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 380ml Cartridge4.5M2.25M1.12M1.0MPer 1 Litre11.25M5.62M2.80M2.50M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_552124612638 shopify_GB_552124612638_7676837003294 new 45.00 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/ULTRACURE_3L_grande.jpg?v=1575287284 5060207860505 Wykamol Group WY3000 Damp Proof Cream 3 Litre Tub US 3.0 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 380ml Cartridge Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure?variant=7947830853662 A range of DIY Ultracure Damp Proofing 380ml Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure Damp Proof Cream is a unique BBA Approved silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 380ml Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 380ml Cartridge KitsNo. of CartridgesApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits4 x 380ml Ultracure Kit4 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)6 x 380ml Ultracure Kit6 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)8 x 380ml Ultracure Kit8 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)10 x 380ml Ultracure Kit10 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)12 x 380ml Ultracure Kit12 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)16 x 380ml Ultracure Kit16 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 2 x 9" Extension Nozzles, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)20 x 380ml Ultracure Kit20 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 2 x 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosingVirtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Insert Ultracure Cartridge into the Skeleton Gun, cut the top of the cartridge at the opening taking care not to damage the threads, and attach the nozzle.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 380ml Cartridge4.5M2.25M1.12M1.0M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_578019885086 shopify_GB_578019885086_7947830853662 new 33.84 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/4X_UC_380ML_KIT_grande.jpg?v=1572364212 Wykamol Group WY400K4 Damp Proof Cream Kit 2.5 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 380ml Cartridge Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure?variant=7956428619806 A range of DIY Ultracure Damp Proofing 380ml Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure Damp Proof Cream is a unique BBA Approved silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 380ml Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 380ml Cartridge KitsNo. of CartridgesApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits4 x 380ml Ultracure Kit4 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)6 x 380ml Ultracure Kit6 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)8 x 380ml Ultracure Kit8 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)10 x 380ml Ultracure Kit10 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)12 x 380ml Ultracure Kit12 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)16 x 380ml Ultracure Kit16 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 2 x 9" Extension Nozzles, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)20 x 380ml Ultracure Kit20 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 2 x 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosingVirtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Insert Ultracure Cartridge into the Skeleton Gun, cut the top of the cartridge at the opening taking care not to damage the threads, and attach the nozzle.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 380ml Cartridge4.5M2.25M1.12M1.0M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_578019885086 shopify_GB_578019885086_7956428619806 new 47.16 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/6X_UC_380ML_KIT_grande.jpg?v=1572364212 Wykamol Group WY400K6 Damp Proof Cream Kit 3.5 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 380ml Cartridge Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure?variant=7956428750878 A range of DIY Ultracure Damp Proofing 380ml Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure Damp Proof Cream is a unique BBA Approved silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 380ml Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 380ml Cartridge KitsNo. of CartridgesApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits4 x 380ml Ultracure Kit4 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)6 x 380ml Ultracure Kit6 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)8 x 380ml Ultracure Kit8 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)10 x 380ml Ultracure Kit10 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)12 x 380ml Ultracure Kit12 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)16 x 380ml Ultracure Kit16 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 2 x 9" Extension Nozzles, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)20 x 380ml Ultracure Kit20 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 2 x 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosingVirtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Insert Ultracure Cartridge into the Skeleton Gun, cut the top of the cartridge at the opening taking care not to damage the threads, and attach the nozzle.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 380ml Cartridge4.5M2.25M1.12M1.0M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_578019885086 shopify_GB_578019885086_7956428750878 new 59.16 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/8X_UC_380ML_KIT_grande.jpg?v=1572364212 Wykamol Group WY400K8 Damp Proof Cream Kit 4.5 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 380ml Cartridge Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure?variant=7956431503390 A range of DIY Ultracure Damp Proofing 380ml Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure Damp Proof Cream is a unique BBA Approved silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 380ml Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 380ml Cartridge KitsNo. of CartridgesApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits4 x 380ml Ultracure Kit4 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)6 x 380ml Ultracure Kit6 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)8 x 380ml Ultracure Kit8 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)10 x 380ml Ultracure Kit10 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)12 x 380ml Ultracure Kit12 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)16 x 380ml Ultracure Kit16 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 2 x 9" Extension Nozzles, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)20 x 380ml Ultracure Kit20 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 2 x 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosingVirtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Insert Ultracure Cartridge into the Skeleton Gun, cut the top of the cartridge at the opening taking care not to damage the threads, and attach the nozzle.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 380ml Cartridge4.5M2.25M1.12M1.0M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_578019885086 shopify_GB_578019885086_7956431503390 new 70.44 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/16X_UC_380ML_KIT_grande.jpg?v=1572364212 Wykamol Group WY400K10 Damp Proof Cream Kit 5.5 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 380ml Cartridge Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure?variant=7956431634462 A range of DIY Ultracure Damp Proofing 380ml Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure Damp Proof Cream is a unique BBA Approved silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 380ml Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 380ml Cartridge KitsNo. of CartridgesApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits4 x 380ml Ultracure Kit4 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)6 x 380ml Ultracure Kit6 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)8 x 380ml Ultracure Kit8 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)10 x 380ml Ultracure Kit10 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)12 x 380ml Ultracure Kit12 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)16 x 380ml Ultracure Kit16 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 2 x 9" Extension Nozzles, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)20 x 380ml Ultracure Kit20 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 2 x 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosingVirtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Insert Ultracure Cartridge into the Skeleton Gun, cut the top of the cartridge at the opening taking care not to damage the threads, and attach the nozzle.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 380ml Cartridge4.5M2.25M1.12M1.0M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_578019885086 shopify_GB_578019885086_7956431634462 new 83.04 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/10X_UC_380ML_KIT_grande.jpg?v=1572364212 Wykamol Group WY400K12 Damp Proof Cream Kit 6.5 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 380ml Cartridge Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure?variant=7956468400158 A range of DIY Ultracure Damp Proofing 380ml Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure Damp Proof Cream is a unique BBA Approved silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 380ml Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 380ml Cartridge KitsNo. of CartridgesApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits4 x 380ml Ultracure Kit4 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)6 x 380ml Ultracure Kit6 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)8 x 380ml Ultracure Kit8 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)10 x 380ml Ultracure Kit10 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)12 x 380ml Ultracure Kit12 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)16 x 380ml Ultracure Kit16 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 2 x 9" Extension Nozzles, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)20 x 380ml Ultracure Kit20 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 2 x 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosingVirtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Insert Ultracure Cartridge into the Skeleton Gun, cut the top of the cartridge at the opening taking care not to damage the threads, and attach the nozzle.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 380ml Cartridge4.5M2.25M1.12M1.0M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_578019885086 shopify_GB_578019885086_7956468400158 new 110.22 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/20X_UC_380ML_KIT_grande.jpg?v=1572364212 Wykamol Group WY400K16 Damp Proof Cream Kit 7.5 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 380ml Cartridge Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure?variant=7956434124830 A range of DIY Ultracure Damp Proofing 380ml Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure Damp Proof Cream is a unique BBA Approved silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 380ml Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 380ml Cartridge KitsNo. of CartridgesApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits4 x 380ml Ultracure Kit4 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)6 x 380ml Ultracure Kit6 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)8 x 380ml Ultracure Kit8 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)10 x 380ml Ultracure Kit10 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)12 x 380ml Ultracure Kit12 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)16 x 380ml Ultracure Kit16 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 2 x 9" Extension Nozzles, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)20 x 380ml Ultracure Kit20 x 380ml CartridgesEconomy Skeleton Gun, 2 x 9" Extension Nozzle, 1 x Pair of Green Nitrile Gloves2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosingVirtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Insert Ultracure Cartridge into the Skeleton Gun, cut the top of the cartridge at the opening taking care not to damage the threads, and attach the nozzle.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 380ml Cartridge4.5M2.25M1.12M1.0M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_578019885086 shopify_GB_578019885086_7956434124830 new 132.42 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/16X_UC_380ML_KIT_grande.jpg?v=1572364212 Wykamol Group WY400K20 Damp Proof Cream Kit 8.5 kg 0.00 GBP Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 3 Litre Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure-3-litre?variant=7956599472158 A range of Professional 3 Litre Ultracure Damp Proofing Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure is a unique, BBA Approved, silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 3 Litre Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 3 Litre Bucket KitsNo. of BucketsApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits1 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit1 x 3 Litre BucketSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)2 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit2 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)3 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit3 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)4 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit4 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)5 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit5 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)6 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit6 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosing Virtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Pour Ultracure contents from the tub into Pump supplied. Maximum recommended 'working' capacity for the Applicator is 5 Litres. Screw on the Pressure Handle and pump approx 15 - 20 times to build up adequate pressure.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 1 Litre11.25M5.62M2.80M2.50M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing re-plastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_579332538398 shopify_GB_579332538398_7956599472158 new 87.00 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UC_5L_x_1_KIT_SELECTA_grande.jpg?v=1572364198 Wykamol Group WY3000K1 Damp Proof Cream Kit 1 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit US 5.0 kg Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 3 Litre Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure-3-litre?variant=7956599504926 A range of Professional 3 Litre Ultracure Damp Proofing Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure is a unique, BBA Approved, silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 3 Litre Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 3 Litre Bucket KitsNo. of BucketsApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits1 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit1 x 3 Litre BucketSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)2 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit2 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)3 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit3 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)4 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit4 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)5 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit5 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)6 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit6 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosing Virtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Pour Ultracure contents from the tub into Pump supplied. Maximum recommended 'working' capacity for the Applicator is 5 Litres. Screw on the Pressure Handle and pump approx 15 - 20 times to build up adequate pressure.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 1 Litre11.25M5.62M2.80M2.50M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing re-plastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_579332538398 shopify_GB_579332538398_7956599504926 new 127.86 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UC_5L_x_2_KIT_SELECTA_grande.jpg?v=1572364199 Wykamol Group WY3000K2 Damp Proof Cream Kit 2 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit US 8.0 kg Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 3 Litre Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure-3-litre?variant=7956599537694 A range of Professional 3 Litre Ultracure Damp Proofing Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure is a unique, BBA Approved, silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 3 Litre Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 3 Litre Bucket KitsNo. of BucketsApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits1 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit1 x 3 Litre BucketSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)2 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit2 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)3 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit3 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)4 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit4 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)5 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit5 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)6 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit6 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosing Virtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Pour Ultracure contents from the tub into Pump supplied. Maximum recommended 'working' capacity for the Applicator is 5 Litres. Screw on the Pressure Handle and pump approx 15 - 20 times to build up adequate pressure.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 1 Litre11.25M5.62M2.80M2.50M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing re-plastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_579332538398 shopify_GB_579332538398_7956599537694 new 168.72 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UC_5L_x_3_KIT_SELECTA_grande.jpg?v=1572364199 Wykamol Group WY3000K3 Damp Proof Cream Kit 3 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit US 11.0 kg Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 3 Litre Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure-3-litre?variant=7956599570462 A range of Professional 3 Litre Ultracure Damp Proofing Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure is a unique, BBA Approved, silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 3 Litre Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 3 Litre Bucket KitsNo. of BucketsApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits1 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit1 x 3 Litre BucketSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)2 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit2 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)3 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit3 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)4 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit4 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)5 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit5 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)6 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit6 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosing Virtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Pour Ultracure contents from the tub into Pump supplied. Maximum recommended 'working' capacity for the Applicator is 5 Litres. Screw on the Pressure Handle and pump approx 15 - 20 times to build up adequate pressure.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 1 Litre11.25M5.62M2.80M2.50M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing re-plastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_579332538398 shopify_GB_579332538398_7956599570462 new 204.84 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UC_5L_x_4_KIT_SELECTA_grande.jpg?v=1572364199 Wykamol Group WY3000K4 Damp Proof Cream Kit 4 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit US 14.0 kg Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 3 Litre Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure-3-litre?variant=7956599603230 A range of Professional 3 Litre Ultracure Damp Proofing Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure is a unique, BBA Approved, silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 3 Litre Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 3 Litre Bucket KitsNo. of BucketsApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits1 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit1 x 3 Litre BucketSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)2 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit2 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)3 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit3 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)4 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit4 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)5 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit5 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)6 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit6 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosing Virtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Pour Ultracure contents from the tub into Pump supplied. Maximum recommended 'working' capacity for the Applicator is 5 Litres. Screw on the Pressure Handle and pump approx 15 - 20 times to build up adequate pressure.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 1 Litre11.25M5.62M2.80M2.50M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing re-plastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_579332538398 shopify_GB_579332538398_7956599603230 new 244.50 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UC_5L_x_5_KIT_SELECTA_grande.jpg?v=1572364199 Wykamol Group WY3000K5 Damp Proof Cream Kit 5 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit US 17.0 kg Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 3 Litre Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure-3-litre?variant=7956599635998 A range of Professional 3 Litre Ultracure Damp Proofing Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure is a unique, BBA Approved, silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 3 Litre Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 3 Litre Bucket KitsNo. of BucketsApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits1 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit1 x 3 Litre BucketSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)2 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit2 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)3 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit3 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)4 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit4 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)5 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit5 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)6 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit6 x 3 Litre BucketsSelecta 7 DPC Injection Pump (C/W Brass Gel Lance)2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosing Virtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Pour Ultracure contents from the tub into Pump supplied. Maximum recommended 'working' capacity for the Applicator is 5 Litres. Screw on the Pressure Handle and pump approx 15 - 20 times to build up adequate pressure.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 1 Litre11.25M5.62M2.80M2.50M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing re-plastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_579332538398 shopify_GB_579332538398_7956599635998 new 284.28 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/UC_5L_x_6_KIT_SELECTA_grande.jpg?v=1572364199 Wykamol Group WY3000K6 Damp Proof Cream Kit 6 x 3 Litre Ultracure Kit US 20.0 kg Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 1 Litre Cartridge Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure-1-litre?variant=7956485079070 A range of Professional Ultracure Damp Proofing 1 Litre Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure is a unique silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 1 Litre Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 1 Litre Cartridge KitsNo. of CartridgesApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits2 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit2 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)4 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit4 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)6 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit6 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)8 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit8 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)10 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit10 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)12 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit12 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)16 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit16 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosingVirtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Insert Ultracure Cartridge into the Cartridge Gun, pierce the film at the opening of the cartridge and screw on the Brass Nozzle.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 1 Litre11.25M5.62M2.80M2.50M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_579319791646 shopify_GB_579319791646_7956485079070 new 85.14 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Ultracure_1L_x_2_Kit_4e814c78-80fa-4391-964e-8b681bb516eb_grande.jpg?v=1572364183 Wykamol Group WY1000K2 Damp Proof Cream Kit 4.0 kg Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 1 Litre Cartridge Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure-1-litre?variant=7956485111838 A range of Professional Ultracure Damp Proofing 1 Litre Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure is a unique silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 1 Litre Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 1 Litre Cartridge KitsNo. of CartridgesApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits2 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit2 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)4 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit4 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)6 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit6 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)8 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit8 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)10 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit10 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)12 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit12 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)16 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit16 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosingVirtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Insert Ultracure Cartridge into the Cartridge Gun, pierce the film at the opening of the cartridge and screw on the Brass Nozzle.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 1 Litre11.25M5.62M2.80M2.50M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_579319791646 shopify_GB_579319791646_7956485111838 new 111.00 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Ultracure_1L_x_4_Kit_777f6428-9dc7-4c31-bc40-a28a3497b688_grande.jpg?v=1572364183 Wykamol Group WY1000K4 Damp Proof Cream Kit 7.5 kg Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 1 Litre Cartridge Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure-1-litre?variant=7956485144606 A range of Professional Ultracure Damp Proofing 1 Litre Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure is a unique silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 1 Litre Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 1 Litre Cartridge KitsNo. of CartridgesApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits2 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit2 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)4 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit4 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)6 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit6 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)8 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit8 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)10 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit10 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)12 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit12 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)16 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit16 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosingVirtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Insert Ultracure Cartridge into the Cartridge Gun, pierce the film at the opening of the cartridge and screw on the Brass Nozzle.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 1 Litre11.25M5.62M2.80M2.50M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_579319791646 shopify_GB_579319791646_7956485144606 new 143.10 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Ultracure_1L_x_6_Kit_24c4d0c7-7bfa-49e7-a206-10d19d49601b_grande.jpg?v=1572364183 Wykamol Group WY1000K6 Damp Proof Cream Kit 9.5 kg Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 1 Litre Cartridge Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure-1-litre?variant=7956485177374 A range of Professional Ultracure Damp Proofing 1 Litre Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure is a unique silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 1 Litre Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 1 Litre Cartridge KitsNo. of CartridgesApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits2 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit2 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)4 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit4 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)6 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit6 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)8 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit8 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)10 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit10 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)12 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit12 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)16 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit16 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosingVirtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Insert Ultracure Cartridge into the Cartridge Gun, pierce the film at the opening of the cartridge and screw on the Brass Nozzle.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 1 Litre11.25M5.62M2.80M2.50M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_579319791646 shopify_GB_579319791646_7956485177374 new 167.16 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Ultracure_1L_x_8_Kit_d43ed271-a8ed-4236-9111-edcad626cccd_grande.jpg?v=1572364183 Wykamol Group WY1000K8 Damp Proof Cream Kit 11.5 kg Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 1 Litre Cartridge Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure-1-litre?variant=7956485210142 A range of Professional Ultracure Damp Proofing 1 Litre Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure is a unique silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 1 Litre Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 1 Litre Cartridge KitsNo. of CartridgesApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits2 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit2 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)4 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit4 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)6 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit6 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)8 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit8 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)10 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit10 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)12 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit12 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)16 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit16 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosingVirtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Insert Ultracure Cartridge into the Cartridge Gun, pierce the film at the opening of the cartridge and screw on the Brass Nozzle.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 1 Litre11.25M5.62M2.80M2.50M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_579319791646 shopify_GB_579319791646_7956485210142 new 195.18 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Ultracure_1L_x_10_Kit_7b3cf48a-f656-4b68-beef-c04104ac3acb_grande.jpg?v=1572364183 Wykamol Group WY1000K10 Damp Proof Cream Kit 13.5 kg Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 1 Litre Cartridge Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure-1-litre?variant=7956485242910 A range of Professional Ultracure Damp Proofing 1 Litre Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure is a unique silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 1 Litre Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 1 Litre Cartridge KitsNo. of CartridgesApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits2 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit2 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)4 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit4 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)6 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit6 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)8 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit8 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)10 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit10 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)12 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit12 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)16 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit16 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosingVirtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Insert Ultracure Cartridge into the Cartridge Gun, pierce the film at the opening of the cartridge and screw on the Brass Nozzle.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 1 Litre11.25M5.62M2.80M2.50M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_579319791646 shopify_GB_579319791646_7956485242910 new 220.32 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Ultracure_1L_x_12_Kit_bec5867e-0d25-4d56-a0b7-c1f932464e58_grande.jpg?v=1572364183 Wykamol Group WY1000K12 Damp Proof Cream Kit 15.5 kg Wykamol Group Ultracure Damp Proof Cream - 1 Litre Cartridge Kits https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proof-cream-kit-ultracure-1-litre?variant=7956485275678 A range of Professional Ultracure Damp Proofing 1 Litre Kits containing the essential products required to treat Rising Damp in Walls.Choose the required Kit Size from the 'Drop Down' box below.Ultracure is a unique silane based emulsion cream for injection into brickwork for the control of rising dampness.  Ultracure is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 02/3961.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionUltracure Damp Proof Cream - 1 Litre Size KitsUltracure Damp Proof Cream is delivered by hand pressure from the appropriately sized applicator gun into a series of holes drilled into the mortar course. From here, Ultracure effectively migrates into the masonry pores and fully passivates across the mortar joint as the cream reverts to a liquid phase.Upon curing, a hydrophobic chemical damp-proof barrier is formed in-situ. Extensive field experience with this technology demonstrates that Ultracure will perform as well as any conventional liquid injection system against rising damp.Ultracure cream is designed to control rising damp, but walls can remain damp after a DPC installation where they are severely contaminated with hydroscopic salts.Re-plastering with an appropriate, salt resistant product, such as Renovation Plaster or a sand / cement mix containing a suitable Render Additive, is essential to prevent further damage to the plaster finish. In all cases the damp proof course should, as far as possible, be installed in accordance with British Standard ‘Code of Practice for Installation of Chemical Damp Proof Courses’ BS6576:2005.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Kit Contents:Note: If using a Mobile Device, the tables below are best viewed in Horizontal mode.Ultracure - 1 Litre Cartridge KitsNo. of CartridgesApplicator SuppliedNo. of SDS Drill Bits2 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit2 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)4 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit4 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle1 x SDS Drill Bit (12mm x 260mm)6 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit6 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)8 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit8 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)10 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit10 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)12 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit12 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)16 x 1 Litre Ultracure Kit16 x 1 Litre CartridgesCox Powerflow DPC Cartridge Gun & Brass DPC Injection Nozzle2 x SDS Drill Bits (12mm x 260mm)Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedCures to form a barrier against Rising DampFast, clean installation processNo High-Pressure Injection Pump requiredCan be used in all types of masonryLow hazardPrecise dosingVirtually odourlessPreparationSubstrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depth allows). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts.Remove skirtings, fixings and render / plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed). Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts is removed from the area to be treated to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of the Rising Damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and recommend repair / replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern. DPC height should always be at least 150mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPCs should be provided to connect horizontal DPCs where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.) In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall.Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 95mm and inject in one continuous process (the physical properties of Ultracure ensure the cream remains in contact with the surrounding mortar even when the mortar bed is drilled through in this way). Always ensure that the cavity is clear before treatment.In random stone and rubble infill walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type, it may be possible to vary the drilling locations (mortar / stone) as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height. In the case of drill holes becoming blocked these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of Ultracure is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill 12mm diameter holes horizontally in the mortar bed at distances no greater than 120 mm. The depth of the hole required for various sizes of wall is shown in the table below (approx 90% of any given wall thickness).For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro-rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness115mm230mm345mm460mmDepth of Hole95mm210mm320mm440mm ApplicationInjection:Insert Ultracure Cartridge into the Cartridge Gun, pierce the film at the opening of the cartridge and screw on the Brass Nozzle.Insert the applicator nozzle into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole. Squeeze the gun and trigger and back fill each hole fully with Ultracure cream to within one centimetre of the surface. When treating cavity walls from one side make certain that the holes in each leaf are filled.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water. If Ultracure cream penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice. Coverage:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth95mm210mm320mm440mmBorehole Diameter12mm12mm12mm12mmApplication Rate Per 10M0.9L1.9L2.9L3.9LPer 1 Litre11.25M5.62M2.80M2.50M Individual site conditions can cause variations. Always allow at least 10% extra when estimating the quantity of material required.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours).On internal faces holes can be left open and plaster stopped short of the DPC.Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with Ultracure to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 14 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_579319791646 shopify_GB_579319791646_7956485275678 new 265.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Ultracure_1L_x_16_Kit_grande.jpg?v=1572364183 Wykamol Group WY1000K16 Damp Proof Cream Kit 18.5 kg Triton Systems Triton TRISOL 23 - High Strength Masonry Dry Rot Treatment https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/high-strength-dry-rot-killer-trisol?variant=8665032720483 TRISOL 23 is a High Strength, Masonry Biocide used for the sterilization of masonry infected with Dry Rot Fungus (Serpula Lacrymans). TRISOL 23 may also be used for the control of Moss, Lichens and Algae on external surfaces.TRISOL 23 should only be used on Masonry substrates. For an effective Dry Rot Treatment for use on Timbers, see Lignum Pro D156 or Lignum Pro Gel.  TRISOL 23 carries the HSE Approval No 6274.Supplied in 1 Litre Containers, Concentrated Solution.DescriptionTRISOL 23 High Strength Masonry Dry Rot TreatmentTRISOL 23 is a High Strength, Third Generation, Bicontinuous Microemulsion Concentrate formulated for the sterilization of masonry infected with Dry Rot Fungus (Serpula Lacrymans).Other uses include the control of Mosses, Lichens and Algae on external surfaces.TRISOL 23 does NOT contain Petroleum Based Hydrocarbon Solvents, Glycols, Glycol Ethers or TriethanolamineTRISOL 23 contains 3-iodo-2-Propynyl-N-Butyl Carbamate as the active ingredient, which is commonly referred to as IPBC.This ingredient is used for the following reasons:Broad spectrum of activityLow odour when formulatedNon-corrosive when formulatedProperties:High Strength Solution (IPBC at 5.0% w/w)TRISOL 23 is supplied as a concentrate for dilution with water in the ratio of 1 to 24.One litre of TRISOL 23 makes 25 litres of Ready to Use Solution.Once diluted, the dilution contains IPBC at 0.2% w/w.When mixed with water, a stable Microemulsion is formed which is low in odour.No petroleum solvents used.Active Ingredients:IPBC (3-Iodo-2-Propynyl Butyl Carbamate)IPBC (3-Iodo-2-Propynyl Butyl Carbamate) 5.0% w/w: A biocide that provides the maximum spectrum of biological activity against the dry rot fungus (Serpula Lacrymans).ApplicationPreparation:Determine the full extent of the dry rot outbreak by opening up the affected area, identify and remove infected timbers (cut back in-situ timbers 500mm beyond last signs of fungal growth or strands).Remove plaster/render in all directions 500mm past the last signs of fungal growth or strands.Identify and rectify the cause of dampness associated with the dry rot outbreak, i.e leaking gutters, poor ventilation, rising damp etc.Clean all wall areas and oversites to remove surface growth and strands, use a stiff brush on walls if necessary.Application:Thoroughly prepare all surfaces, which are to receive treatment.Remove surface fungal growth and strands using a stiff brush.Rake out mortar joints to a minimum depth of 10mm.Strip off plaster to one metre beyond any visible sign of infection or dampness.Remove all built-in and decayed timber or to limit disturbance. Consider using the Boron Based Wood Preservatives Wykabor 20 and Wykabor 40.Sterilise all exposed wall areas with two to three coats of TRISOL 23 solution using a coarse low-pressure spray. Initially concentrate on flooding the mortar joints but ensure that at least one full coat is applied to the entire surface. Brush application is suitable for small areas.Oversites should be sprayed until saturated with fluid, debris containing spores or growth should be removed where possible from these areas.Where severe Dry Rot outbreaks have occurred and adjacent timbers embedded in, or abutting to, masonry surfaces are not yet infected or where isolation is required because timbers are not readily removed, then traditional irrigation and injection to form a ‘cordon sanitaire’ or toxic box may be carried out.The wall should be drilled to two thirds depth at 23cm (9”) staggered centres angled downwards to help retain fluid.The holes should be filled repeatedly to obtain an application rate of 2.5 litres per square metre (9” brickwork).Coverage:Coarse Spray: 1 litre per 1-3m² of surface.Irrigation / Injection: 2.5 litres per m² of 230mm (9") Brickwork.Drying:Unprotected persons and animals should be kept away from treated surfaces until dry.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet Safety Data Sheet  shopify_GB_774878888035 shopify_GB_774878888035_8665032720483 new 18.30 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/TRISOL_23_grande.jpg?v=1526026549 Triton Systems TTDR01 Masonry Biocide 1 Litre (Concentrate) US 1.0 kg Triton Systems Triton TRIJECT 3 Damp Proofing Fluid https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/damp-proofing-fluid-triject-3?variant=8133809930339 TRIJECT 3 DPC Fluid is a BBA Approved, Water Based Damp Proofing Fluid which, once diluted with water, is injected into brick walls above ground level to create a Chemical Damp Proof Course (DPC). This may be necessary where an existing DPC has broken down or an orthodox DPC is missing.TRIJECT 3 DPC Fluid dilutes 1:6 with water to make 25 Litres of ready-to-use product. TRIJECT 3 is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 95/3210.Available in 3.6 Litre Containers, Concentrated Solution.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'DescriptionTRIJECT 3 Damp Proofing FluidTRIJECT 3 is water based damp proofing liquid intended for injection into walls affected by rising dampness.TRIJECT 3 can be injected through pre-drilled holes formed either in bricks or the mortar joints to form a continuous barrier against water rising from the ground.Within the wall, TRIJECT 3 reacts with carbon dioxide to form a permanent water repellent coating within the capillaries of the masonry.TRIJECT 3 reacts with both silicaceous (e.g. brick) or calcareous (e.g. mortar) materials.Triton TRIJECT 3 is supplied in concentrate from containing 35% w/w total solids determined by the method described in BCDA technical information leaflet TIC 4 section 2.1. The active ingredient is Potassium Methyl Siliconate.  Read our Guide on 'How To Identify & Treat Rising Dampness On Walls'Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedOdourless SolutionEffective for at least 20 YearsConcentrated Solution - Easy Storage and TransportationLow Hazard and Environmentally SafeCan be used in all types of MasonryCan be used in conjunction with our range of Damp Proof Membranes.PreparationMixing:TRIJECT 3 a concentrated solution and should be diluted at a rate of 1:6 parts water.A 3.6 Litre bottle makes 25 Litres of diluted, ready-to-use solution.Substrate Preparation:Check and overhaul rainwater goods to ensure they are clean and in good working order. Repair or install drains to carry away surface water.If internal floors are below external ground level, form trenches along the external face of the walls to at least 150 mm below the proposed DPC level (where foundation depths allow). If this approach is not feasible the DPC must be placed at 150 mm above external ground level and the internal walls tanked below the DPC to prevent lateral migration of moisture/ salts..Remove skirtings, fixings and render/plaster to expose the line of the proposed DPC (mortar bed).Internal plaster affected by hydroscopic salts must be removed from the area to be treated, to a height of 300mm above the maximum level of rising damp.Check flooring timbers for signs of fungal decay and repair/ replacement as appropriate.Ensure wall cavities are cleared of debris.Drilling Preparation:Walls vary in thickness and type of construction so it is essential these factors are taken into account before deciding on an appropriate drilling pattern.DPC height should always be at least 150 mm above external ground level. In the case of solid floors, insert the DPC as close to floor level as possible.Vertical DPC's should be provided to connect horizontal DPC's where ground levels change and to isolate untreated wall areas (adjoining properties, garden walls etc.). In most cases solid brick walls may be drilled and injected from one side only.For cavity walls each leaf may be dealt with as a separate 115mm thick wall (see coverage rates below).Alternatively, if preferred, drill through the selected mortar course, across the cavity, then drill the outer leaf of brickwork to a depth of 100mm and inject in one continuous process. Always ensure that the cavity is clear of debris before treatment.In random stone and rubble filled walls, as far as practically possible, follow the mortar course at the appropriate level. However, if the stone is of a porous type (mortar/stone), it may be possible to vary the drilling locations as long as the mortar bed perpends are treated. In walls of a thickness greater than 350 mm, it is recommended that drilling is undertaken from both sides at a corresponding height.In the case of drill holes becoming blocked, these should be re-drilled just prior to injection or a new hole should be drilled nearby to ensure that an adequate volume of TRIJECT 3 is introduced.Drill Hole Size, Depth & Location:Drill holes, 10mm to 16mm in diameter, in to the mortar bed at intervals between 150mm and 170mm. The hole depths required for various wall thicknesses are shown in the table below.For walls of intermediate thickness the depth of holes should be pro rata. Where the masonry is irregular, ensure the horizontal drilling pattern targets the base of all perpends of the course selected.Where possible, thicker walls (230 mm or more) should be treated from both sides, or if access is restricted, injection can be carried out from one side by sequential drilling (75mm, 190mm etc.).Drill hole depth required, dependent on wall thickness:Wall Thickness4½" (115mm)9" (230mm)13½" (345mm)18" (460mm)Borehole Depth75mm190mm320mm430mm ApplicationInjection:Insert injection nozzle with an expanding rubber sealing washer into the full depth of the pre-drilled hole.Fill each hole fully with TRIJECT 3 at a pressure of 20-50 p.s.i (150-300kPa). In saturated walls, lower pressures (c. 100kPa) delivered over longer periods of time are likely to be more successful.When using a gravity feed technique (transfusion), extra care must be taken to ensure the recommended dose levels are achieved.Spilt material should be wiped up immediately and the wipes disposed of appropriately. Contaminated surfaces should be washed immediately with warm soapy water.If TRIJECT 3 penetrates non-target surfaces (e.g. a patio slab) it will normally dry clear to finish. However, if staining arises consult our Technical Department for further advice.Coverage:This will vary according to the nature and porosity of the substrate. A general guide for 9” (230mm) brickwork would be 3 litres of diluted product per linear metre run.In other words, a 3.6L Container (once diluted to 25L) will cover around 7 - 10 linear metres based on a standard 9" thick brick, depending on porosity of substrate.Plugging:On external faces of walls, drill holes can be re-pointed using a matched mortar or can be plugged with DPC Injection Plugs (Available in a variety of colours, suitable for 10mm - 12mm wide Drill Holes).Curing:Final cure takes 2 - 6 weeks depending on the thickness of the wall.Finishing:The removal and replacement of internal salt contaminated plaster is an important part of an effective damp-proof course. Salts left behind by rising damp are hygroscopic and can cause future staining independent of any issues with structural dampness.It is therefore essential to follow specific re-plastering guidelines drawn up for dealing with the particular challenges posed by damp / salt-affected surfaces.It is advisable to leave walls injected with TRIJECT 3 to dry for as long as possible, and for at least 15 days, before removing excess salts and commencing replastering.It should be noted that whilst insertion of a chemical DPC inhibits further moisture from rising up into the wall, the moisture present before the DPC will take time to dry out.Redecoration:A damp wall takes time to dry out. As a general guide, the drying rate is given as 1 month for every 25mm of wall thickness (BRE Digest 163, ‘Drying out buildings’). Thus 230mm will take approximately 9 months to dry. However, the drying processes depend on conditions, ventilation and the type of masonry, so drying may take considerably longer.Due to the potential prolonged drying of the wall, the following must be considered:Delay any decoration for 4-6 weeks following re-plastering and allow for good natural ventilation to enhance drying. Do not apply heat or accelerated drying methods.Do not use wallpaper for at least 12 months (longer on thick walls).Redecorate using a non vinyl based emulsion.Maintain good ventilation around walls.Note: The initial decorations should be regarded as temporary, the final decorations not taking place for at least 12 months after completion of the damp proofing and ancillary work.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA Certificate shopify_GB_747965317219 shopify_GB_747965317219_8133809930339 new 19.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/TRIJECT-3_3.6L_grande.jpg?v=1572363978 Triton Systems TTD21 Damp Proofing Fluid 3.6 Litre (Concentrate) US 3.6 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Timber Joist Connector Bolt Set https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/timber-connector-joist-repair-bolts?variant=7653415583774 Timber Joist Connector Bolt Set are used to join a new section of joist to another that has had the end cut back due to fungal decay.DescriptionTimber Joint Connector Bolt SetComplete Timber Joist Connector Bolt Set, commonly used to join a new section of joist to another that has had the end cut back due to fungal decay.Each Timber Joist Connector Bolt Set consists of the following:1 x Fully Threaded High Tensile Bolt - (W) M12 x (L) 150mm1 x M12 Nut2 x 50mm Square Plate Washers1 x 50mm Dog Toothed Washer shopify_GB_552090304542 shopify_GB_552090304542_7653415583774 new 1.44 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/TIMBER_CONNECTORS_grande.jpg?v=1527004559 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd DR14 Timber Joist Repair (W) M12 x (L) 150mm US 0.3 kg Thor Helical Remedial Thor Helical Remedial Polyester Resin https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/polyester-chemical-anchor-resin?variant=32240970236003 Thor Helical Remedial Polyester Resin is a high performance, fast curing, thixotropic grout with water resistant properties.Thor Helical Remedial Polyester Resin can be used for many applications, such as anchoring of machinery; permanent installation of reinforcement, dowelling and starter bars, foundation bolts, hand rails, safety fences, wall ties, rail tracks, tie-back anchors, etc..Supplied in 400ml Cartridges Complete with Mixer Nozzle. Available in Grey colour only.DescriptionThor Helical Remedial Polyester ResinThor Helical Remedial Polyester Resin has been specially formulated as a thixotropic, high strength grout for the permanent anchoring of bolts into concrete or brickwork.Thor Helical Remedial Polyester Resin is equally suitable for bonding together most materials found on construction site.Thor Helical Remedial Polyester Resin will, when used correctly, provide a high strength bond, which is waterproof, chemically resistant, vibration proof and stress free.Product Benefits:Excellent AdhesionRapid Strength GainHigh StrengthCorrosion ResistantResistant to Thermal RecyclingLow Temperature CureMay be used in Overhead ApplicationsPre-packed Ready for useTypical Applications:As a bonding agent.Where a waterproof bond is required.Where a chemically resistant bond is required.Where a vibration-proof bond is required.When bonding near to an edge.Where a stress free bond is required.Typical Properties:Gel & Cure TimesTemperature (°C)Gel Time (Minutes)Minimum Cure Before Loading (Hours)5°C15 Minutes3 Hours10°C10 Minutes2 Hours20°C7 Minutes1.5 Hours30°C5 Minutes1 HourTypical Tensile & Shear Strengths To BS 5080 in 25kN ConcreteFixing DiameterTensile (kN)Shear (kN)M819.013.5M1021.716.5M1241.029.5M1675.049.0M20105.072.0ApplicationPreparation:Holes should be formed by a minimum of 2mm greater diameter than the bolt to be inserted, using rotary percussive drilling techniques.If it has been necessary to diamond drill the holes, then they should be roughened or under reamed.Pre-cast holes should have their sides roughened prior to filling.All dust, drilling debris and other contaminants should be removed, bars and bolts should be de-greased and all rust removed.Application Method:Remove the cap and protective insert from the cartridge and screw on the static mixer nozzle.Fit the cartridge into an appropriate applicator gun, such as the Thor Single-Cartridge Resin Applicator, and gradually apply pressure by activating the trigger until material exudes from the end of the nozzle. Stop pressurising and allow the resin to flow until a uniform colour is achieved.Insert the nozzle into the base of the hole and activate the trigger, removing the nozzle slowly as the hole fills.Once sufficient resin is in the hole, release the pressure, wipe excess resin from the nozzle and place the stud to be fixed into the hole with a twisting action to ensure full contact between hole side, resin and stud.Allow the resin to cure fully before loading. Partly used cartridges are reusable.Remove the mixing nozzle, wipe away surplus resin and replace the nose plug and cap.Approximate Number of Fixings Per CartridgeBolt Diameter (mm)Hole Diameter (mm)Hole Depth (mm)Per 400ml Cartridge8mm10mm80mm110 Fixings10mm12mm90mm60 Fixings12mm14mm110mm40 Fixings16mm18mm125mm20 Fixings20mm22mm170mm9 Fixings24mm28mm210mm5 FixingsData SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_4508660858979 shopify_GB_4508660858979_32240970236003 new 8.70 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/THORPOLYESTERRESIN_grande.jpg?v=1584702879 Thor Helical Remedial WYTHPR3 Remedial Grouts & Resins 400ml Cartridge (Inc. Nozzle) US 0.75 kg Thor Helical Remedial Thor Helical Remedial Epoxy Acrylate https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/epoxy-acrylate?variant=32252237217891 Thor Helical Remedial Epoxy Acrylate is a high performance, fast curing, thixotropic grout with water resistant properties. Thor Helical Remedial Epoxy Acrylate is particularly effective were a waterproof or chemically resistant bond is required.Thor Helical Remedial Epoxy Acrylate can be used for many applications, such as anchoring of machinery; permanent installation of reinforcement, dowelling and starter bars, foundation bolts into concrete or brickwork, hand rails, safety fences, wall ties, rail tracks, tie-back anchors, etc..Supplied in 400ml Cartridges Complete with Mixer Nozzle. Available in Grey colour only.DescriptionThor Helical Remedial Epoxy AcrylateThor Helical Remedial Epoxy Acrylate has been specially formulated as a thixotropic, high strength grout for the permanent anchoring of bolts into concrete or brickworkThor Helical Remedial Epoxy Acrylate is equally suitable for bonding together mostmaterials found on construction site.Thor Helical Remedial Epoxy Acrylate will, when used correctly, provide a high strength bond, which is waterproof, chemically resistant, vibration proof and stress free.Product Benefits:Excellent AdhesionRapid Strength GainHigh StrengthCorrosion ResistantResistant to Thermal RecyclingLow Temperature CureMay be used in Overhead ApplicationsPre-packed Ready for useTypical Applications:As a bonding agent.Where a waterproof bond is required.Where a chemically resistant bond is required.Where a vibration-proof bond is required.When bonding near to an edge.Where a stress free bond is required.Typical Properties:Gel & Cure TimesTemperature (°C)Gel Time (Minutes)Minimum Cure Before Loading (Hours)5°C15 Minutes3 Hours10°C10 Minutes2 Hours20°C7 Minutes1.5 Hours30°C5 Minutes1 HourTypical Tensile & Shear Strengths To BS 5080 in 25kN ConcreteFixing DiameterTensile (kN)Shear (kN)M819.013.5M1021.716.5M1241.029.5M1675.049.0M20105.072.0ApplicationPreparation:Holes should be formed by a minimum of 2mm greater diameter than the bolt to be inserted, using rotary percussive drilling techniques.If it has been necessary to diamond drill the holes, then they should be roughened or under reamed.Pre-cast holes should have their sides roughened prior to filling. All dust, drilling debris and other contaminants should be removed, bars and bolts should be de-greased and all rust removed.Application Method:Remove the cap and protective insert from the cartridge and screw on the static mixer nozzle.Fit the cartridge into an appropriate applicator gun, such as the Thor Single-Cartridge Resin Applicator, and gradually apply pressure by activating the trigger until material exudes from the end of the nozzle. Stop pressurising and allow the resin to flow until a uniform colour is achieved.Insert the nozzle into the base of the hole and activate the trigger, removing the nozzle slowly as the hole fills.Once sufficient resin is in the hole, release the pressure, wipe excess resin from the nozzle and place the stud to be fixed into the hole with a twisting action to ensure full contact between hole side, resin and stud.Allow the resin to cure fully before loading. Partly used cartridges are reusable.Remove the mixing nozzle, wipe away surplus resin and replace the nose plug and cap.Approximate Number of Fixings Per CartridgeBolt Diameter (mm)Hole Diameter (mm)Hole Depth (mm)Per 400ml Cartridge8mm10mm80mm110 Fixings10mm12mm90mm60 Fixings12mm14mm110mm40 Fixings16mm18mm125mm20 Fixings20mm22mm170mm9 Fixings24mm28mm210mm5 FixingsData SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_4509947461731 shopify_GB_4509947461731_32252237217891 new 9.90 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/THOREPOXYACRYLATE_grande.jpg?v=1584702908 Thor Helical Remedial WYTHEA3 Remedial Grouts & Resins 400ml Cartridge (Inc. Nozzle) US 0.0 kg Thor Helical Remedial Thor Helical (Single Cartridge) Resin Applicator Gun https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/anchor-resin-applicator-gun?variant=32252281815139 Thor Helical Remedial Resin Gun is a professional, heavy duty applicator gun for use with 'Single-Cartridge' Resin products such as Thor Helical Remedial Epoxy Acrylate and Thor Helical Remedial Polyester Resin.This Applicator is NOT suitable for 'Twin-Cartridge' products (i.e Thor Helical Remedial Epoxy Resin). shopify_GB_4509949427811 shopify_GB_4509949427811_32252281815139 new 22.20 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/THORRESINGUN_grande.jpg?v=1585070090 Thor Helical Remedial WYTHGUN Remedial Grouts & Resins 3.0 kg Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd Tanking Slurry Block Brush https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/tanking-slurry-block-brush?variant=7653639454750 High quality Block Brush used to apply our range of Cementitious Tanking Slurries. shopify_GB_552126251038 shopify_GB_552126251038_7653639454750 new 4.74 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/TANKING_BRUSH_grande.jpg?v=1526906117 Platinum Building Chemicals Ltd BW20 Tanking Slurry (W) 70mm x (L) 170mm US 0.25 kg Stormdry Stormdry Masonry Protection Cream https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/stormdry-masonry-protection-cream?variant=31645899718755 Stormdry Masonry Protection Cream is a breathable, water-repellent treatment for brick, concrete and stone walls.Stormdry Masonry Protection Cream is supplied in the form of a deeply penetrating cream that is applied to the wall surface using a roller or brush.Once Stormdry has been applied to the wall surface in a single coat, it will permeate deeply before curing to form a water-repellent barrier for a BBA approved 25 years.  Stormdry is supported by BBA Certification Certificate No: 15/5198.Supplied in 5 Litre Buckets.DescriptionStormdry Masonry Protection CreamStormdry Masonry Protection Cream is a deeply penetrating water repellent cream for the protection of masonry.The thick, white cream is ready to use and applied by brush, roller or airless spray.Stormdry Masonry Protection Cream penetrates into brickwork, masonry, mortar and concrete, where it will cure to a colourless, natural finish, lasting for over 25 years.Product Benefits:BBA ApprovedWaterproofs MasonryDeeply penetratingBreathableDurable – Agrément Certified to last 25 yearsSingle coat applicationVerified by the Energy Saving TrustVideos:  ApplicationHealth & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.PPE should be worn during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Substrate Preparation:Stormdry Masonry Protection Cream should be applied to dry, porous surfaces. It should not be applied over sealed or painted surfaces and is intended for above ground use only.Apply when rain is not forecast for the next 24 hours.For the treatment to be successful it is necessary to check all joint and roof connections.Hairline cracks up to 0.3 mm can be ‘bridged’ by Stormdry Masonry Protection Cream, however, it may be necessary to fill wider cracks in brick / stonework and re-point using a suitable cement (see Repair Express Cement) or a lime based mortar.After any re-pointing work it is advisable to wait 7 - 14 days for the mortar to cure before application of Stormdry Masonry Protection Cream.Dirty surfaces should be cleaned before the application of Stormdry Masonry Protection Cream to the recommendations given in BS 8221-1:2000, (Code of practice for cleaning and surface repair of buildings. Cleaning of natural stones, brick, terracotta and concrete.)Remove any loose mortar, dust etc., using a masonry brush.When biological growth such as moss, algae or lichen needs to be removed, apply one of our Masonry Biocide Products in accordance with instructions.Application to structures containing high levels of salt should be avoided.Test Area:Stormdry Masonry Protection Cream has been formulated to be colourless once cured.Slight darkening may occur when it is applied to some substrates, which will usually fade over time.It is recommended that a small test area is treated before full application begins.Application Method:Apply by brush, roller or spray. Larger areas can be covered more quickly using roller application.Details such as around windows are best covered by brush. Care should be taken to ensure that Stormdry Masonry Protection Cream does not splash onto glass, paintwork, plants, etc. Any splashes should be cleaned away with warm soapy water.Stormdry Masonry Protection Cream appears white immediately after treatment – making it easy to tell which areas have been treated.After 15 - 20 minutes from application, Stormdry Masonry Protection Cream starts to penetrate into the masonry and the whiteness will fade.After 24 - 48 hours the wall will have returned to its original appearance.As Stormdry Masonry Protection Cream is formulated to penetrate deeply into masonry it can take up to two months for a noticeable 'beading effect' to appear when rainfall strikes the wall.The masonry will be resistant to light rain after 2 - 4 hours.After application, tools should be cleaned immediately with warm, soapy water.Stormdry Masonry Protection Cream can be over-painted with water-based masonry paint, provided this is done within 3 – 10 days of application. After this time, a solvent based paint can be applied.It is advisable that a test is carried out in a small area prior to full application to determine product compatibility.Coverage:Approx 5m² per litre, however this can be greatly reduced depending of the porosity of the substrate. Single coat application.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data SheetBBA CertificateStormdry BrochureStormdry Application GuidelinesStormdry Energy Saving Trust ReportStormdry Reports                               shopify_GB_4399628779619 shopify_GB_4399628779619_31645899718755 new 119.40 GBP115.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/STORMDRY_grande.jpg?v=1575474098 Stormdry WR21 Masonry Protection Cream 5 Litre Tub US 5.0 kg Soudal Soudal Window & Door Expanding Foam https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/expanding-foam-window-door-soudal-genius-gun?variant=12463988801635 Soudal Window & Door Expanding Foam polyurethane expanding foam which is specifically developed for filling gaps around window and door frames. Soudal Window & Door Expanding Foam has excellent thermal and acoustic insulation values. It may be cut, sanded, painted or plastered after full cure.Supplied in 600ml Cannisters, Genius Gun® style application.DescriptionSoudal Window & Door Expanding FoamSoudal Window & Door Expanding Foam is a moisture curing polyurethane expanding foam which is specifically developed for filling gaps around window and door frames.Soudal Window & Door Expanding Foam adheres to most frame materials including PVCu, aluminium and wood. It is resistant to water, heat and ageing.Soudal Window & Door Expanding Foam has excellent thermal and acoustic insulation values.  It can be cut, sanded, painted or plastered after full cure.Soudal Window & Door Expanding Foam is not UV Resistant, therefore the product must be covered with a sealant, paint or plaster once cured.Genius Gun®:This product utilises the Genius Gun®.The Genius Gun® is the ideal application system for PU Expanding Foams that do not require an applicator gun, offering ease of use and maximum performance.The combination of professional quality products with easy usability is an ideal solution.Video Credits: Soudal Australia TVProduct Benefits:Excellent adhesion on most substrates (except PTFE, PE and PP).High insulation value, thermal and acoustic.High filling capacity.Very good bonding properties.Adheres to most window and door frame materials.Fast curing.Elastic and compressible.Typical Applications:Installing of window and door frames.All foam applications in static and not static joints.Filling of cavities.Sealing of all openings in roof constructions.Apply of a sound absorbing layer.Improving thermal isolation in cooling systems.Properties:Product Basis: Polyurethane Foam FillerBox Yield FEICA TM1003 (600ml Cannister): Approx 23 LitresJoint Yield FEICA TM1002 (600ml Cannister): Approx 20 Metres.Acoustic Rating ISO 717-1: 58 dBThermal Conductivity DIN 52612: 37mW/mKFire Class (EN 13501-1): No Fire ClassificationApplication Temperatures: +5°C to +30°CApplicationPreparation:Shake the aerosol can for at least 20 seconds. Open the cover and unfold the tube horizontally.Moisten surfaces with a water sprayer prior to application.For non-conventional substrates a preliminary adhesion test is recommended.Application Method:Fill holes and cavities approximately ⅓ full as the foam will expand.Repeat shaking regularly during application.If you have to work in layers repeat moistening after each layer. Fresh foam can be removed using Soudal Gun & Foam Cleaner or acetone.Cured foam can only be removed mechanically or with Cured PU Foam Remover. Never burn away cured foam.Health & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.Always wear gloves and goggles during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_1421283590243 shopify_GB_1421283590243_12463988801635 new 4.80 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Soudal_Window_Door_Genius_Gun_grande.jpg?v=1536922857 5411183154315 Soudal EXPSWDGG Expanding Foam 600ml Tin US 0.5 kg Soudal Soudal White Grease https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/white-grease-soudal?variant=7653727272990 Soudal White Grease Lithuim Soap and PTFE Based Lubricant and Grease which can be used as a lubricant for turning and moving parts of metal and plastic. Soudal White Grease is totally waterproof and is suitable for vertical applications as it does not flow down or drip.Supplied in 400ml Aerosol Tins.DescriptionSoudal White GreaseSoudal White Grease is a Lithuim Soap and PTFE Based Lubricant and Grease which is totally waterproof.Soudal White Grease has a double action effect - Applies like an oil and sets like grease.Soudal White Grease has anti corrosive properties.Product Benefits:Lithium and PTFE BasedDouble Action Oil and GreaseAnti-corrosiveSilicone FreeHeavy Duty ApplicationsTypical Applications:Ideal for turning and moving parts of metal and plastic.Features dual effect: atomizes as oil and has creep properties on the one hand, it solidifies as fat and has a good adhesion and good pressure resistance on the other hand.Suitable for vertical applications, does not flow down or drip.Can be used for machines, roller bearings, axles, cogwheels, conveyor belts, rubber gasket profiles etc.ApplicationSurface Preparation:Surfaces must be cleaned, degreased and dry. Shake can well before use.Application Method:Spray at a distance of approx 20cm of the object. To obtain the best result apply the spray while the moving parts are in motion if possible.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_552142569502 shopify_GB_552142569502_7653727272990 new 3.36 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/White_Grease_grande.jpg?v=1528798971 5411183090668 Soudal AERWG4 Lubricant 400ml Aerosol US 0.4 kg Soudal Soudal Vaseline Spray https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/vaseline-spray-soudal?variant=7653727043614 Soudal Vaseline Spray is a Transparent Lubricating and Protection Spray which has lubricating action on metals and plastics and protects against weather conditions, low acids and bases, and general wear and tear.Typical applications for Soudal Vaseline Spray include door and window hinges, nuts, screws, garden tools and rolling shutters.Supplied in 400ml Aerosol Tins.DescriptionSoudal Vaseline SpraySoudal Vaseline Spray is a Transparent Lubricating and Protection Spray.Soudal Vaseline Spray dilutes acids and alkilis, and prevents general wear and tear.Soudal Vaseline Spray also has high temperature resistance.Product Benefits:Vaseline BasedTransparentLubricates and ProtectsHigh Temperature ResistanceSilicone FreeAerosol can be used at any angle.Properties:Has a lubricating action on metals and plastics and protects against weather conditions, low acids and bases, and general wear and tear.To be used at low pressure levels.Typical Applications:Vaseline Spray can be used on metals and plastics to protect against water and weather conditions. Typical applications include door and window hinges, nuts, screws, garden tools and rolling shutters.ApplicationSurface Preparation:Surfaces must be cleaned, degreased and dry. Shake can well before use.Application Method:Spray at a distance of approx. 20cm of the object. Apply a thin layer evenly.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_552142372894 shopify_GB_552142372894_7653727043614 new 3.54 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Vaseline_Spray_grande.jpg?v=1528798933 5411183090637 Soudal AERVS4 Lubricant 400ml Aerosol US 0.4 kg Soudal Soudal Vapourseal - Vapour Barrier Foil Sealant & Adhesive https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/vapour-barrier-foil-sealant-soudal-vapourseal?variant=7653712265246 Soudal Vapourseal is a Plasto-elastic, Acrylic Polymer Based Sealant and Adhesive which is used for making airtight connections between vapour barrier foils and all kind of building substrates. Soudal Vapourseal is water-based and contains no solvents or plasticizers.Supplied in 310ml Cartridges.  Read our Blog which highlight The Benefits of Using Soudal Window System - SWS® ProductsDescriptionSoudal Vapourseal - Vapour Barrier Foil Sealant & AdhesiveSoudal Vapourseal is a ready to use Plasto-Elastic 1-component Sealant and Adhesive based on Acrylic Polymers.Soudal Vapourseal is ready to use, water-based, and contains no solvents or plasticizers.Soudal Vapourseal is used for indoor air and vapour tight connections with all types of vapour barrier foils.Soudal Vapourseal is UV resistant and permanently flexible.  Read our Blog which highlight The Benefits of Using Soudal Window System - SWS® ProductsProduct Benefits:Air and Vapour TightExcellent adhesion on all kind of vapour barrier foils such as PE, PA, PP, aluminium, EPDM and PVC.Good adhesion on damp porous substratesPermanent FlexibilityGood body and non-saggingSolvent and Isocyanate FreeUV ResistantPlasticizer FreeGuarantees air and vapour tight connections according to DIN 4108-7 and NBN EN 13829 if applied correctly.Typical Applications:Making air tight connections between vapour barrier foils and all kind of building substrates.Air tight connections between adjacent constructions.ApplicationSurface Preparation:Surfaces should be clean and free of dust, grease and loose particles.Vapouseal is suitable for use on all kind of vapour barrier foils such as PE, PA, PP, aluminium, EPDM and PVC.Vapourseal also good adhesion on substrates like plasterwork, bricks, cellular concrete, wood and insulation material, even if slightly damp.We recommend a preliminary adhesion test on every surface.Application Method:Apply an adhesive bead of approx. 5mm thickness by means of a caulking gun onto one surface near the edge of the vapour barrier foil.Apply the foil with sufficient movement capacity on the substrate allowing to follow all movements of the building construction.Do not crush the adhesive completely but keep an adhesive of thickness 1mm to 2mm. Provide a minimum adhesive width of 25mm.Cleaning:Clean uncured product with an adhesive remover or with SWIPEX Wipes immediately after use. Cured Vapourseal should only be removed mechanically.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552137785374 shopify_GB_552137785374_7653712265246 new 6.60 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Vapourseal_2_grande.jpg?v=1568976339 5411183105126 Soudal SILVAP3B Vapour Barrier Foil Sealant 310ml Cartridge US 0.35 kg Soudal Soudal Universal Multi Spray https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/soudal-multi-spray?variant=7653727502366 Soudal Universal Multi Spray is a High Grade Universal Spray with 8-Fold Action. Soudal Universal Multi Spray can be used for machines, roller bearings, axles, cogwheels, conveyor belts, rubber gasket profiles etc.Soudal Universal Multi Spray does not attack rubber, plastics or metals. Infact, Soudal Multi Spray helps prolong the life of rubbers.Supplied in 400ml Aerosol Tins.DescriptionSoudal Universal Multi SpraySoudal Universal Multi Spray is a High Grade Universal Spray with 8-Fold Action:Dust RemoverLubricantCleanerPenetrating OilAnti-Corrosive SprayDamp RepellentShock SprayContact SpraySoudal Universal Multi Spray does not corrode plastics or metals and leaves a protective film on surfaces after use.Product Benefits:LubricatesProtectsRust and corrosion resistantReduces humidityRemoves dirt and greaseCooling and shrinking effect (shock spray)Water RepellentDoes not contain siliconesFor indoor and outdoor useAerosol can be used in any angle.Typical Applications:Soudal Universal Multi Spray is a universal use product that can be used on many components such as screws, bolts, nuts, moving parts, axles, hinges, chains and garden tools.Soudal Universal Multi Spray can be used for machines, roller bearings, cogwheels, conveyer belts, rubber gasket profiles etc.Soudal Universal Multi Spray is corrosion resistant. Has a penetrating action and a protective film remains after cleaning.Soudal Universal Multi Spray does not attack rubber, plastics or metals. Prolongs the life of rubbers.ApplicationSurface Preparation:Surfaces must be cleaned, degreased and dry. Shake can well before use.Application Method:Spray at a distance of approx. 20 cm of the object. Apply as required.Switch electric installations back on when spray is evaporated.When used as a rust dissolver, wait for 5 to 10 minutes.Data SheetsTechnical Data Sheet shopify_GB_552142700574 shopify_GB_552142700574_7653727502366 new 3.00 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Multi_Spray_grande.jpg?v=1528798909 5411183090675 Soudal AERMS4 Lubricant 400ml Aerosol US 0.4 kg Soudal Soudal Twistable Sealant Nozzles https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/twisty-silicone-nozzles?variant=12825760104547 Soudal Twistable Sealant Nozzles fit all standard cartridge sizes ranging from 280ml to 310ml. Twistable Sealant Nozzles are re-sealable after each use.Supplied in a Pack of 5 Nozzles.DescriptionSoudal Twistable Sealant NozzlesTwistable Sealant Nozzles to fit all standard cartridge sizes ranging from 280ml to 310ml. Nozzles are re-sealable after each use.Twistable Sealant Nozzles are useful for sealing, filling and bonding in hard to access areas (i.e around pipes).Product Benefits:Compatible with all standard cartridge sizes ranging from 280ml to 310ml.Fully twistable up to 90°Allows access into difficult areasRe-sealable shopify_GB_1473377534051 shopify_GB_1473377534051_12825760104547 new 2.34 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Twisty_Nozzles_Pack_5_grande.jpg?v=1547051897 5411183085091 Soudal SILTWN5 Sealant Nozzles 0.1 kg Soudal Soudal Transpacryl - Transparent Acrylic Sealant https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/soudal-transpacryl-clear-acrylic-sealant?variant=7653592727582 Soudal Transpacryl is a High Quality, Acrylic Polymer Sealant and Filler which cures transparent. Soudal Transpacryl is solvent-free, virtually odourless and may be painted over after curing.Supplied in 310ml Cartridges, in Transparent colour.DescriptionSoudal Transpacryl - Transparent Acrylic SealantSoudal Transpacryl is a transparent acrylic polymer based sealant and filler.Soudal Transpacryl appears white on application but cures transparent. It is solvent-free, virtually odourless and very easy to apply.Soudal Transpacryl is colourfast and waterproof after curing. It can also be painted over after curing.Soudal Transpacryl has very good adhesion on many porous surfaces.Product Benefits:Transparent after curingVery good adhesion on many porous surfacesGood adhesion on anodized aluminiumCan be painted over after curingCoverage:Coverage of any sealant product varies depending on Joint Width and Joint Depth.Please refer to our Guide on How To Measure The Number of Tubes Required For the Job.Typical Applications:Sealing compound for cracks in concrete and plasterJoints with movements up to 15%.Connection joints in the building industryJoints between window sills, between skirting board and floor, between brickwork, etc.ApplicationSurface Preparation:Surfaces should be clean, dry, free of dust and grease.Transpacryl is suitable for use on all porous building surfaces, anodized aluminium and ceramic tiles.Highly porous surfaces should be primed with a suitable primer or with diluted Transpacryl (1 part Transpacryl and 2 parts water).We recommend a preliminary adhesion test on every surface.Application Method:Application Method: With manual  or pneumatic caulking gun. Finish with spatula or filling knife.Cleaning: Clean uncured product with a water immediately after use.Finishing: With a soapy solution or Soudal Finishing Solution before skinning.Repair: With the same materialJoint Dimensions:Minimum Width for Joints: 5 mmMaximum Width for Joints: 10 mmMinimum Depth for Joints: 5 mmRecommendation Sealing Jobs: Joint Width = Joint Depth. Use a PE Backer Rod before applying sealant in large joints to avoid 3-point adhesion.Remarks:Do not use in applications where continuous water immersion is possible.Do not apply when rain or frost is imminentTranspacryl can be painted over with most paints.The paint should be sufficiently elastic to be applied on a plasto-elastic sealant. A preliminary test is recommended.Brief contact with water (i.e 24 hours) results in a slight clouding. After prolonged exposure to water (i.e 14 days) the product will turn white again and mechanical properties will reduce.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)Safety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552119992350 shopify_GB_552119992350_7653592727582 new 2.34 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Transpacryl_2_grande.jpg?v=1568975871 5411183027671 Soudal SILTRA3C Acrylic Polymer Sealant 310ml Cartridge US 0.35 kg Soudal Soudal T REX - Solvent Free https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/soudal-t-rex-solvent-free?variant=7654348324894 Soudal T REX Solvent Free is an Super Strength, Fibre Reinforced, Solvent Free Grab Adhesive with very low emission values (EC-1R Plus label). Soudal T REX Solvent Free has excellent adhesion on a wide range of construction materials both in interior and exterior applications.Soudal T REX - Solvent Free is especially suited for use when bonding porous materials compared to any Solvent Based Grab Adhesive.Supplied in 310ml Cartridges.DescriptionSoudal T REX Solvent FreeSoudal T REX - Solvent Free is an ultra-strong, gap filling grab adhesive with extremely high initial grab (>300kg/m²) using Soudals unique 'Fibre Reinforced Technology' which improves strength and gap filling properties.Soudal T REX - Solvent Free is especially suited for use on porous materials in comparison to any Solvent Based Grab Adhesive.Soudal T REX - Solvent Free is suitable for all types of bonding, interior and exterior, vertical and horizontal, overhead (with support where necessary) and uneven surfaces.Product Benefits:Fibre ReinforcedInitial Grab - Higher than 300kg/m²EC-1R Plus label: Very low emission valuesSolvent-FreeSuitable for bonding on uneven surfacesDirect application onto one substrateExcellent adhesion on a wide range of construction materials both in interior and exterior applicationsTypical Applications:Suitable for immediate and rock solid bonding of many materials such as wood, many plastics, bricks, stone, tiles, metal to porous surfaces such as concrete, plaster, MDF, OSB, timber panels, chipboard etc.Suitable for the bonding of decorative materials, skirting boards, gypsum panels in vertical, horizontal and overhead applications.ApplicationSurface Preparation:Surfaces should be clean, dry, free of dust and loose particles.At least one of the substrates should be porous otherwise the curing rate will be significantly slower.Application Method:Apply the adhesive by means of a caulking gun onto one surface in beads or dabs (every 15cm for panels).Always apply adhesive to the edges and corners of panels.Press the surfaces together immediately and tamp down with a rubber hammer.Support may be required. The bond can be loaded after 24-48 hours.Remarks:When bonding, the pressure applied determines the initial grab and the final bonding strength. The duration during which pressure is applied is less important.Do not use as a mirror adhesive (Use Soudaseal Mirror).Do not use in applications where continuous immersion is possible.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSoudal T REX LeafletSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552222130206 shopify_GB_552222130206_7654348324894 new 2.10 GBPout of stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/T-Rex_Solvent_Free_3_grande.jpg?v=1568979320 5411183122802 Soudal ADHTREXSF Grab Adhesive 310ml Cartridge US 0.35 kg Soudal Soudal T REX - Solvent Based https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/soudal-t-rex-solvent-based?variant=7654348587038 Soudal T REX Solvent Based is an Super Strength, Fibre Reinforced, Solvent Based Grab Adhesive which has excellent adhesion on a wide range of construction materials both in interior and exterior applications.Soudal T REX Solvent Based is suitable for all types of bonding onto porous and non-porous, vertical and horizontal, overhead (with support where necessary) and uneven surfaces.Supplied in 310ml Cartridges.DescriptionSoudal T REX Solvent BasedSoudal T REX Solvent Based is an ultra-strong, gap filling grab adhesive with extremely high initial grab using Soudals unique 'Fibre Reinforced Technology' which improves strength and gap filling properties.Soudal T REX Solvent Based is suitable for all types of bonding, interior and exterior, porous and non-porous, vertical and horizontal, overhead (with support where necessary) and uneven surfaces.Product Benefits:Fibre Reinforced.Excellent initial grab (at least 125kg/m², full surface bonding) for fast and direct bonding.Very fast powerful bonding.Direct application onto one substrate.Replaces nails and screws.Suitable for bonding on uneven surfaces.Excellent adhesion on a wide range of construction materials both in interior and exterior applications.Typical Applications:Suitable for the bonding of decorative materials, skirting boards, gypsum panels in vertical, horizontal and overhead applications.Bonding of carpet grippers, edge strips and aluminium and uPVC stair nosings.Bonding of wall and floor boards, window frames and partitions.Suitable for direct bonding of many materials such as wood, many plastics, bricks, stone, tiles, metal to porous surfaces such as concrete, plaster, MDF, OSB, timber panels, chipboard etc.ApplicationSurface Preparation:Surfaces should be clean, dry and free of dust. Prime if the surface is too porous.Application Method:Apply the adhesive by means of a caulking gun onto one surface in strips or dabs.Always apply adhesive to the edges and corners of panels. Press the surfaces together immediately and tamp down with a rubber hammer. Support may be required on a vertical fixing or for heavy components.For the bonding of impervious or heavy materials use the transfer method: press components together and release for max. 5 min. Return parts together and batten down with a rubber hammer.If necessary support until adhesive is completely cured (approx. 24-48 hours).The bond can be loaded after 24-48 hours.Remarks:When bonding, the pressure applied determines the initial grab and the final bonding strength. The duration during which pressure is applied is less important.In case of overhead applications a combination with mechanical fixing is required.Do not use as a mirror adhesive (Use Soudaseal Mirror).Do not use in applications where continuous immersion is possible.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSoudal T REX LeafletSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552222228510 shopify_GB_552222228510_7654348587038 new 2.10 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/T-Rex_Solvent_Based_grande.jpg?v=1528799766 5411183123359 Soudal ADHTREXSB Grab Adhesive 310ml Cartridge US 0.35 kg Soudal Soudal SWIPEX Heavy Duty Hand Wipes https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/soudal-swipex-hand-wipes?variant=7653728321566 Soudal SWIPEX Hand Wipes are heavy duty cleaning wipes designed for the quick and effective removal of adhesives, sealants, oils, paints and greases from hands, tools and non-porous surfaces.Supplied in Tubs of 100 Wipes.DescriptionSoudal SWIPEX Heavy Duty Hand WipesSoudal SWIPEX Hand Wipes are Heavy Duty Non-Woven Cleaning Wipes impregnated with a liquid formula, biodegradable non-ionic surfactants and skin emollients.Product Benefits:Heavy Duty Cleaning WipesRemoves many types of contaminantsSuitable for Hands and ToolsKind to SkinTypical Applications:Soudal SWIPEX Hand Wipes are designed for the quick and effective removal of adhesives, sealants, oils, paints and greases from hands, tools and non-porous surfaces.Application Method:Take a wipe out of the packaging and re-seal immediately. Wipe hands until clean.Or if cleaning a surface, wipe the stain until it has disappeared and use a dry cloth to polish the surface.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552143126558 shopify_GB_552143126558_7653728321566 new 4.50 GBPout of stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Swipex_Wipes_grande.jpg?v=1528799505 5411183057548 Soudal CLSW100 Hand Wipes 0.4 kg Soudal Soudal SWIPEX Heavy Duty Hand Cleaner https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/grit-hand-soap-swipex?variant=7653728616478 Soudal SWIPEX Hand Cleaner is a Heavy Duty Cleaner (containing Serecin with moisturiser) used to remove all kinds of dirt from your hands whilst protecting the skin on your hands and keeping the skin soft.The 'granular' texture in Soudal SWIPEX Hand Cleaner helps to scrub dirt away and can be used to help remove adhesives, silicone and PU Foam from skin.Supplied in 1 Litre Bottles with Pump Dispenser.DescriptionSoudal SWIPEX Hand CleanerSoudal SWIPEX Hand Cleaner is a Heavy Duty Cleaner used to remove all kinds of dirt from your hands. The 'granular' texture in this product helps to scrub dirt away.Soudal SWIPEX Hand Cleaner can be used to remove adhesives, silicone and PU Foam.Soudal SWIPEX Hand Cleaner contains Sericin with moisturiser that helps protect the skin on your hands and keeps the skin soft.Product Benefits:Heavy Duty Hand CleanerGranular Texture to help remove dirt quicklyFast ActingContains Skin Caring Products (Sericin) which Moisturises HandsWorks on Adhesives, PU Foams, Silicones, Paints and Oils.Application Method:SWIPEX Hand Cleaner should only be used to clean your hands.Put the needed quantity of product on the hands, rub till the complete emulsion of the dirt and rinse carefully.Note: In order to best exploit the potential of the product it is recommended NOT to wet the hands neither before applying the hand cleaner nor during the rubbing.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552143388702 shopify_GB_552143388702_7653728616478 new 13.80 GBP12.30 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Swipex_Hand_Cleaner_Soap_grande.jpg?v=1568979277 5411183127296 Soudal CLSWHC1 Hand Cleaners 1 Litre Bottle US 1.0 kg Soudal Soudal Superglue HV - High Viscosity https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/soudal-superglue?variant=7653614256158 Soudal Superglue HV is a super fast curing, high viscosity, cyanoacrylate based adhesive used for fast bonding of non porous surfaces such as rubber, metals, plastics, glass etc. The adhesion of Superglue HV may be accelerated by using a Superglue Activator Spray.Supplied in 50gm bottles.DescriptionSoudal Superglue HVSoudal Superglue HV is A High Viscosity, Super Fast Curing, Cyanoacrylate Based Adhesive for use on non-porous surfaces.Product Benefits:Cyanoacrylate Based AdhesiveThixotropic FormulationHigh ViscosityHigh Bond StrengthSuper Fast BondingWorks on most Non-Porous MaterialsIdeal for Vertical SurfacesTypical Applications:Soudal Superglue HV is used for Fast Bonding of non porous surfaces, such as rubber, metals, plastics, glass etc. Adhesion can be accelerated by using a Superglue Activator Spray.ApplicationSurface Preparation:The surfaces to be glued should be clean, dry and free from dust, grease and other contaminants.Materials should be stored in a warm environment prior to bonding to avoid chilling of the glue line, which leads to extended setting times.Where possible, ensure working environment has a relative humidity of 50%+.Application Method:Apply adhesive to one surface only. Press surfaces together and hold for at least 10 seconds. Pressing times may be longer depending on substrates being glued together.Cure speed is rapid so exercise care when aligning.Curing will occur almost instantly however if used with an Activator Spray (see our Mitre Kit).Remarks:Avoid contact with skin. shopify_GB_552123727902 shopify_GB_552123727902_7653614256158 new 2.22 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Soudal_Superglue_HV_2_ab75555e-46e2-41ec-b83b-6225a847c86d_grande.jpg?v=1528798180 5411183068919 Soudal ADHSUPHV5 Superglue 50gm Bottle US 0.05 kg Soudal N.V. Soudal Stay Fresh LIGHT IVORY - Ultimate Anti-Mould Sanitary Silicone https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/soudal-stay-fresh-silicone-ivory?variant=31009632813155 Soudal Stay Fresh LIGHT IVORY is a Premium Quality, Anti-Mould, Neutral Cure, Sanitary Grade, 100% Pure Silicone Sealant. Soudal Stay Fresh contains the most powerful anti-fungal and anti-biocidal agents required to resist the appearance of black mould growth. Soudal Stay Fresh is also 'food-safe' making it safe to use in food-preparation areas, i.e kitchens and cafeterias.Supplied in 300ml Cartridges, in Light Ivory (RAL 1015) colour.DescriptionSoudal Stay Fresh Anti Mould Sealant LIGHT IVORYSoudal Stay Fresh is the ULTIMATE Anti-Mould and Food Safe Silicone Sealant.Soudal Stay Fresh is a Thick-bodied, 100% Neutral Cure Silicone that contains powerful anti-fungicidal and anti-biocidal agents. It is virtually odourless and has a very fast skinning time and final cure.Soudal Stay Fresh has primerless adhesion on all sanitary materials, including plastics.Soudal Stay Fresh is highly elastic and is resistant to UV, rain, snow, ozone and many chemicals. High and low temperature resistant.Product Benefits:Dual Action - Includes a powerful dual action fungicide and biocide, but is safe enough to use in food preparation areas.Low Odour - Unlike traditional sealants it does not smell of vinegar, doesn’t contain or release acids and is compatible with all plumbing materials including copper piping.Low Emissions - Stay Fresh is classified as a low emission product, rated A+ Indoor Emission Level and EC1plus under GEV-EMICODE.Solvent Free - Contains no volatile solvents and does not shrink after use.Lifetime Guarantee against Black Mould GrowthTypical Applications:For sealing shower bases and cubicles, sealing around baths, wet rooms, sinks, basins and any other sanitaryware.For use in kitchens, bathrooms, utility rooms and all areas of high humidity.Can be used to seal door and window frames internally in areas subject to high condensation.ApplicationSurface Preparation:Surfaces should be clean, dry, free of dust and grease.Porous surfaces in water loaded applications should be primed with Soudal Primer 150. No primer needed for non-porous substrates.There is no adhesion on PE, PP, PTFE (Teflon®) and bituminous substrates. We recommend a preliminary compatibility test.Application Method:Application Method: With a manual or pneumatic caulking gun.Cleaning: Clean with a Surface Cleaner immediately after use.Finishing: With a soapy solution or Soudal Finishing Solution before skinning.Repair: With the same materialCoverage:Coverage of any sealant product varies depending on Joint Width and Joint Depth.Please refer to our Guide on How To Measure The Number of Tubes Required For the Job.Joint Dimensions:Minimum Width for Joints: 5 mmMaximum Width for Joints: 30 mmMinimum Depth for Joints: 5 mmRecommendation Sealing Jobs: Joint Width = 2 x Joint Depth.Remarks:Do not use on natural stones like marble, granite etc. as it may cause staining.Direct contact with the secondary sealing of insulating glass units (insulation) and the PVB-film of safety glass must be avoided.Do not use on polycarbonate. Use Silirub AL2T instead.The sanitary formula should not replace regular cleaning of the joint. Excessive contamination, deposits or soap remainings will stimulate the development of fungi.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)Safety Data Sheet shopify_GB_4311828496483 shopify_GB_4311828496483_31009632813155 new 5.51 GBP4.38 GBPout of stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Stay_Fresh_2_grande.jpg?v=1572017550 Soudal N.V. SILSF3I Silicone Sealant 300ml Cartridge US 0.3 kg Soudal Soudal Stay Fresh - Ultimate Anti-Mould Sanitary Silicone https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/soudal-stay-fresh-anti-mould-silicone?variant=7653723176990 Soudal Stay Fresh is a Premium Quality, Anti-Mould, Neutral Cure, Sanitary Grade, 100% Pure Silicone Sealant. Soudal Stay Fresh contains the most powerful anti-fungal and anti-biocidal agents required to resist the appearance of black mould growth. Soudal Stay Fresh is also 'food-safe' making it safe to use in food-preparation areas, i.e kitchens and cafeterias.Platinum Building Chemicals supply a wide variety of condensation control and mould control products to aid with mould eradication and treatment.Supplied in 300ml Cartridges, available in Ice White, Clear and Light Ivory (RAL 1015) colours.DescriptionSoudal Stay Fresh Anti Mould SealantSoudal Stay Fresh is the ULTIMATE Anti-Mould and Food Safe Silicone Sealant.Soudal Stay Fresh is a Thick-bodied, 100% Neutral Cure Silicone that contains powerful anti-fungicidal and anti-biocidal agents. It is virtually odourless and has a very fast skinning time and final cure.Soudal Stay Fresh has primerless adhesion on all sanitary materials, including plastics.Soudal Stay Fresh is highly elastic and is resistant to UV, rain, snow, ozone and many chemicals. High and low temperature resistant.Product Benefits:Dual Action - Includes a powerful dual action fungicide and biocide, but is safe enough to use in food preparation areas.Low Odour - Unlike traditional sealants it does not smell of vinegar, doesn’t contain or release acids and is compatible with all plumbing materials including copper piping.Low Emissions - Stay Fresh is classified as a low emission product, rated A+ Indoor Emission Level and EC1plus under GEV-EMICODE.Solvent Free - Contains no volatile solvents and does not shrink after use.Lifetime Guarantee against Black Mould GrowthTypical Applications:For sealing shower bases and cubicles, sealing around baths, wet rooms, sinks, basins and any other sanitaryware.For use in kitchens, bathrooms, utility rooms and all areas of high humidity.Can be used to seal door and window frames internally in areas subject to high condensation.ApplicationSurface Preparation:Surfaces should be clean, dry, free of dust and grease.Porous surfaces in water loaded applications should be primed with Soudal Primer 150. No primer needed for non-porous substrates.There is no adhesion on PE, PP, PTFE (Teflon®) and bituminous substrates. We recommend a preliminary compatibility test.Application Method:Application Method: With a manual or pneumatic caulking gun.Cleaning: Clean with a Surface Cleaner immediately after use.Finishing: With a soapy solution or Soudal Finishing Solution before skinning.Repair: With the same materialCoverage:Coverage of any sealant product varies depending on Joint Width and Joint Depth.Please refer to our Guide on How To Measure The Number of Tubes Required For the Job.Joint Dimensions:Minimum Width for Joints: 5 mmMaximum Width for Joints: 30 mmMinimum Depth for Joints: 5 mmRecommendation Sealing Jobs: Joint Width = 2 x Joint Depth.Remarks:Do not use on natural stones like marble, granite etc. as it may cause staining.Direct contact with the secondary sealing of insulating glass units (insulation) and the PVB-film of safety glass must be avoided.Do not use on polycarbonate. Use Silirub AL2T instead.The sanitary formula should not replace regular cleaning of the joint. Excessive contamination, deposits or soap remainings will stimulate the development of fungi.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)Safety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552140111902 shopify_GB_552140111902_7653723176990 new 5.51 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Stay_Fresh_grande.jpg?v=1573832721 5411183123083 Soudal SILSF3W Silicone Sealant 300ml Cartridge US 0.35 kg Soudal Soudal Stay Fresh - Ultimate Anti-Mould Sanitary Silicone https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/soudal-stay-fresh-anti-mould-silicone?variant=12987250737251 Soudal Stay Fresh is a Premium Quality, Anti-Mould, Neutral Cure, Sanitary Grade, 100% Pure Silicone Sealant. Soudal Stay Fresh contains the most powerful anti-fungal and anti-biocidal agents required to resist the appearance of black mould growth. Soudal Stay Fresh is also 'food-safe' making it safe to use in food-preparation areas, i.e kitchens and cafeterias.Platinum Building Chemicals supply a wide variety of condensation control and mould control products to aid with mould eradication and treatment.Supplied in 300ml Cartridges, available in Ice White, Clear and Light Ivory (RAL 1015) colours.DescriptionSoudal Stay Fresh Anti Mould SealantSoudal Stay Fresh is the ULTIMATE Anti-Mould and Food Safe Silicone Sealant.Soudal Stay Fresh is a Thick-bodied, 100% Neutral Cure Silicone that contains powerful anti-fungicidal and anti-biocidal agents. It is virtually odourless and has a very fast skinning time and final cure.Soudal Stay Fresh has primerless adhesion on all sanitary materials, including plastics.Soudal Stay Fresh is highly elastic and is resistant to UV, rain, snow, ozone and many chemicals. High and low temperature resistant.Product Benefits:Dual Action - Includes a powerful dual action fungicide and biocide, but is safe enough to use in food preparation areas.Low Odour - Unlike traditional sealants it does not smell of vinegar, doesn’t contain or release acids and is compatible with all plumbing materials including copper piping.Low Emissions - Stay Fresh is classified as a low emission product, rated A+ Indoor Emission Level and EC1plus under GEV-EMICODE.Solvent Free - Contains no volatile solvents and does not shrink after use.Lifetime Guarantee against Black Mould GrowthTypical Applications:For sealing shower bases and cubicles, sealing around baths, wet rooms, sinks, basins and any other sanitaryware.For use in kitchens, bathrooms, utility rooms and all areas of high humidity.Can be used to seal door and window frames internally in areas subject to high condensation.ApplicationSurface Preparation:Surfaces should be clean, dry, free of dust and grease.Porous surfaces in water loaded applications should be primed with Soudal Primer 150. No primer needed for non-porous substrates.There is no adhesion on PE, PP, PTFE (Teflon®) and bituminous substrates. We recommend a preliminary compatibility test.Application Method:Application Method: With a manual or pneumatic caulking gun.Cleaning: Clean with a Surface Cleaner immediately after use.Finishing: With a soapy solution or Soudal Finishing Solution before skinning.Repair: With the same materialCoverage:Coverage of any sealant product varies depending on Joint Width and Joint Depth.Please refer to our Guide on How To Measure The Number of Tubes Required For the Job.Joint Dimensions:Minimum Width for Joints: 5 mmMaximum Width for Joints: 30 mmMinimum Depth for Joints: 5 mmRecommendation Sealing Jobs: Joint Width = 2 x Joint Depth.Remarks:Do not use on natural stones like marble, granite etc. as it may cause staining.Direct contact with the secondary sealing of insulating glass units (insulation) and the PVB-film of safety glass must be avoided.Do not use on polycarbonate. Use Silirub AL2T instead.The sanitary formula should not replace regular cleaning of the joint. Excessive contamination, deposits or soap remainings will stimulate the development of fungi.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)Safety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552140111902 shopify_GB_552140111902_12987250737251 new 5.51 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Stay_Fresh_grande.jpg?v=1573832721 Soudal SILSF3C Silicone Sealant 300ml Cartridge US 0.35 kg Soudal Soudal Stay Fresh - Ultimate Anti-Mould Sanitary Silicone https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/soudal-stay-fresh-anti-mould-silicone?variant=12987255029859 Soudal Stay Fresh is a Premium Quality, Anti-Mould, Neutral Cure, Sanitary Grade, 100% Pure Silicone Sealant. Soudal Stay Fresh contains the most powerful anti-fungal and anti-biocidal agents required to resist the appearance of black mould growth. Soudal Stay Fresh is also 'food-safe' making it safe to use in food-preparation areas, i.e kitchens and cafeterias.Platinum Building Chemicals supply a wide variety of condensation control and mould control products to aid with mould eradication and treatment.Supplied in 300ml Cartridges, available in Ice White, Clear and Light Ivory (RAL 1015) colours.DescriptionSoudal Stay Fresh Anti Mould SealantSoudal Stay Fresh is the ULTIMATE Anti-Mould and Food Safe Silicone Sealant.Soudal Stay Fresh is a Thick-bodied, 100% Neutral Cure Silicone that contains powerful anti-fungicidal and anti-biocidal agents. It is virtually odourless and has a very fast skinning time and final cure.Soudal Stay Fresh has primerless adhesion on all sanitary materials, including plastics.Soudal Stay Fresh is highly elastic and is resistant to UV, rain, snow, ozone and many chemicals. High and low temperature resistant.Product Benefits:Dual Action - Includes a powerful dual action fungicide and biocide, but is safe enough to use in food preparation areas.Low Odour - Unlike traditional sealants it does not smell of vinegar, doesn’t contain or release acids and is compatible with all plumbing materials including copper piping.Low Emissions - Stay Fresh is classified as a low emission product, rated A+ Indoor Emission Level and EC1plus under GEV-EMICODE.Solvent Free - Contains no volatile solvents and does not shrink after use.Lifetime Guarantee against Black Mould GrowthTypical Applications:For sealing shower bases and cubicles, sealing around baths, wet rooms, sinks, basins and any other sanitaryware.For use in kitchens, bathrooms, utility rooms and all areas of high humidity.Can be used to seal door and window frames internally in areas subject to high condensation.ApplicationSurface Preparation:Surfaces should be clean, dry, free of dust and grease.Porous surfaces in water loaded applications should be primed with Soudal Primer 150. No primer needed for non-porous substrates.There is no adhesion on PE, PP, PTFE (Teflon®) and bituminous substrates. We recommend a preliminary compatibility test.Application Method:Application Method: With a manual or pneumatic caulking gun.Cleaning: Clean with a Surface Cleaner immediately after use.Finishing: With a soapy solution or Soudal Finishing Solution before skinning.Repair: With the same materialCoverage:Coverage of any sealant product varies depending on Joint Width and Joint Depth.Please refer to our Guide on How To Measure The Number of Tubes Required For the Job.Joint Dimensions:Minimum Width for Joints: 5 mmMaximum Width for Joints: 30 mmMinimum Depth for Joints: 5 mmRecommendation Sealing Jobs: Joint Width = 2 x Joint Depth.Remarks:Do not use on natural stones like marble, granite etc. as it may cause staining.Direct contact with the secondary sealing of insulating glass units (insulation) and the PVB-film of safety glass must be avoided.Do not use on polycarbonate. Use Silirub AL2T instead.The sanitary formula should not replace regular cleaning of the joint. Excessive contamination, deposits or soap remainings will stimulate the development of fungi.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)Safety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552140111902 shopify_GB_552140111902_12987255029859 new 5.51 GBP4.38 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Stay_Fresh_grande.jpg?v=1573832721 Soudal SILSF3I Silicone Sealant 300ml Cartridge US 0.35 kg Soudal Soudal Soudaseal Mirror - Hybrid Polymer Mirror Adhesive https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/mirror-adhesive-soudaseal?variant=7653649973278 Soudal Soudaseal Mirror is a Premium Grade, Hybrid Polymer Mirror Adhesive which had great bonding strength and fast cure for bonding Mirrors to nearly all surfaces, even on damp surfaces. Soudal Soudaseal Mirror is compatible with all acetone resistant mirrors.Supplied in 290ml Cartridges, available in Light Grey colour only.DescriptionSoudaseal Mirror - Hybrid Polymer Mirror AdhesiveSoudal Soudaseal Mirror is a Hybrid Polymer based Mirror Adhesive and Sealant which has a high bond strength and fast cure on to nearly all surfaces, even when damp.Soudal Soudaseal Mirror has high performance mechanical properties and excellent extrudability, even at low temperatures.Soudal Soudaseal Mirror is free of isocyanates, silicone, solvents and acids meaning health and safety considerations are minimal.Soudal Soudaseal Mirror is resistant to many chemicals and withstands mould growth. There is also no staining of porous materials such as natural stone, blue stone, marble and granite when applying Soudaseal Mirror.Soudal Soudaseal Mirror is compatible with all acetone resistant mirrors.Product Benefits:Hybrid Polymer Sealant & AdhesiveFast CuringPrimerless adhesion even on damp surfaces due to unique adhesion promoters.Stays elastic after curing and very sustainable.No odour and does not contain solvents.Does not contain isocyanates and no silicones.No risk for staining on porous substrates (migration of plasticizer).Colourfast.Typical Applications:Sealing and bonding of mirrors on to most types of surfaces.Sealing of joints in mirror walls.Bonding of mirrors even on damp surfaces.Water resistant bonding.ApplicationSurface Preparation:Surfaces should be clean, dry, free of dust and grease.Porous surfaces in water loaded applications should be primed with Soudal Primer 150. All smooth surfaces can be treated with a Surface Activator.Soudaseal Mirror has excellent adhesion on most substrates. Soudaseal Mirror can also be used on natural stone.There is no adhesion on PE, PP, PTFE (Teflon®) and bituminous substrates. We recommend a preliminary compatibility test.Application Method:Application Method: With a manual or pneumatic caulking gun. Apply Soudaseal Mirror with attached V-cut nozzle in vertical adhesive beads on the back of the mirror. Depending on the weight of the mirror an adhesive bead shall be applied every 10 to 20cm.Cleaning: Clean with a Sealant Remover.Finishing: With a soapy solution or Soudal Finishing Solution before skinning.Repair: With the same materialRemarks:Due to the wide variety of types of mirrors, we strongly recommend preliminary compatibility tests.Due to the low initial tack, the mirrors need to be supported during the curing process until the adhesive has fully cured. The time required depends on the weight / size of the mirror, temperature, relative humidity and the amount of product used.In order to avoid possible problems due to condensation, the mirror manufacturers as well as Soudal recommend sufficient ventilation at the back of the mirror. As a guideline, an opening of 3-4mm should be left between the surface and the mirror. This can be assured by the use of double sided mirror tape.We recommend this minimal ventilation opening of 3-4mm to ensure correct curing of the adhesive / sealant. Full surface bonding is at own risk of the applicator.For larger mirrors always use the adhesive in combination with a very good and qualitative double-sided adhesive mirror tape.Mirrors that are fitted with a safety film at the back to avoid shattering must be pre-treated with an adhesion promoter. The use of Soudal Surface Activator will ensure the best bonding performance on this type of safety film. Without the use of Soudal Surface Activator the adhesive bond might be insufficient with the risk of an unsafe situation.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)Safety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552128708638 shopify_GB_552128708638_7653649973278 new 6.35 GBP5.58 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Soudaseal_Mirror_2_grande.jpg?v=1536923219 5411183083035 Soudal ADHSSMIR3LG Mirror Adhesive 290ml Cartridge US 0.3 kg Soudal Soudal Soudaseal Cleanroom - Anti Mould Hybrid Polymer Cleanroom Sealant & Adhesive https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/soudal-soudaseal-anti-mould-sealant?variant=13141928345699 Soudal Soudaseal Cleanroom is a Premium Quality, Totally Neutral, Anti-Mould, Hybrid Polymer Cleanroom Sealant and Adhesive, used for the sealing and bonding of areas in critical surroundings (i.e Hospitals, Laboratories, Pharmaceutical Industry, Computer Areas etc). Platinum Building Chemicals supply a wide variety of condensation control and mould control products to aid with mould eradication and treatment.Soudal Soudaseal Cleanroom can also be used for sealing in Environments where Food is Handled and Stored, such as Food Containers and Cold Store Installations etc.Supplied in 290ml Cartridges, available in White colour only.DescriptionSoudaseal Cleanroom - Hybrid Polymer Cleanroom Sealant & AdhesiveSoudal Soudaseal Cleanroom is a Premium Quality, Mould Resistant, Hybrid Polymer Cleanroom Sealant and Adhesive.Soudal Soudaseal Cleanroom has outstanding bond strength and mechanical properties on nearly all surfaces.Soudal Soudaseal Cleanroom extrudes easily, even at low temperatures, it is colour stable, UV Resistant and contains no isocyanates, solvents, halogens or acids.Soudal Soudaseal Cleanroom can be painted over with all water based paints and does NOT cause any staining on porous materials such as natural stone, granite, marble etc.Product Benefits:Hybrid Polymer Sealant and AdhesiveTested in accordance to FDA Regulations CFR 21 & 177.2600 (e)Environmentally SafeGood ExtrudabilityStays elastic after curing and very sustainableExcellent adhesion on nearly all surfaces, even if slightly moist.Food SafeCan be Painted with Water Based Paints.No Odour.Very Low Emmission, EC1 PLUS R CertifiedImpervious to Mould, Contains 'XS1' Fungicide (Strongest Fungicide available)Completely Neutral, does not contain Solvents, Isocyanates, Acids, Halogens or Toxic Components.Colourfast.Good Colour Stability, Weather and UV ResistanceTypical Applications:Specialist Sealing and Bonding Applications in Critical Surroundings (i.e Hospitals, Laboratories, Pharmaceutical Industry, Computer Areas etc).Sealing and Bonding in Food Safe Applications.Sealing in Environments where Food is Handled and Stored (i.e Food Containers, Cold Store Installations, Food Industries etc.).Soudaseal Cleanroom should NOT be used as a Glazing Sealant. Use a Silicone Based Sealant instead such as Silirub 2, Silirub LMN or Stay Fresh.Product Standards:IKI (Institute für Krankenhaushygiene, Giessen, Germany) approvals for Desinfection and barrier against microorganisms (on Trespa Meteon panels).Institut für Lufthygiene-Berlin: Insensitive to mould and bacteria according to ISO / DIN EN 846.Tested and in accordance with FDA regulation code CFR 21 paragraph. 177.2600 for repeated use in contact with aqueous foods.ApplicationSurface Preparation:All smooth surfaces can be treated with Soudal Surface Activator. Porous surfaces in water loaded applications should be primed with Soudal Primer 150.We recommend a preliminary adhesion test on every surface.Soudaseal Cleanroom has an excellent adhesion on most common substrates, such as the usual building substrates, natural stone, treated wood, PVC and other plastics.Surface Compatibility:Soudaseal Cleanroom has been tested on the following Metal Surfaces: Steel, AlMgSi1, Brass, Electrolytic Galvanised Steel, AlCuMg1, Flame Galvanised Steel, AlMg3 and Steel ST1403.Soudaseal Cleanroom also has a good adhesion on the following Plastic Surfaces: Polystyrene, Polycarbonate (Makrolon®), PVC, ABS, Polyamide, PMMA, Fiberglass Reinforced Epoxy and Polyester.While producing plastics very often releasing agents, processing aids and other protective agents (like protection foil) are used, these should be removed prior to bonding.For optimum adhesion the use of Surface Activator is recommended.Note: Bonding plastics like PMMA (e.g. Plexi® Glass), Polycarbonate (e.g. Makrolon® or Lexan®) in stress loaded applications can give rise to stress cracking and crazing in these substrates. The use of Soudaseal Cleanroom is not recommended in these applications.There is no adhesion on PE, PP, PTFE (Teflon®) and bituminous substrates. We recommend a preliminary compatibility test.Application Method:Application Method: With manual or pneumatic caulking gun.Cleaning: Clean with white spirit or Surface Cleaner immediately after use.Finishing: With a soapy solution before skinning.Repair: With the same materialCoverage:Coverage of any sealant product varies depending on Joint Width and Joint Depth.Please refer to our Guide on How To Measure The Number of Tubes Required For the Job.Joint Dimensions:Minimum Width for Bonding: 2 mmMaximum Width for Bonding: 10 mmMinimum Width for Joints: 5 mmMaximum Width for Joints: 30 mmMinimum Depth for Joints: 5 mmRecommendation Sealing Jobs: Joint Width = 2 x Joint Depth.Remarks:Soudaseal Cleanroom may be overpainted with water based paints, however due to the large number of paints and varnishes available we strongly suggest a compatibility test before application.The drying time of alkyd resin based paints may increase.Soudaseal Cleanroom can be applied to a wide variety of substrates. Due to the fact that specific substrates such as plastics, like polycarbonate, etc, may differ from manufacturer to manufacturer, we recommend preliminary compatibility test.Soudaseal Cleanroom can not be used as a glazing sealant.Not suitable for bonding aquariums.Soudaseal Cleanroom can be used for adhering of and sealing on natural stone.When applying, make sure not to spill any sealant on the surface of materials.The sanitary formula should not replace regular cleaning of the joint. Excessive contamination, deposits or soap remainings will stimulate the development of fungi.A total absence of UV can cause a colour change of the sealant.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)Safety Data Sheet shopify_GB_1540686839907 shopify_GB_1540686839907_13141928345699 new 5.40 GBP4.20 GBPout of stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Soudaseal_Cleanroom_grande.jpg?v=1573832332 5411183047679 Soudal SILSSCR3W Hybrid Polymer Sealant 290ml Cartridge US 0.3 kg Soudal Soudal Soudaseal 215LM - Premium Hybrid Polymer Sealant https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/hybrid-polymer-sealant-soudaseal-215lm?variant=8741676122211 Soudal Soudaseal 215LM is a Premium Quality, Low Modulus, 100% Pure Hybrid Polymer Sealant which can be used on nearly all common construction materials such as plastics, masonry, metals and wood - even when surfaces are damp. Soudaseal 215LM is paintable with all water-based paints and has excellent weathering resistance in all climates. Soudaseal 215LM is also airtight when used as part of Soudal Window System - SWS.Supplied in 290ml Cartridges, available in White colour only.  Read our Blog which highlight The Benefits of Using Soudal Window System - SWS® ProductsDescriptionSoudaseal 215LM Premium Hybrid Polymer SealantSoudal Soudaseal 215LM is a Premium Quality, Low Modulus, 100% Hybrid Polymer Sealant.Soudal Soudaseal 215LM is odourless and has an extended open time compared to silicones to allow longer tooling of product.Primerless adhesion on nearly all common construction materials such as plastics, masonry, metals and wood - even when surfaces are damp.Soudal Soudaseal 215LM can be used on sensitive metals such as copper and lead. It is non-staining when applied on natural stone substrates, with no hydrophobic effect. No bubble formation within the sealant when applied on damp surfaces.High performance mechanical properties. Colour stable, UV resistant and free of harmful chemicals (i.e isocyanates, solvents, halogens and acids).Soudaseal 215LM is paintable with all water-based paints and has excellent weathering resistance in all climates. Easy to apply, even at low temperatures.Soudaseal 215LM is airtight when used as part of Soudal Window System - SWS.  Read our Blog which highlight The Benefits of Using Soudal Window System - SWS® ProductsProduct Benefits:Tested and in accordance with ISO 11600 F-25LM.Good adhesion to most common substrates, even on slightly wet substrates.Easy to tool, extrude (even at low temperatures) and finish in all weather conditions.Permanent elastic after curing.No odour.No bubble formation within sealant in high temperature and humidity applications.Primerless application on many substrates (except where water pressure may occur).No hydrophobic effect on natural stone.Can be painted with water based systems.Good colour stability, weather and UV resistance.Free of isocyanates, solvents, halogens and acids.Airtight when used as part of Soudal Window System - SWS.Typical Applications:Construction and industrial sealing applications.Perimeter sealing of all window and door frame substrates - PVCu, aluminium and wood.Sealing of roofline and drainage systems.Sealing of expansion and connection joints in the building industry, including natural stone.Roofing seals including lead, copper, roofing slates and fibre-cement.Industrial applications; coated metals, anodized aluminium, stainless steel.HVAC ducting, pipework and drainage joints. General maintenance and sealing.ApplicationSurface Preparation:All smooth surfaces can be treated with Soudal Surface Activator. Porous surfaces in water loaded applications should be primed with Soudal Primer 150.We recommend a preliminary adhesion test on every surface.Application Method:Application Method: With manual or pneumatic caulking gun.Cleaning: Clean with white spirit or Surface Cleaner immediately after use.Finishing: With a soapy solution before skinning.Repair: With the same materialCoverage:Coverage of any sealant product varies depending on Joint Width and Joint Depth.Please refer to our Guide on How To Measure The Number of Tubes Required For the Job.Joint Dimensions:Minimum Width for Joints: 5 mmMaximum Width for Joints: 30 mmMinimum Depth for Joints: 5 mmRecommendation Sealing Jobs: Joint Width = 2 x Joint Depth.Remarks:Soudaseal 215LM may be overpainted with water based paints, however due to the large number of paints and varnishes available we strongly suggest a compatibility test before application.The drying time of alkyd resin based paints may increase.Soudaseal 215LM can not be used as a glazing sealant. Use Silirub 2 instead.Soudaseal 215LM is suitable for sealing on natural stone on condition the joint dimensions and joint movement are respected. Avoid permanent pressure on the sealant.When applying, make sure not to spill any sealant on the surface of materials. Taping the surface around the joint can prevent this.A total absence of UV can cause a color change of the sealant.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)Safety Data Sheet shopify_GB_782206533731 shopify_GB_782206533731_8741676122211 new 4.74 GBP3.90 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Soudaseal_215LM_grande.jpg?v=1536923058 5411183000612 Soudal SILSS215LM3W Hybrid Polymer Sealant 290ml Cartridge US 0.35 kg Soudal Soudal Soudalead Pb - Lead Sealant https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/lead-mate-sealant-soudalead-pb?variant=7653579587614 Soudalead Pb Lead Sealant is a High Quality, Low Modulus Neutral Cure Silicone Sealant used for sealing between lead and other substrates such as treated wood, metal, PVC profiles and glass. Soudalead Pb Lead Sealant can also be used to seal metal roofing sheets and construction joints.Supplied in 310ml Cartridges, available in Grey only.DescriptionSoudalead PB Lead SealantSoudalead Pb is a Low Modulus Neutral Cure Silicone sealant and filler for use on lead and other metals.Soudalead Pb is very easy to apply, maintains a permanent colour and is UV resistant.Soudalead Pb stays elastic after curing. It has very good adhesion on many materials and is compatible with all lead types.Soudalead Pb is virtually odourless and has primerless adhesion on most building surfaces.Product Benefits:Very easy to applyColourfast and UV resistantPermanent elastic after curingVery good adhesion on many materialsLow modulusCorrosion free Typical Applications:Sealing between lead and other substrates such as treated wood, metal, PVC profiles and glass.Sealing of metal roofing sheets, building and construction joints.Sealing joints with high movement between different building materials.ApplicationSurface Preparation:Surfaces should be clean, dry, free of dust and grease.Porous surfaces in water loaded applications should be primed with Soudal Primer 150. No primer needed for non-porous substrates.If Soudalead Pb comes in contact with certain surfaces such as bitumen or copper, discoloration may occur due to reaction with the substrate.On PVC we recommend a preliminary adhesion test.Certain paints and textured coatings on aluminium profiles can influence the adhesion.There is no adhesion on PE, PP, PTFE (Teflon®) and bituminous substrates. We recommend a preliminary compatibility test.Application Method:Application Method: With manual or pneumatic caulking gun.Cleaning: Clean with a Surface Cleaner immediately after use.Finishing: With a soapy solution or Soudal Finishing Solution before skinning.Repair: With the same materialCoverage:Coverage of any sealant product varies depending on Joint Width and Joint Depth.Please refer to our Guide on How To Measure The Number of Tubes Required For the Job.Joint Dimensions:Minimum Width for Joints: 5 mmMaximum Width for Joints: 30 mmMinimum Depth for Joints: 5 mmRecommendation Sealing Jobs: Joint Width = 2 x Joint Depth.Remarks:Do not use on natural stones like marble, granite etc... as it may cause staining.Direct contact with the secondary sealing of insulating glass units (insulation) and the PVB-film of safety glass must be avoided.A total absence of UV can cause a colour change of the sealant.When finished with a finishing solution or soapy solution, make sure that the surfaces are not touched by this solution. This will cause the sealant not to adhere to that surface. Therefore we recommend to only dip the finishing tool in this solution.We strongly recommend not to apply the product in full sunlight as it will dry very fast.Do not use in applications where continuous water immersion is possible.Do not use on polycarbonate. Use Silirub AL2T instead.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)Safety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552117927966 shopify_GB_552117927966_7653579587614 new 3.30 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Soudalead_PB_2_grande.jpg?v=1528799870 5411183051164 Soudal SILSPB3G Roofing Sealant 310ml Cartridge US 0.35 kg Soudal Soudal Soudafoam Gun & Foam Cleaner https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/expanding-foam-gun-cleaner?variant=7653646794782 Soudal Soudafoam Gun & Foam Cleaner is a solvent-based cleaner used for the cleaning PU Foam Applicator Guns and uncured PU Expanding Foam from surfaces.Supplied in 500ml Cans.DescriptionSoudafoam Gun & Foam CleanerSoudafoam Gun & Foam Cleaner is an aerosol applied, solvent based Polyurethane Foam Cleaner used mainly for the cleaning of PU Foam Applicator Guns.Gun applied PU Foam valves and uncured PU Foam can also be quickly and easily removed with the attachable spray nozzle.PropertiesUsed in conjunction with Foam Applicators as cleaning fluidContains solventsAttachable spray nozzle allows for cleaning uncured spilt Polyurethane Foam.Typical Applications:Soudafoam Gun & Foam Cleaner is used for the safe and quick removal of uncured Polyurethane Foam from Applicator Guns and surfaces.ApplicationTo use as an Aerosol CleanerAttach the Soudafoam red spray nozzle onto the valve and spray the cleaner towards the uncured foam. The foam will dissolve and can be wiped away using a cloth.Please perform a compatibility test with all substrates as the cleaner is solvent based and may affect some materials adversely.To Clean Applicator GunsRemove the Soudafoam Expanding Foam cannister from the applicator by screwing anti-clockwise.Use the cleaner as an aerosol spray to clean the exterior of the gun, the valve and the tip. Pull the trigger on the gun to de-pressurise the gun (please note, some foam may be extruded).Spray the cleaner onto the adaptor ring to clean off the remainder of the uncured foam. Remove the red spray nozzle and screw the cleaner onto the gun turning clockwise until tight. Turn upside down and pull the trigger of the gun for a few seconds, let the cleaner activate inside the gun for a few minutes, then pull the trigger again for a few seconds.Repeat the spraying and activating periods until only the clear solvent cleaner is visibly dispensed.Health & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.Apply only in well ventilated areas. Always wear gloves and goggles during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552128446494 shopify_GB_552128446494_7653646794782 new 4.74 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Soudafoam_Gun_Foam_Cleaner_grande.jpg?v=1568979141 5411183137790 Soudal EXPGFC5 Expanding Foam 500ml Tin US 0.75 kg Soudal Soudal Soudafoam FR - Fire Rated Expanding Foam https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/fire-rated-expanding-foam-soudafoam-fr?variant=7653642666014 Soudafoam FR is a Fire Rated Expanding Foam Filler which has a Fire Rating of up to 240 minutes - BS476(20) 4 Hour Fire Rating Warrington depending on configuration. Soudafoam FR may be used for the Fire Retardant installation of window and door frames, for fire and smoke retardant sealing of connections between partition walls, ceilings and floors, plus much more.Supplied in a 750ml Cans, available in Gun Grade application only.DescriptionSoudafoam FR Fire Rated Expanding FoamSoudafoam FR is a Fire Rated, rapid curing, one component polyurethane expanding foam filler which has a fire rating of up to 240 minutes - BS476(20) 4 Hour Fire Rating Warrington depending on configuration.Soudafoam FR Fire rated expanding foam has excellent thermal and acoustic properties, it expands up to 35-40 times its initial volume and has excellent primerless adhesion on most construction materials.Product Benefits:Fire Retardant up to 240 minutes.Efficient seal against smoke and gas.Excellent adhesion on most substrates (exempt Teflon, PE and PP).High thermal and acoustical insulation.High bonding strength.Very good filling characteristics.Excellent stability: no shrink or post expansion.Can be painted after full cure.Typical Applications:Fire Retardant installation of window and door frames.Fire and smoke retardant sealing of connections between partition walls, ceilings and floors.Filling of cavities.Fire Retardant sealing of all openings in roof constructions.Fire Retardant sealing of cable- and pipe penetrations.Fire Retardant creation of a sound-proof screen.Fire Retardant bonding of insulation materials.Fire Retardant application of sound-deadening layers.Improving thermal insulation in cold store areas.Properties:Product Basis: Polyurethane Foam FillerBox Yield FEICA TM1003 (750ml Cannister): 43 LitresJoint Yield FEICA TM1002 (750ml Cannister): 24 MetresAcoustic Rating ISO 717-1: 62 dBApplication Temperatures: +5°C to +40°CStandards:Test Report 9297 - University of Ghent Standard NBN 713.020Test Report 13492B - Warrington Fire Ghent: Classification report according to EN 13501-2BS476 : Part 20 - Warrington Fire Research ReportITB NP-0249.1/2009ITB NP-0249.2/2009ETA - 13/0280IFT 13-002455-PR02ApplicationPreparation:Shake the aerosol can for at least 20 seconds. Attach the can onto the Applicator Gun. Surface should be free from grease and dust.Moisten surfaces with a water sprayer prior to application.For non-conventional substrates a preliminary adhesion test is recommended.Application Method:Fill holes and cavities approximately ¾ full as the foam will expand.Repeat shaking regularly during application.If you have to work in layers repeat moistening after each layer. Fresh foam can be removed using Soudal Gun & Foam Cleaner or acetone.Cured foam can only be removed mechanically or with Cured PU Foam Remover. Never burn away cured foam.Important: Soudafoam FR may not extrude from the can the same way as standard PU Expanding Foams, this is due to the make up of the product, being much more 'viscous' in nature due to the added Fire Retardant additives. This however has no bearing on the overall expansion rate of the product when curing.Health & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.Always wear gloves and goggles during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)Safety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552126644254 shopify_GB_552126644254_7653642666014 new 9.00 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Soudafoam_FR_Gun_750ml_NEW_grande.jpg?v=1534518344 5411183109322 Soudal EXPSFFRG Fire Rated Expanding Foam 750ml Tin US 0.75 kg Soudal Soudal Soudafoam 'Window & Door' Expanding Foam https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/window-door-expanding-foam-soudafoam?variant=7653684412446 Soudafoam Window & Door Expanding Foam is a Premium Grade, Professional Quality Polyurethane Expanding Foam Filler. Manufactured specifically for professional filling around PVCu, aluminium and wooden windows and doors.Soudafoam Gun Grade cans are fitted with DuraValve™, a unique valve system that improves the yield and performance of Soudafoam products over much longer time periods than standard valves.Supplied in 750ml Cans, in Gun Grade application only.DescriptionSoudafoam Window & Door Expanding FoamPremium Window & Door filling formulation with high linear expansion. It is easy to use, one component with rapid curing.Soudafoam Window & Door Expanding Foam has excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties with primerless adhesion on most construction materials.Duravalve™:The Gun Grade cannisters of this product are fitted with DuraValve™.DuraValve™ is a unique valve system that improves the yield and performance of Soudafoam products over much longer time periods than standard valves.DuraValve™ puts an end to commonly known issues such as poor yield and non-extrusion of PU Foams and is a standard for most gun applied Soudafoam Products. Product Benefits:Excellent adhesion on most substrates (except PTFE, PE and PP).High insulation value, thermal and acoustic.High filling capacities.Excellent stability (no shrink or post expansion).Very good bonding properties.Properties:Product Basis: Polyurethane Foam FillerLinear Yield FEICA TM1002 (750ml Cannister): 26 MetresAcoustic Rating ISO 717-1: 58 dBThermal Conductivity DIN 52612: 37mW/mKFire Class (DIN4102): B3 Fire RatedApplication Temperatures: +5°C to +30°CTypical Applications:Installation of Window and Door framesFilling of cavitiesSealing of all openings in roof constructionsApply of an acoustic baffleImproving thermal isolation in cooling systems ApplicationPreparation:Shake the aerosol can for at least 20 seconds. Attach the can onto the Applicator Gun. Surface should be free from grease and dust.Moisten surfaces with a water sprayer prior to application.For non-conventional substrates a preliminary adhesion test is recommended.Application Method:Fill holes and cavities approximately ¾ full as the foam will expand.Repeat shaking regularly during application.If you have to work in layers repeat moistening after each layer. Fresh foam can be removed using Soudal Gun & Foam Cleaner or acetone.Cured foam can only be removed mechanically or with Cured PU Foam Remover. Never burn away cured foam.Health & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.Always wear gloves and goggles during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552133066782 shopify_GB_552133066782_7653684412446 new 5.10 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Soudafoam_Window_Door_750ml_Single2_grande.jpg?v=1561462218 5411183135673 Soudal EXPSFWDG Expanding Foam 750ml Tin US 0.75 kg Soudal Soudal Soudafoam 'Window & Door XTRA' Expanding Foam https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/soudafoam-window-door-xtra?variant=7653686935582 Soudafoam Window & Door XTRA Expanding Foam is a Premium Quality, HIGH YIELD, Expanding Foam Filler recommended for the filling of gaps around windows and doors as it provides excellent thermal and acoustic insulation. The Soudafoam XTRA Expanding Foam Yield Formulation means improved value for money versus Standard Soudafoam Window & Door Foam, up to 50% more linear metres of filling per cannister.Soudafoam Gun Grade cans are fitted with DuraValve™, a unique valve system that improves the yield and performance of Soudafoam products over much longer time periods than standard valves.Supplied in 750ml Cans, available in Gun Grade application only.DescriptionSoudafoam Window & Door XTRA Expanding FoamSoudafoam Window & Door XTRA Expanding Foam is a Premium Grade, HIGH YIELD, Polyurethane Expanding Expanding Foam Filler which is recommended for filling gaps around Windows and Doors as it provides thermal and acoustic insulation around Window & Door Frames. The Soudafoam XTRA Expanding Foam Yield Formulation means improved value for money versus Standard Soudafoam Window & Door Foam, up to 50% more linear metres of filling per cannister.There is also less wastage as the product does not expand outside the joint dimensions, if used correctly.Duravalve™:This product is supplied in Gun Grade cans with DuraValve™.DuraValve™ is a unique valve system that improves the yield and performance of Soudafoam products over much longer time periods than standard valves.DuraValve™ puts an end to commonly known issues such as poor yield and non-extrusion of PU Foams and is a standard for most gun applied Soudafoam Products.Product Benefits:Excellent adhesion on most substrates (except PTFE, PE and PP).High insulation value, thermal and acoustic.Up to 50% More Linear Metres Compared to Standard PU Foams.Excellent stability (no shrink or post expansion).Very good bonding properties.Typical Applications:Installing of window and door framesFilling of cavitiesSealing of all openings in roof constructionsApply of an acoustic baffleImproving thermal isolation in cooling systemsProperties:Product Basis: Polyurethane Foam FillerLinear Yield FEICA TM1002 (750ml Gun Grade Cannister): 39 MetresAcoustic Rating ISO 717-1: 58 dBThermal Conductivity DIN 52612: 37mW/mKFire Class (DIN4102): B3 Fire RatedApplication Temperatures: +5°C to +35°CApplicationPreparation:Shake the aerosol can for at least 20 seconds. Attach the can onto the Applicator Gun. Surface should be free from grease and dust.Moisten surfaces with a water sprayer prior to application.For non-conventional substrates a preliminary adhesion test is recommended.Application Method:Fill holes and cavities approximately ¾ full as the foam will expand slightly.Repeat shaking regularly during application.If you have to work in layers repeat moistening after each layer. Fresh foam can be removed using Soudal Gun & Foam Cleaner or acetone.Cured foam can only be removed mechanically or with Cured PU Foam Remover. Never burn away cured foam.Health & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.Always wear gloves and goggles during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552133197854 shopify_GB_552133197854_7653686935582 new 6.24 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Soudafoam_Window_Door_XTRA_750ml_Single_2_grande.jpg?v=1568979002 5411183135666 Soudal EXPSFWDXTG Expanding Foam 750ml Tin US 0.75 kg Soudal Soudal Soudafoam 'Window & Door SWS' Expanding Foam https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/expanding-foam-soudafoam-window-door-sws-flexifoam?variant=7653715247134 Soudafoam Window & Door SWS Expanding Foam is a Flexible, Airtight Expanding Foam Filler manufactured to the highest quality. Part of the 'Soudal Window System', Soudafoam Window & Door SWS Expanding Foam is recommended for all A, A+ and A++ Rated windows and doors.Soudafoam Window & Door SWS Expanding Foam is highly flexible once cured, based on FLEXIFOAM® Technology, which gives improved durability.Soudafoam Gun Grade cans are fitted with DuraValve™, a unique valve system that improves the yield and performance of Soudafoam products over much longer time periods than standard valves.Supplied in 750ml Cans, available Gun Grade application only.  Read our Blog which highlight The Benefits of Using Soudal Window System - SWS® ProductsDescriptionSoudafoam Window & Door SWS Expanding FoamSoudafoam Window & Door SWS Expanding Foam is a Premium Quality, Airtight, Acoustic and Thermal Insulation Foam Filler for use around Windows and Doors.Soudafoam Window & Door SWS Expanding Foam is recommended for all A, A+ and A++ Rated windows and doors. Vastly improved thermal and insulation properties and totally airtight after curing.Soudafoam Window & Door SWS Expanding Foam is highly flexible once cured, based on FLEXIFOAM® Technology, which gives improved durability.The elastic properties in this product allow the foam to follow the movement of the joint and keep its insulation properties for many years.This product can be used at temperatures between -10°C to +30°C.Soudafoam Window & Door SWS Expanding Foam is a one-component Polyurethane Foam with rapid curing and primerless adhesion on most construction.Soudal Window System (SWS):Soudafoam Window & Door SWS Expanding Foam is a product which is part of the Soudal Window System (SWS).The professional window-joint system SWS is a combination of several products which provide the seal between exterior joinery and the structural envelope.In new buildings, this is a joint of ±2cm, but SWS can, of course, also be used for renovation of all sorts of exterior joinery: aluminium, wood and PVC. SWS also offers solutions for passive houses and timber framed houses.SWS has been officially tested in conjunction with various parameters and in various setups. When properly installed, SWS offers:AirtightLasting Thermal and Acoustic InsulationWeather Resistance  Read our Blog which highlight The Benefits of Using Soudal Window System - SWS® ProductsDuravalve™:This product is supplied in Gun Grade cans with DuraValve™.DuraValve™ is a unique valve system that improves the yield and performance of Soudafoam products over much longer time periods than standard valves.DuraValve™ puts an end to commonly known issues such as poor yield and non-extrusion of PU Foams and is a standard for most gun applied Soudafoam Products.Product Benefits:3 times more flexible then standard PU Expanding foamAirtightWater Vapour OpenExcellent stability (no shrinkage or postexpansion)High filling capacityGood adhesion on all surfaces (except PE, PP and PTFE).High insulation value, thermal and acousticVery good bonding properties.Very precise to dose.Low expansionElastic and compressible.Freon free (not harmless to ozone layer and greenhouse effect)Fast curingCan be used at temperatures between -10°C to +30°CTypical Applications:All foam applications in static and not static joints.Installing of window and door frames.Recommended for all A, A+ and A++ Rated windows and doorsFilling of cavities.Sealing of all openings in roof constructions.Apply of a sound absorbing layer.Improving thermal isolation in cooling systems.Properties:Product Basis: Polyurethane Foam FillerLinear Yield FEICA TM1002 (750ml Gun Grade Cannister): 22 MetresAcoustic Rating ISO 717-1: 60 dBThermal Conductivity DIN 52612: 34.5mW/mKFire Class (DIN4102): B2 Fire RatedApplication Temperatures: -10°C to +30°CStandards & Certificates:Baustoffklasse B2 (DIN 4102-1) - Prüfzeugnis P-SAC 02/III-164 (MFPA Leipzig).Acoustical insulation (EN ISO 717-1) - PB 16733428 (IFT Rosenheim).Thermal conductivity (DIN 52612) - PB 070598.1 Hu (MPA Bau Hannover).Air permeability (DIN 18452) - PB 105334285 (IFT Rosenheim).Water vapour permeability (DIN EN ISO 12572) - PB 50933428 (IFT Rosenheim).ApplicationPreparation:Shake the aerosol can for at least 20 seconds. Attach the can onto the Applicator Gun. Surface should be free from grease and dust.Moisten surfaces with a water sprayer prior to application.For non-conventional substrates a preliminary adhesion test is recommended.Application Method:Fill holes and cavities approximately ¾ full as the foam will expand.Repeat shaking regularly during application.If you have to work in layers repeat moistening after each layer. Fresh foam can be removed using Soudal Gun & Foam Cleaner or acetone.Cured foam can only be removed mechanically or with Cured PU Foam Remover. Never burn away cured foam.Health & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.Always wear gloves and goggles during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552138080286 shopify_GB_552138080286_7653715247134 new 8.34 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Soudafoam_Window_Door_SWS_750ml_Single_2_grande.jpg?v=1568976402 5411183137561 Soudal EXPSFWDSWSG Expanding Foam 750ml Tin US 0.75 kg Soudal Soudal Soudafoam 'Gap Filler' Expanding Foam https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/expanding-foam-soudafoam-gap-filler?variant=7653687328798 Soudafoam Gap Filler Expanding Foam is a General Purpose Gap Filling Expanding Foam with a high 3D expansion. Soudafoam Gap Filler Expanding Foam has excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties and is suitable for use a general gap filler in areas such as pipe penetrations, insulation and roofing materials etc...Soudafoam Gun Grade cans are fitted with DuraValve™, a unique valve system that improves the yield and performance of Soudafoam products over much longer time periods than standard valves.Supplied in 750ml Cans, available in Gun Grade application only.DescriptionSoudafoam Gap Filler Expanding FoamSoudafoam Gap Filler Expanding Foam is a General Purpose Polyurethane Expanding Foam Filler with Gap Filling Formulation and high 3D expansion. Easy to use, one component with rapid curing.Soudafoam Gap Filler Expanding Foam has excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties with primerless adhesion on most construction materials.Duravalve™:This product is supplied in Gun Grade cans with DuraValve™DuraValve™ is a unique valve system that improves the yield and performance of Soudafoam products over much longer time periods than standard valves.DuraValve™ puts an end to commonly known issues such as poor yield and non-extrusion of PU Foams and is a standard for most gun applied Soudafoam Products.Product Benefits:Excellent adhesion on most substrates (except PTFE, PE and PP).High insulation value, thermal and acoustic.High filling capacities.Excellent stability (no shrink or post expansion).Very good bonding properties.Typical Applications:General Purpose Gap FillingPipe PenetrationsInsulation and Roofing MaterialsGeneral ConstructionProperties:Product Basis: Polyurethane Foam FillerVolume Yield FEICA TM1002 (750ml Cannister): 34 LitresAcoustic Rating ISO 717-1: 58 dBThermal Conductivity DIN 52612: 37mW/mKFire Class (DIN4102): B3 Fire RatedApplication Temperatures: +5°C to +30°CApplicationPreparation:Shake the aerosol can for at least 20 seconds. Attach the can onto the Applicator Gun. Surface should be free from grease and dust.Moisten surfaces with a water sprayer prior to application.For non-conventional substrates a preliminary adhesion test is recommended.Application Method:Fill holes and cavities approximately ¾ full as the foam will expand.Repeat shaking regularly during application.If you have to work in layers repeat moistening after each layer. Fresh foam can be removed using Soudal Gun & Foam Cleaner or acetone.Cured foam can only be removed mechanically or with Cured PU Foam Remover. Never burn away cured foam.Health & Safety Recommendations:Take the usual labour hygiene into account.Always wear gloves and goggles during application. See our Safety & PPE Products.Consult label and material safety data sheet for more information.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552133328926 shopify_GB_552133328926_7653687328798 new 4.74 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Soudafoam_Gap_Filler_750ml_Single_2_f862cb82-f2da-491f-8bd5-c1d83e9cfc8c_grande.jpg?v=1568978940 5411183135741 Soudal EXPSFGFG Expanding Foam 750ml Tin US 0.75 kg Soudal Soudal Soudafalt - Roof & Gutter Sealant https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/roof-and-gutter-sealant-soudal-soudafalt?variant=7653602131998 Soudal Soudafalt is a Premium Quality Roof & Gutter Sealant which can be used as a repair product for leaks in gutters, drainpipes, roof covers and roof elements (metal sheeting, roofing felts etc.). Soudal Soudafalt is very easy to apply and has great adhesion on bitumen substrates.Supplied in 310ml Cartridges, available in Black colour only.DescriptionSoudal Soudafalt Roof & Gutter SealantSoudal Soudafalt is a Premium Quality, one-component, Bitumen-based Roof & Gutter Sealant which has excellent adhesion on bitumenous substrates and good adhesion on many other substrates, even under water.Product Benefits:Adheres very well on bituminous substratesVery easy to applyGood adhesion to many substratesHigh fluid resistanceTypical Applications:Repair product for leaks in gutters, drainpipes, roof covers and roof elements (metal sheeting, roofing felts etc.)Gutter and sewage pipe repair.Cold adhesive for all types of roofing (except PDM-foil).Emergency repairs, even in wet weather.Joints with movement till max. 10%.ApplicationSurface Preparation:Surfaces should be clean and free of dust and grease.Suitable for use on all usual building substrates.We recommend a preliminary adhesion test on every surface.Application Method:Application Method: With a manual or pneumatic caulking gun. Finish with spatula or filling knife.Cleaning: Clean uncured product with a White Spirit immediately after use. Cured Soudafalt should only be removed mechanically.Finishing: With a soapy solution or Soudal Finishing Solution before skinning.Repair: With the same materialCoverage:Coverage of any sealant product varies depending on Joint Width and Joint Depth.Please refer to our Guide on How To Measure The Number of Tubes Required For the Job.Joint Dimensions:Minimum Width for Joints: 5 mmMaximum Width for Joints: 10 mmMinimum Depth for Joints: 5 mmRecommendation Sealing Jobs: Joint Width = Joint Depth.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetSafety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552121434142 shopify_GB_552121434142_7653602131998 new 2.39 GBP2.22 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Soudafalt_2_grande.jpg?v=1568978878 5411183408005 Soudal SILSFA3B Roofing Sealant 310ml Cartridge US 0.35 kg Soudal Soudal Soudaduct - HVAC Duct Sealant https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/hvac-duct-sealant-soudaduct?variant=7654345441310 Soudal Soudaduct is an Acrylic Polymer Sealant suitable for the sealing of all types of HVAC duct systems including sheet metal, duct boards and flexible ducts. Soudal Soudaduct can also be used for the sealing of seams, spigot joints, flange joints and metal fabrications.Supplied in 300ml Cartridges, available in Grey only.DescriptionSoudal Soudaduct HVAC Duct SealantSoudal Soudaduct is an HVAC Acrylic Polymer Based Elasto-plastic Sealant.Soudal Soudaduct is a low odour and solvent-free sealant that has very good adhesion on galvanised and stainless steel. It remains permanently flexible and is paintable.Product Benefits:Very easy to apply.Low odour and solvent-free.Colourfast and waterproof after curing.Very good adhesion on galvanised and stainless steel.Remains permanently flexible.Conforms to Class C of DW144 and ISO11600 Class 12.5P.Typical Applications:Soudal Soudaduct is used for the sealing of all types of HVAC duct systems including sheet metal, duct boards and flexible ducts.Soudal Soudaduct can also be used for the sealing of seams, spigot joints, flange joints and metal fabrications.ApplicationSurface Preparation:Surfaces should be clean, dry, free of dust and grease.Highly porous surfaces should be primed with a suitable primer.This product is suitable for use on all kind of ducting materials.We recommend a preliminary adhesion test.Application Method:Application Method: With a manual or pneumatic caulking gun. Finish with spatula or filling knife. Spread a minimum of 20 mm wet film thickness with a brush, or pump into well fitted joints. Seal all joints, seams, and penetrations in the duct-work to ensure an airtight system.Cleaning: Clean uncured product with a water immediately after use. Cured Soudaduct should only be removed mechanically.Finishing: With a soapy solution or Soudal Finishing Solution before skinning.Repair: With the same materialCoverage:Coverage of any sealant product varies depending on Joint Width and Joint Depth.Please refer to our Guide on How To Measure The Number of Tubes Required For the Job.Joint Dimensions:Minimum Width for Joints: 5 mmMaximum Width for Joints: 20 mmMinimum Depth for Joints: 5 mmRecommendation Sealing Jobs: Joint Width = Joint Depth.Remarks:Do not use in applications where continuous water immersion is possible.Do not apply when rain or frost is imminentSoudaduct can be painted over with most paints if required.The paint should be sufficiently elastic to be applied on a plasto-elastic sealant. A preliminary test is recommended.Prior to pressure testing allow 12 - 24 hours drying time depending on temperature, humidity and application thicknessDo not apply Soudaduct outdoors.Data SheetsTechnical Data SheetDeclaration of Performance (DoP)Safety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552221343774 shopify_GB_552221343774_7654345441310 new 2.34 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Soudaduct_2_grande.jpg?v=1568978820 5411183060869 Soudal SILDUC3G HVAC Duct Sealant 300ml Cartridge US 0.35 kg Soudal Soudal Soudabond Easy - PU Adhesive Foam https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/drywall-adhesive-foam-soudabond-easy?variant=7653770821662 Soudal Soudabond Easy is a Low Expansion, Fast Curing, PU Adhesive Foam which can be used for bonding a wide range of materials such as Drywall / Plasterboard, Insulation Panels, Concrete, Masonry, Plaster, Wood etc...As a guide, one can of Soudabond Easy will cover between 12m² - 14m² of insulation.Supplied in 750ml Cans, available in Gun Grade or Hand Held application.DescriptionSoudal Soudabond Easy - PU Adhesive FoamSoudal Soudabond Easy is a Fast Curing, Ready-to-use, self-expanding polyurethane adhesive for clean, efficient and economical permanent bonding of insulation panels, plasterboard and many other building and construction materials.Product Benefits:Cuts working time by up to 30%.Excellent initial bond, even at low temperatures.Economical in use due to precise application.One can of 'Gun Grade' covers up to 14m² of insulation. 'Hand Held' and 'Genius Gun®' Applications cover up to 12m²Suitable for vertical applications.Can be applied at temperatures between -5°C and +35°C.Thermal conductivity 0.035 W/m.K enhances performance of insulation panels when filling gaps.Remains flexible, does not become brittle.Levels uneven surfaces.Limited post expansion for fast and precise installation of insulation panels and plasterboard.Substantial space and weight savings compared to conventional PU roof adhesives, bonding mortars, etc.Fast curing, work can continue about 1 hour after application.Solvent-Free.Resistant to a variety of solvents, paints and chemicals.Does not age or rot, mould and mildew resistant, but not UV resistant.Water resistant (not watertight).Building material class B2 according to DIN 4102, Part 1.Typical Applications:Clean, efficient and economical permanent bonding of insulation panels.Suitable for Bonding Polystyrene (EPS + XPS), polyurethane (PUR/PIR) and phenol resin foam based insulation panels for flat roofs, perimeters, facades, insulation/drain elements, cellar ceilings, internal insulation, etc.Suitable for Bonding Gypsum Plasterboard / Gypsum Fiberboard in Dry Lining applications.Suitable for Bonding non-load Bearing Walls; e.g. Partition Walls, Screen Walls, Cellar Bars, Stone Shelves, etc., of Concrete Precision Blocks (Aerated Concrete, Sand-lime Brick, Gypsum,...).Fills cavities between individual thermal insulation panels.Substrates:All usual substrates such as concrete, masonry, stone, plaster, wood, cold bituminous thick coatings, sand or slate surfaced bituminous sheeting, polystyrene, polyurethane and phenol resin foam, corrosion protected steel sheeting, fibre cement, gas concrete, particle board, plasterboard, gypsum fiberboard, fibre cement, hard PVC and emulsion paints.Adhesive surfaces must be stable, clean, without bubbles and free of separating agents such as talcum, grease, oils, etc. Suitable on moist, but not wet (water film, standing water) substrates. Any cement slurries and sinter layers on mineral substrates must be removed mechanically. Bubbles in bituminous sheeting must be removed. To ensure perfect adhesion, the bituminous sheeting should have a fully covered surface.Does not adhere to PE, PP. PTFE and silicone. All substrates should be tested for suitability with regard to adhesion and compatibility.Videos:Soudabond Easy Tutorial:How to bond Cellular Concrete with Soudabond Easy: ApplicationGeneral - Gun Grade Application:Prior to using the product, cover all adjacent areas for protection against soiling.In windy conditions, precautions must be taken to ensure that Soudabond Easy cannot contaminate components, objects or persons in the vicinity.Good ventilation must be ensured for indoor use. Wear protective goggles and gloves.Tightly screw the can to the thread in the gun and shake the gun about 20 times downwards so that the contents are mixed well to ensure an optimum adhesive quality and high yield.After extended periods of non-use, the Applicator gun must be shaken again to obtain the required adhesive quality! With the adjusting screw on the gun, adjust the adhesive bead to the required diameter. (The emptier the can, the more the adjusting screw needs to be opened). The gun must be held vertical during application.A distance of 1 to 2 cm must be maintained between the gun nozzle and insulation panel/substrate while spraying. Apply pressure to the insulation panel within about 8 minutes (20°C - 65% R.H. – this time is shorter at higher temperature / humidity and longer at lower temperature / humidity).Do not tap or remove and reapply panels as this will damage the adhesive structure and reduce the adhesive strength substantially.At high temperatures and low humidity in particular, curing can be accelerated by lightly spraying the adhesive bead with water.General - Hand Held Application:Follow the same preparation measures as above. Screw the straw tovalve and shake the can about 20 times downwards so that the contents are mixed well to ensure an optimum adhesive quality and high yield.After extended periods of non-use, the can must be shaken again to obtain the required adhesive quality! The can must be held vertical during application.A distance of 1 to 2 cm must be maintained between the straw nozzle and insulation panel / substrate while spraying.Apply product as mentioned above.Bonding Flat Roof Insulation Materials:Apply Soudabond Easy directly to the substrate. Pressure should be applied to the insulation panels for optimal contact and maintained using suitable weights for at least 15 minutes to prevent lifting and slipping through wind suction. The panels must not be subjected to traffic for about 2 hours.Consumption: At least three uniform adhesive beads with a minimum diameter of 30 mm are required per m² adhesive surface. The number of adhesive strips, according to DIN 1055, part 4, depend on the region, roof area, structure height, corner and edge areas as well as the materials to be bonded.The amount of adhesive to be applied depends on the wind load and must be increased in corner and edge areas.Perimeter Insulation:Soudabond Easy facilitates the installation of insulation panels in perimeter areas according to DIN 4108-2. (Not suitable for pressing water!).Spray Soudabond Easy from bottom to top with a bead spacing of about 25 cm (minimum three beads per continuous panel or minimum two beads for short panels!) on to the insulation panel or cellar wall.Press the insulation panel lightly against the cellar wall. Work from bottom to top without gap.The insulation panels must be bonded staggered in corners of buildings. The installed insulation panels can be readjusted with a long spirit level to correct any post expansion of the adhesive within 8 minutes.The insulation achieves its final strength through the pressure of the filled soil, gravel or similar. Filling must take place within 14 days after bonding.In all other cases, Soudabond Easy is ideal for bonding insulation panels to interior walls and exterior facades!The can must be held vertical during application. Apply a circular bead of Soudabond Easy to the insulation panel with enclosed M/W to cover an adhesive area of minimum 40% with pressure applied.Wait at least 2 to maximum 8 minutes (20°C / 65% R.H. – this time is shorter at higher temperature / humidity and longer at lower temperature/humidity) and subsequently press the insulation panel against the wall.Work from bottom to top without gap. Insulation panels must be bonded staggered in outer corners of buildings. Installed insulation panels can be adjusted with a long spirit level after 10 to 15 minutes to correct any post expansion of the adhesive.It is recommended to fix the last installed insulation panel during breaksCellar Ceiling Insulation:For working overhead, suitable protective goggles must be worn!Soudabond Easy has a very high initial bonding strength and is therefore ideal for permanent bonding of insulation panels to cellar ceilings, garage ceilings or other overhead areas, also without additional mechanical fastening.Suitable are all standard insulation panels of polystyrene (EPS and XPS) and PUR/PIR measuring 500 x 500 mm with a maximum thickness of 100mm and a maximum weight of 400g.Larger and heavier insulation panels and/or additional surfaces should be fixed mechanically within 15 minutes. This is easily done using ceiling supports for example.Prior to application, the substrate stability must be verified. This can also take place with a sealing tape test.In this test, sealing tape is applied to the substrate and quickly pulled off again. If old paint or plaster adheres to the adhesive tape, this means that the substrate does not have the necessary stability and must be reinforced or removed. With chalking and highly absorbent substrates, the substrate adhesion can be improved with a deep solvent primer. Protruding concrete burr must be removed mechanically.At least one circular and one angular adhesive foam bead with a minimum diameter of 30mm (about 40g per panel) must be applied to each 500mm x 500mm panel.Do not apply the adhesive too close to the outer edges to avoid the excess going over the edges when pressure is applied to the insulation panel.Before bonding the insulation panel to the ceiling, Soudabond Easy must be allowed to stand for 3 to maximum 6 minutes to achieve the required initial strength.The insulation panel can subsequently be bonded to the ceiling. The panel must be placed carefully in the required position and pressure applied without tapping (damages the adhesive structure).The next insulation panel must be bonded 5 minutes after the previously bonded panel so that it remains in place when the next panel is bonded.Insulation panels must be additionally fixed in the centre with a suitable insulation anchor under unfavourable bonding conditions.Interior Insulation / Dry Lining:Prior to application, the substrate stability must be verified. This can also take place with a sealing tape test. In this test, sealing tape is applied to the substrate and quickly pulled off again. If old paint or plaster adheres to the adhesive tape, this means that the substrate does not have the necessary stability and must be reinforced or removed.With chalking and highly absorbent substrates, the substrate adhesion can be improved with a deep solvent primer.Remove protruding concrete burr or excess plaster. Soudabond Easy levels uneven surfaces up to 30mm.Interior Insulation Panels:Apply Soudabond Easy about 2cm away from the edge of the panel as a 30mm circular bead and to the panel surface in lines or a W-shape. It must be ensured that the adhesive contact area is about 40% after applying pressure.The adhesive must always be applied circular also for panel cut-outs, penetrations, etc., to prevent rear circulation of the interior insulation.After applying Soudabond Easy, depending on the climatic conditions, allow to flash off for about 3-6 minutes. This ensures that an optimal adhesive strength is achieved with reduced post expansion. Subsequently place the insulation panel on wedges, align and apply pressure from bottom to top. Do not tap or remove the panels as this can reduce the adhesive strength substantially.Apply new adhesive if necessary. After about 6 to 10 minutes, check for correct seating, readjust with a spirit level/level. Edges of walls, ceilings and floors, openings and penetrations must be filled out completely with Soudabond Easy air-tight and sound insulated. Work can be continued after minimum 1 hour.Soudabond Easy can also be used for mounting electrical installation boxes.Plasterboard:In contrast to interior installation, three vertical adhesive beads are sufficient for the installation of plasterboard wider than 50cm. For panel widths below 50cm, a minimum of two adhesive beads must be applied.Concrete Precision Block Bonding:Soudabond Easy must not be used for components requiring approval, e.g. supporting walls and walls relevant for safety!  Good ventilation must be ensured for indoor use.Clean the adhesive surfaces, remove lose particles and moisten. Apply two Soudabond Easy adhesive beads with a diameter of about 30mm to the substrate and subsequently to all further concrete precision blocks.The adhesive beads must be applied about 50mm away from the stone edge parallel on horizontal and vertical joints.Position / join and align bricks within minimum 2 to maximum 8 minutes (20°C/65% R.H. – this time is shorter at higher temperature/humidity and longer at lower temperature / humidity).If once joined bricks are removed, new adhesive beads must be applied. Allow excess adhesive to cure and subsequently remove, e.g. with a spatula.Depending on the ambient temperature, work can be continued after minimum 60 minutes. The adhesive achieves full strength after minimum 12 hours.Other Applications:Due to its excellent adhesive properties, reduced foaming and fast final strength, Soudabond Easy is suitable for numerous bonding applications.Soudabond Easy is ideal for the installation of insulation panels in building and construction. Installation of loft insulation reveals and claddings as well as bonding of wall edging strips are just a few examples.General Note:Do not load/subject the bond to traffic within the curing time of about 2 hours! All open joints within the insulation can be filled out with Soudabond Easy.Trim protruding, fully cured adhesive with a sharp knife.Soudabond Easy can be painted or plastered after curing.Data SheetsSoudabond Easy Application ManualTechnical Data Sheet - Gun GradeTechnical Data Sheet - Hand HeldTechnical Data Sheet - Genius Gun®Safety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552155643934 shopify_GB_552155643934_7653770821662 new 8.34 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Soudabond_Easy_Gun_Grade_grande.jpg?v=1528819559 5411183101173 Soudal EXPSBEGG PU Adhesive Foam 750ml Tin US 0.75 kg Soudal Soudal Soudabond Easy - PU Adhesive Foam https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/drywall-adhesive-foam-soudabond-easy?variant=8768169902179 Soudal Soudabond Easy is a Low Expansion, Fast Curing, PU Adhesive Foam which can be used for bonding a wide range of materials such as Drywall / Plasterboard, Insulation Panels, Concrete, Masonry, Plaster, Wood etc...As a guide, one can of Soudabond Easy will cover between 12m² - 14m² of insulation.Supplied in 750ml Cans, available in Gun Grade or Hand Held application.DescriptionSoudal Soudabond Easy - PU Adhesive FoamSoudal Soudabond Easy is a Fast Curing, Ready-to-use, self-expanding polyurethane adhesive for clean, efficient and economical permanent bonding of insulation panels, plasterboard and many other building and construction materials.Product Benefits:Cuts working time by up to 30%.Excellent initial bond, even at low temperatures.Economical in use due to precise application.One can of 'Gun Grade' covers up to 14m² of insulation. 'Hand Held' and 'Genius Gun®' Applications cover up to 12m²Suitable for vertical applications.Can be applied at temperatures between -5°C and +35°C.Thermal conductivity 0.035 W/m.K enhances performance of insulation panels when filling gaps.Remains flexible, does not become brittle.Levels uneven surfaces.Limited post expansion for fast and precise installation of insulation panels and plasterboard.Substantial space and weight savings compared to conventional PU roof adhesives, bonding mortars, etc.Fast curing, work can continue about 1 hour after application.Solvent-Free.Resistant to a variety of solvents, paints and chemicals.Does not age or rot, mould and mildew resistant, but not UV resistant.Water resistant (not watertight).Building material class B2 according to DIN 4102, Part 1.Typical Applications:Clean, efficient and economical permanent bonding of insulation panels.Suitable for Bonding Polystyrene (EPS + XPS), polyurethane (PUR/PIR) and phenol resin foam based insulation panels for flat roofs, perimeters, facades, insulation/drain elements, cellar ceilings, internal insulation, etc.Suitable for Bonding Gypsum Plasterboard / Gypsum Fiberboard in Dry Lining applications.Suitable for Bonding non-load Bearing Walls; e.g. Partition Walls, Screen Walls, Cellar Bars, Stone Shelves, etc., of Concrete Precision Blocks (Aerated Concrete, Sand-lime Brick, Gypsum,...).Fills cavities between individual thermal insulation panels.Substrates:All usual substrates such as concrete, masonry, stone, plaster, wood, cold bituminous thick coatings, sand or slate surfaced bituminous sheeting, polystyrene, polyurethane and phenol resin foam, corrosion protected steel sheeting, fibre cement, gas concrete, particle board, plasterboard, gypsum fiberboard, fibre cement, hard PVC and emulsion paints.Adhesive surfaces must be stable, clean, without bubbles and free of separating agents such as talcum, grease, oils, etc. Suitable on moist, but not wet (water film, standing water) substrates. Any cement slurries and sinter layers on mineral substrates must be removed mechanically. Bubbles in bituminous sheeting must be removed. To ensure perfect adhesion, the bituminous sheeting should have a fully covered surface.Does not adhere to PE, PP. PTFE and silicone. All substrates should be tested for suitability with regard to adhesion and compatibility.Videos:Soudabond Easy Tutorial:How to bond Cellular Concrete with Soudabond Easy: ApplicationGeneral - Gun Grade Application:Prior to using the product, cover all adjacent areas for protection against soiling.In windy conditions, precautions must be taken to ensure that Soudabond Easy cannot contaminate components, objects or persons in the vicinity.Good ventilation must be ensured for indoor use. Wear protective goggles and gloves.Tightly screw the can to the thread in the gun and shake the gun about 20 times downwards so that the contents are mixed well to ensure an optimum adhesive quality and high yield.After extended periods of non-use, the Applicator gun must be shaken again to obtain the required adhesive quality! With the adjusting screw on the gun, adjust the adhesive bead to the required diameter. (The emptier the can, the more the adjusting screw needs to be opened). The gun must be held vertical during application.A distance of 1 to 2 cm must be maintained between the gun nozzle and insulation panel/substrate while spraying. Apply pressure to the insulation panel within about 8 minutes (20°C - 65% R.H. – this time is shorter at higher temperature / humidity and longer at lower temperature / humidity).Do not tap or remove and reapply panels as this will damage the adhesive structure and reduce the adhesive strength substantially.At high temperatures and low humidity in particular, curing can be accelerated by lightly spraying the adhesive bead with water.General - Hand Held Application:Follow the same preparation measures as above. Screw the straw tovalve and shake the can about 20 times downwards so that the contents are mixed well to ensure an optimum adhesive quality and high yield.After extended periods of non-use, the can must be shaken again to obtain the required adhesive quality! The can must be held vertical during application.A distance of 1 to 2 cm must be maintained between the straw nozzle and insulation panel / substrate while spraying.Apply product as mentioned above.Bonding Flat Roof Insulation Materials:Apply Soudabond Easy directly to the substrate. Pressure should be applied to the insulation panels for optimal contact and maintained using suitable weights for at least 15 minutes to prevent lifting and slipping through wind suction. The panels must not be subjected to traffic for about 2 hours.Consumption: At least three uniform adhesive beads with a minimum diameter of 30 mm are required per m² adhesive surface. The number of adhesive strips, according to DIN 1055, part 4, depend on the region, roof area, structure height, corner and edge areas as well as the materials to be bonded.The amount of adhesive to be applied depends on the wind load and must be increased in corner and edge areas.Perimeter Insulation:Soudabond Easy facilitates the installation of insulation panels in perimeter areas according to DIN 4108-2. (Not suitable for pressing water!).Spray Soudabond Easy from bottom to top with a bead spacing of about 25 cm (minimum three beads per continuous panel or minimum two beads for short panels!) on to the insulation panel or cellar wall.Press the insulation panel lightly against the cellar wall. Work from bottom to top without gap.The insulation panels must be bonded staggered in corners of buildings. The installed insulation panels can be readjusted with a long spirit level to correct any post expansion of the adhesive within 8 minutes.The insulation achieves its final strength through the pressure of the filled soil, gravel or similar. Filling must take place within 14 days after bonding.In all other cases, Soudabond Easy is ideal for bonding insulation panels to interior walls and exterior facades!The can must be held vertical during application. Apply a circular bead of Soudabond Easy to the insulation panel with enclosed M/W to cover an adhesive area of minimum 40% with pressure applied.Wait at least 2 to maximum 8 minutes (20°C / 65% R.H. – this time is shorter at higher temperature / humidity and longer at lower temperature/humidity) and subsequently press the insulation panel against the wall.Work from bottom to top without gap. Insulation panels must be bonded staggered in outer corners of buildings. Installed insulation panels can be adjusted with a long spirit level after 10 to 15 minutes to correct any post expansion of the adhesive.It is recommended to fix the last installed insulation panel during breaksCellar Ceiling Insulation:For working overhead, suitable protective goggles must be worn!Soudabond Easy has a very high initial bonding strength and is therefore ideal for permanent bonding of insulation panels to cellar ceilings, garage ceilings or other overhead areas, also without additional mechanical fastening.Suitable are all standard insulation panels of polystyrene (EPS and XPS) and PUR/PIR measuring 500 x 500 mm with a maximum thickness of 100mm and a maximum weight of 400g.Larger and heavier insulation panels and/or additional surfaces should be fixed mechanically within 15 minutes. This is easily done using ceiling supports for example.Prior to application, the substrate stability must be verified. This can also take place with a sealing tape test.In this test, sealing tape is applied to the substrate and quickly pulled off again. If old paint or plaster adheres to the adhesive tape, this means that the substrate does not have the necessary stability and must be reinforced or removed. With chalking and highly absorbent substrates, the substrate adhesion can be improved with a deep solvent primer. Protruding concrete burr must be removed mechanically.At least one circular and one angular adhesive foam bead with a minimum diameter of 30mm (about 40g per panel) must be applied to each 500mm x 500mm panel.Do not apply the adhesive too close to the outer edges to avoid the excess going over the edges when pressure is applied to the insulation panel.Before bonding the insulation panel to the ceiling, Soudabond Easy must be allowed to stand for 3 to maximum 6 minutes to achieve the required initial strength.The insulation panel can subsequently be bonded to the ceiling. The panel must be placed carefully in the required position and pressure applied without tapping (damages the adhesive structure).The next insulation panel must be bonded 5 minutes after the previously bonded panel so that it remains in place when the next panel is bonded.Insulation panels must be additionally fixed in the centre with a suitable insulation anchor under unfavourable bonding conditions.Interior Insulation / Dry Lining:Prior to application, the substrate stability must be verified. This can also take place with a sealing tape test. In this test, sealing tape is applied to the substrate and quickly pulled off again. If old paint or plaster adheres to the adhesive tape, this means that the substrate does not have the necessary stability and must be reinforced or removed.With chalking and highly absorbent substrates, the substrate adhesion can be improved with a deep solvent primer.Remove protruding concrete burr or excess plaster. Soudabond Easy levels uneven surfaces up to 30mm.Interior Insulation Panels:Apply Soudabond Easy about 2cm away from the edge of the panel as a 30mm circular bead and to the panel surface in lines or a W-shape. It must be ensured that the adhesive contact area is about 40% after applying pressure.The adhesive must always be applied circular also for panel cut-outs, penetrations, etc., to prevent rear circulation of the interior insulation.After applying Soudabond Easy, depending on the climatic conditions, allow to flash off for about 3-6 minutes. This ensures that an optimal adhesive strength is achieved with reduced post expansion. Subsequently place the insulation panel on wedges, align and apply pressure from bottom to top. Do not tap or remove the panels as this can reduce the adhesive strength substantially.Apply new adhesive if necessary. After about 6 to 10 minutes, check for correct seating, readjust with a spirit level/level. Edges of walls, ceilings and floors, openings and penetrations must be filled out completely with Soudabond Easy air-tight and sound insulated. Work can be continued after minimum 1 hour.Soudabond Easy can also be used for mounting electrical installation boxes.Plasterboard:In contrast to interior installation, three vertical adhesive beads are sufficient for the installation of plasterboard wider than 50cm. For panel widths below 50cm, a minimum of two adhesive beads must be applied.Concrete Precision Block Bonding:Soudabond Easy must not be used for components requiring approval, e.g. supporting walls and walls relevant for safety!  Good ventilation must be ensured for indoor use.Clean the adhesive surfaces, remove lose particles and moisten. Apply two Soudabond Easy adhesive beads with a diameter of about 30mm to the substrate and subsequently to all further concrete precision blocks.The adhesive beads must be applied about 50mm away from the stone edge parallel on horizontal and vertical joints.Position / join and align bricks within minimum 2 to maximum 8 minutes (20°C/65% R.H. – this time is shorter at higher temperature/humidity and longer at lower temperature / humidity).If once joined bricks are removed, new adhesive beads must be applied. Allow excess adhesive to cure and subsequently remove, e.g. with a spatula.Depending on the ambient temperature, work can be continued after minimum 60 minutes. The adhesive achieves full strength after minimum 12 hours.Other Applications:Due to its excellent adhesive properties, reduced foaming and fast final strength, Soudabond Easy is suitable for numerous bonding applications.Soudabond Easy is ideal for the installation of insulation panels in building and construction. Installation of loft insulation reveals and claddings as well as bonding of wall edging strips are just a few examples.General Note:Do not load/subject the bond to traffic within the curing time of about 2 hours! All open joints within the insulation can be filled out with Soudabond Easy.Trim protruding, fully cured adhesive with a sharp knife.Soudabond Easy can be painted or plastered after curing.Data SheetsSoudabond Easy Application ManualTechnical Data Sheet - Gun GradeTechnical Data Sheet - Hand HeldTechnical Data Sheet - Genius Gun®Safety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552155643934 shopify_GB_552155643934_8768169902179 new 8.34 GBPout of stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Soudabond_Easy_Hand_Held_grande.jpg?v=1528819559 5411183131378 Soudal EXPSBEHH PU Adhesive Foam 750ml Tin US 0.75 kg Soudal Soudal Soudabond Easy - PU Adhesive Foam https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/drywall-adhesive-foam-soudabond-easy?variant=8768170426467 Soudal Soudabond Easy is a Low Expansion, Fast Curing, PU Adhesive Foam which can be used for bonding a wide range of materials such as Drywall / Plasterboard, Insulation Panels, Concrete, Masonry, Plaster, Wood etc...As a guide, one can of Soudabond Easy will cover between 12m² - 14m² of insulation.Supplied in 750ml Cans, available in Gun Grade or Hand Held application.DescriptionSoudal Soudabond Easy - PU Adhesive FoamSoudal Soudabond Easy is a Fast Curing, Ready-to-use, self-expanding polyurethane adhesive for clean, efficient and economical permanent bonding of insulation panels, plasterboard and many other building and construction materials.Product Benefits:Cuts working time by up to 30%.Excellent initial bond, even at low temperatures.Economical in use due to precise application.One can of 'Gun Grade' covers up to 14m² of insulation. 'Hand Held' and 'Genius Gun®' Applications cover up to 12m²Suitable for vertical applications.Can be applied at temperatures between -5°C and +35°C.Thermal conductivity 0.035 W/m.K enhances performance of insulation panels when filling gaps.Remains flexible, does not become brittle.Levels uneven surfaces.Limited post expansion for fast and precise installation of insulation panels and plasterboard.Substantial space and weight savings compared to conventional PU roof adhesives, bonding mortars, etc.Fast curing, work can continue about 1 hour after application.Solvent-Free.Resistant to a variety of solvents, paints and chemicals.Does not age or rot, mould and mildew resistant, but not UV resistant.Water resistant (not watertight).Building material class B2 according to DIN 4102, Part 1.Typical Applications:Clean, efficient and economical permanent bonding of insulation panels.Suitable for Bonding Polystyrene (EPS + XPS), polyurethane (PUR/PIR) and phenol resin foam based insulation panels for flat roofs, perimeters, facades, insulation/drain elements, cellar ceilings, internal insulation, etc.Suitable for Bonding Gypsum Plasterboard / Gypsum Fiberboard in Dry Lining applications.Suitable for Bonding non-load Bearing Walls; e.g. Partition Walls, Screen Walls, Cellar Bars, Stone Shelves, etc., of Concrete Precision Blocks (Aerated Concrete, Sand-lime Brick, Gypsum,...).Fills cavities between individual thermal insulation panels.Substrates:All usual substrates such as concrete, masonry, stone, plaster, wood, cold bituminous thick coatings, sand or slate surfaced bituminous sheeting, polystyrene, polyurethane and phenol resin foam, corrosion protected steel sheeting, fibre cement, gas concrete, particle board, plasterboard, gypsum fiberboard, fibre cement, hard PVC and emulsion paints.Adhesive surfaces must be stable, clean, without bubbles and free of separating agents such as talcum, grease, oils, etc. Suitable on moist, but not wet (water film, standing water) substrates. Any cement slurries and sinter layers on mineral substrates must be removed mechanically. Bubbles in bituminous sheeting must be removed. To ensure perfect adhesion, the bituminous sheeting should have a fully covered surface.Does not adhere to PE, PP. PTFE and silicone. All substrates should be tested for suitability with regard to adhesion and compatibility.Videos:Soudabond Easy Tutorial:How to bond Cellular Concrete with Soudabond Easy: ApplicationGeneral - Gun Grade Application:Prior to using the product, cover all adjacent areas for protection against soiling.In windy conditions, precautions must be taken to ensure that Soudabond Easy cannot contaminate components, objects or persons in the vicinity.Good ventilation must be ensured for indoor use. Wear protective goggles and gloves.Tightly screw the can to the thread in the gun and shake the gun about 20 times downwards so that the contents are mixed well to ensure an optimum adhesive quality and high yield.After extended periods of non-use, the Applicator gun must be shaken again to obtain the required adhesive quality! With the adjusting screw on the gun, adjust the adhesive bead to the required diameter. (The emptier the can, the more the adjusting screw needs to be opened). The gun must be held vertical during application.A distance of 1 to 2 cm must be maintained between the gun nozzle and insulation panel/substrate while spraying. Apply pressure to the insulation panel within about 8 minutes (20°C - 65% R.H. – this time is shorter at higher temperature / humidity and longer at lower temperature / humidity).Do not tap or remove and reapply panels as this will damage the adhesive structure and reduce the adhesive strength substantially.At high temperatures and low humidity in particular, curing can be accelerated by lightly spraying the adhesive bead with water.General - Hand Held Application:Follow the same preparation measures as above. Screw the straw tovalve and shake the can about 20 times downwards so that the contents are mixed well to ensure an optimum adhesive quality and high yield.After extended periods of non-use, the can must be shaken again to obtain the required adhesive quality! The can must be held vertical during application.A distance of 1 to 2 cm must be maintained between the straw nozzle and insulation panel / substrate while spraying.Apply product as mentioned above.Bonding Flat Roof Insulation Materials:Apply Soudabond Easy directly to the substrate. Pressure should be applied to the insulation panels for optimal contact and maintained using suitable weights for at least 15 minutes to prevent lifting and slipping through wind suction. The panels must not be subjected to traffic for about 2 hours.Consumption: At least three uniform adhesive beads with a minimum diameter of 30 mm are required per m² adhesive surface. The number of adhesive strips, according to DIN 1055, part 4, depend on the region, roof area, structure height, corner and edge areas as well as the materials to be bonded.The amount of adhesive to be applied depends on the wind load and must be increased in corner and edge areas.Perimeter Insulation:Soudabond Easy facilitates the installation of insulation panels in perimeter areas according to DIN 4108-2. (Not suitable for pressing water!).Spray Soudabond Easy from bottom to top with a bead spacing of about 25 cm (minimum three beads per continuous panel or minimum two beads for short panels!) on to the insulation panel or cellar wall.Press the insulation panel lightly against the cellar wall. Work from bottom to top without gap.The insulation panels must be bonded staggered in corners of buildings. The installed insulation panels can be readjusted with a long spirit level to correct any post expansion of the adhesive within 8 minutes.The insulation achieves its final strength through the pressure of the filled soil, gravel or similar. Filling must take place within 14 days after bonding.In all other cases, Soudabond Easy is ideal for bonding insulation panels to interior walls and exterior facades!The can must be held vertical during application. Apply a circular bead of Soudabond Easy to the insulation panel with enclosed M/W to cover an adhesive area of minimum 40% with pressure applied.Wait at least 2 to maximum 8 minutes (20°C / 65% R.H. – this time is shorter at higher temperature / humidity and longer at lower temperature/humidity) and subsequently press the insulation panel against the wall.Work from bottom to top without gap. Insulation panels must be bonded staggered in outer corners of buildings. Installed insulation panels can be adjusted with a long spirit level after 10 to 15 minutes to correct any post expansion of the adhesive.It is recommended to fix the last installed insulation panel during breaksCellar Ceiling Insulation:For working overhead, suitable protective goggles must be worn!Soudabond Easy has a very high initial bonding strength and is therefore ideal for permanent bonding of insulation panels to cellar ceilings, garage ceilings or other overhead areas, also without additional mechanical fastening.Suitable are all standard insulation panels of polystyrene (EPS and XPS) and PUR/PIR measuring 500 x 500 mm with a maximum thickness of 100mm and a maximum weight of 400g.Larger and heavier insulation panels and/or additional surfaces should be fixed mechanically within 15 minutes. This is easily done using ceiling supports for example.Prior to application, the substrate stability must be verified. This can also take place with a sealing tape test.In this test, sealing tape is applied to the substrate and quickly pulled off again. If old paint or plaster adheres to the adhesive tape, this means that the substrate does not have the necessary stability and must be reinforced or removed. With chalking and highly absorbent substrates, the substrate adhesion can be improved with a deep solvent primer. Protruding concrete burr must be removed mechanically.At least one circular and one angular adhesive foam bead with a minimum diameter of 30mm (about 40g per panel) must be applied to each 500mm x 500mm panel.Do not apply the adhesive too close to the outer edges to avoid the excess going over the edges when pressure is applied to the insulation panel.Before bonding the insulation panel to the ceiling, Soudabond Easy must be allowed to stand for 3 to maximum 6 minutes to achieve the required initial strength.The insulation panel can subsequently be bonded to the ceiling. The panel must be placed carefully in the required position and pressure applied without tapping (damages the adhesive structure).The next insulation panel must be bonded 5 minutes after the previously bonded panel so that it remains in place when the next panel is bonded.Insulation panels must be additionally fixed in the centre with a suitable insulation anchor under unfavourable bonding conditions.Interior Insulation / Dry Lining:Prior to application, the substrate stability must be verified. This can also take place with a sealing tape test. In this test, sealing tape is applied to the substrate and quickly pulled off again. If old paint or plaster adheres to the adhesive tape, this means that the substrate does not have the necessary stability and must be reinforced or removed.With chalking and highly absorbent substrates, the substrate adhesion can be improved with a deep solvent primer.Remove protruding concrete burr or excess plaster. Soudabond Easy levels uneven surfaces up to 30mm.Interior Insulation Panels:Apply Soudabond Easy about 2cm away from the edge of the panel as a 30mm circular bead and to the panel surface in lines or a W-shape. It must be ensured that the adhesive contact area is about 40% after applying pressure.The adhesive must always be applied circular also for panel cut-outs, penetrations, etc., to prevent rear circulation of the interior insulation.After applying Soudabond Easy, depending on the climatic conditions, allow to flash off for about 3-6 minutes. This ensures that an optimal adhesive strength is achieved with reduced post expansion. Subsequently place the insulation panel on wedges, align and apply pressure from bottom to top. Do not tap or remove the panels as this can reduce the adhesive strength substantially.Apply new adhesive if necessary. After about 6 to 10 minutes, check for correct seating, readjust with a spirit level/level. Edges of walls, ceilings and floors, openings and penetrations must be filled out completely with Soudabond Easy air-tight and sound insulated. Work can be continued after minimum 1 hour.Soudabond Easy can also be used for mounting electrical installation boxes.Plasterboard:In contrast to interior installation, three vertical adhesive beads are sufficient for the installation of plasterboard wider than 50cm. For panel widths below 50cm, a minimum of two adhesive beads must be applied.Concrete Precision Block Bonding:Soudabond Easy must not be used for components requiring approval, e.g. supporting walls and walls relevant for safety!  Good ventilation must be ensured for indoor use.Clean the adhesive surfaces, remove lose particles and moisten. Apply two Soudabond Easy adhesive beads with a diameter of about 30mm to the substrate and subsequently to all further concrete precision blocks.The adhesive beads must be applied about 50mm away from the stone edge parallel on horizontal and vertical joints.Position / join and align bricks within minimum 2 to maximum 8 minutes (20°C/65% R.H. – this time is shorter at higher temperature/humidity and longer at lower temperature / humidity).If once joined bricks are removed, new adhesive beads must be applied. Allow excess adhesive to cure and subsequently remove, e.g. with a spatula.Depending on the ambient temperature, work can be continued after minimum 60 minutes. The adhesive achieves full strength after minimum 12 hours.Other Applications:Due to its excellent adhesive properties, reduced foaming and fast final strength, Soudabond Easy is suitable for numerous bonding applications.Soudabond Easy is ideal for the installation of insulation panels in building and construction. Installation of loft insulation reveals and claddings as well as bonding of wall edging strips are just a few examples.General Note:Do not load/subject the bond to traffic within the curing time of about 2 hours! All open joints within the insulation can be filled out with Soudabond Easy.Trim protruding, fully cured adhesive with a sharp knife.Soudabond Easy can be painted or plastered after curing.Data SheetsSoudabond Easy Application ManualTechnical Data Sheet - Gun GradeTechnical Data Sheet - Hand HeldTechnical Data Sheet - Genius Gun®Safety Data Sheet shopify_GB_552155643934 shopify_GB_552155643934_8768170426467 new 8.34 GBPin stock http://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2617/5036/products/Soudabond_Easy_Genius_Gun_grande.jpg?v=1528819559 Soudal EXPSBEGEN PU Adhesive Foam 750ml Tin US 0.75 kg Soudal Soudal Solvent PVCu Frame Cleaner https://www.platinumchemicals.co.uk/products/soudal-solvent-cleaner?variant=7653731762206 Soudal Solvent PVCu Frame Cleaner is a Solvent-Based, fast acting, non-smear cleaner for use on PVCu materials. Soudal Solvent PVCu Frame Cleaner can be used for removing ingrained dirt and marks on all PVC frames, trim and cladding. May also be used on plastic garden furniture.Supplied in 1 Litre Bottles.DescriptionSoudal Solvent PVCu Frame CleanerSoudal Solvent PVCu Frame Cleaner is a Solvent-Based Cleaner for use on PVCu materials. Fast acting and non smear formulation. Removes ingrained dirt.Product Benefits:Solvent Based CleanerFast Acting